Adding upstream version 3.6.upstream/3.6upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

22 files changed, 33527 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/build-aux/announce-gen b/build-aux/announce-gen
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..850619a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/announce-gen
@@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Generate a release announcement message.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line.  The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name.  The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs.  The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl.  When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH.  The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh.  When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
+     if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2023-02-26 17:15'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job.  Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+my $copyright_year = '2022';
+
+use strict;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use POSIX qw(strftime);
+
+(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta stable);
+my @archive_suffixes = qw (tar.gz tar.bz2 tar.lz tar.lzma tar.xz);
+my $srcdir = '.';
+
+sub usage ($)
+{
+  my ($exit_code) = @_;
+  my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
+  if ($exit_code != 0)
+    {
+      print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types;
+      print $STREAM <<EOF;
+Usage: $ME [OPTIONS]
+Generate an announcement message.  Run this from builddir.
+
+OPTIONS:
+
+These options must be specified:
+
+   --release-type=TYPE          TYPE must be one of @types
+   --package-name=PACKAGE_NAME
+   --previous-version=VER
+   --current-version=VER
+   --gpg-key-id=ID         The GnuPG ID of the key used to sign the tarballs
+   --url-directory=URL_DIR
+
+The following are optional:
+
+   --news=NEWS_FILE             include the NEWS section about this release
+                                from this NEWS_FILE; accumulates.
+   --srcdir=DIR                 where to find the NEWS_FILEs (default: $srcdir)
+   --bootstrap-tools=TOOL_LIST  a comma-separated list of tools, e.g.,
+                                autoconf,automake,bison,gnulib
+   --gnulib-version=VERSION     report VERSION as the gnulib version, where
+                                VERSION is the result of running git describe
+                                in the gnulib source directory.
+                                required if gnulib is in TOOL_LIST.
+   --gpg-key-email=EMAIL        The email address of the key used to
+                                sign the tarballs
+   --gpg-keyring-url=URL        URL pointing to keyring containing the key used
+                                to sign the tarballs
+   --no-print-checksums         do not emit SHA1 or SHA256 checksums
+   --archive-suffix=SUF         add SUF to the list of archive suffixes
+   --mail-headers=HEADERS       a space-separated list of mail headers, e.g.,
+                                To: x\@example.com Cc: y-announce\@example.com,...
+
+   --help             display this help and exit
+   --version          output version information and exit
+
+EOF
+    }
+  exit $exit_code;
+}
+
+
+=item C<%size> = C<sizes (@file)>
+
+Compute the sizes of the C<@file> and return them as a hash.  Return
+C<undef> if one of the computation failed.
+
+=cut
+
+sub sizes (@)
+{
+  my (@file) = @_;
+
+  my $fail = 0;
+  my %res;
+  foreach my $f (@file)
+    {
+      my $cmd = "du -h $f";
+      my $t = `$cmd`;
+      # FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS
+      $@
+        and (warn "command failed: '$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1;
+      chomp $t;
+      $t =~ s/^\s*([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/;
+      $res{$f} = $t;
+    }
+  return $fail ? undef : %res;
+}
+
+=item C<print_locations ($title, \@url, \%size, @file)
+
+Print a section C<$title> dedicated to the list of <@file>, which
+sizes are stored in C<%size>, and which are available from the C<@url>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub print_locations ($\@\%@)
+{
+  my ($title, $url, $size, @file) = @_;
+  print "Here are the $title:\n";
+  foreach my $url (@{$url})
+    {
+      for my $file (@file)
+        {
+          print "  $url/$file";
+          print "   (", $$size{$file}, ")"
+            if exists $$size{$file};
+          print "\n";
+        }
+    }
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+=item C<print_checksums (@file)
+
+Print the SHA1 and SHA256 signature section for each C<@file>.
+
+=cut
+
+# This digest function omits the "=" padding that is required by cksum,
+# so add the 0..2 bytes of padding required for each of Digest's algorithms.
+sub digest_file_base64_wrap ($$)
+{
+  my ($file, $alg) = @_;
+  my $h = digest_file_base64($file, $alg);
+  $alg =~ tr{-}{}d;
+  my %pad = (MD5 => 2, SHA1 => 1, SHA256 => 1, SHA384 => 0, SHA512 => 2);
+  return $h . '=' x $pad{$alg};
+}
+
+sub print_checksums (@)
+{
+  my (@file) = @_;
+
+  print "Here are the SHA1 and SHA256 checksums:\n";
+  print "\n";
+
+  use Digest::file qw(digest_file_hex digest_file_base64);
+
+  foreach my $f (@file)
+    {
+      print '  ', digest_file_hex ($f, "SHA-1"), "  $f\n";
+      print '  ', digest_file_base64_wrap ($f, "SHA-256"), "  $f\n";
+    }
+  print "\nVerify the base64 SHA256 checksum with cksum -a sha256 --check\n";
+  print "from coreutils-9.2 or OpenBSD's cksum since 2007.\n\n";
+}
+
+=item C<print_news_deltas ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version)
+
+Print the section of the NEWS file C<$news_file> addressing changes
+between versions C<$prev_version> and C<$curr_version>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub print_news_deltas ($$$)
+{
+  my ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) = @_;
+
+  my $news_name = $news_file;
+  $news_name =~ s|^\Q$srcdir\E/||;
+
+  print "\n$news_name\n\n";
+
+  # Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one
+  # that mentions $curr_version up to but not including
+  # the first occurrence of $prev_version.
+  my $in_items;
+
+  my $re_prefix = qr/(?:\* )?(?:Noteworthy c|Major c|C)(?i:hanges)/;
+
+  my $found_news;
+  open NEWS, '<', $news_file
+    or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
+  while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>))
+    {
+      if ( ! $in_items)
+        {
+          # Match lines like these:
+          # * Major changes in release 5.0.1:
+          # * Noteworthy changes in release 6.6 (2006-11-22) [stable]
+          $line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$curr_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
+            or next;
+          $in_items = 1;
+          print $line;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          # This regexp must not match version numbers in NEWS items.
+          # For example, they might well say "introduced in 4.5.5",
+          # and we don't want that to match.
+          $line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$prev_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
+            and last;
+          print $line;
+          $line =~ /\S/
+            and $found_news = 1;
+        }
+    }
+  close NEWS;
+
+  $in_items
+    or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for '$curr_version'\n";
+  $found_news
+    or die "$ME: $news_file: no news item found for '$curr_version'\n";
+}
+
+sub print_changelog_deltas ($$)
+{
+  my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_;
+
+  # Print new ChangeLog entries.
+
+  # First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files.
+  use File::Find;
+  my @changelog;
+  find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS'
+                          and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}},
+        '.');
+
+  # If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done.
+  @changelog
+    or return;
+  my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog;
+
+  # Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog
+  # files in the specified directories, they're listed first,
+  # in this order:
+  my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc );
+
+  # A typical @changelog array might look like this:
+  # ./ChangeLog
+  # ./po/ChangeLog
+  # ./m4/ChangeLog
+  # ./lib/ChangeLog
+  # ./doc/ChangeLog
+  # ./config/ChangeLog
+  my @reordered;
+  foreach my $d (@dir)
+    {
+      my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d";
+      my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog";
+      delete $changelog{$target}
+        and push @reordered, $target;
+    }
+
+  # Append any remaining ChangeLog files.
+  push @reordered, sort keys %changelog;
+
+  # Remove leading './'.
+  @reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered;
+
+  print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n";
+  # print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n";
+
+  $prev_version =~ s/\./_/g;
+  my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version";
+
+  my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered";
+  open DIFF, '-|', $cmd
+    or die "$ME: cannot run '$cmd': $!\n";
+  # Print two types of lines, making minor changes:
+  # Lines starting with '+++ ', e.g.,
+  # +++ ChangeLog   22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000      1.247
+  # and those starting with '+'.
+  # Don't print the others.
+  my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1;
+  while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>))
+    {
+      if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /)
+        {
+          my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n";
+          $line =~ s///;
+          $line =~ s/\s.*//;
+          $prev_printed_line_empty
+            or print "\n";
+          print $separator, $line, $separator;
+        }
+      elsif ($line =~ /^\+/)
+        {
+          $line =~ s///;
+          print $line;
+          $prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/);
+        }
+    }
+  close DIFF;
+
+  # The exit code should be 1.
+  # Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries.
+  $? == 256 || $? == 128
+    or warn "warning: '$cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
+}
+
+sub get_tool_versions ($$)
+{
+  my ($tool_list, $gnulib_version) = @_;
+  @$tool_list
+    or return ();
+
+  my $fail;
+  my @tool_version_pair;
+  foreach my $t (@$tool_list)
+    {
+      if ($t eq 'gnulib')
+        {
+          push @tool_version_pair, ucfirst $t . ' ' . $gnulib_version;
+          next;
+        }
+      # Assume that the last "word" on the first line of
+      # 'tool --version' output is the version string.
+      my ($first_line, undef) = split ("\n", `$t --version`);
+      if ($first_line =~ /.* (\d[\w.-]+)$/)
+        {
+          $t = ucfirst $t;
+          push @tool_version_pair, "$t $1";
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          defined $first_line
+            and $first_line = '';
+          warn "$t: unexpected --version output\n:$first_line";
+          $fail = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  $fail
+    and exit 1;
+
+  return @tool_version_pair;
+}
+
+# Print a more human-friendly representation of $SEC seconds.
+sub readable_interval0($)
+{
+  my $sec = shift;
+  $sec < 60 and return "$sec seconds";
+
+  my $min = int($sec / 60); $sec %= 60;
+  30 < $sec and $min++;
+  $min < 60 and return "$min minutes";
+
+  my $hr = int($min / 60); $min %= 60;
+  30 < $min and $hr++;
+  $hr < 24 and return "$hr hours";
+
+  my $day = int($hr / 24); $hr %= 24;
+  12 < $hr and $day++;
+  $day < 50 and return "$day days";
+
+  my $wk = int($day / 7); $day %= 7;
+  4 < $day and $wk++;
+  return "$wk weeks";
+}
+
+# Convert e.g., "1 weeks", to "1 week".
+sub readable_interval($)
+{
+  my $interval_str = shift;
+  my $i = readable_interval0 $interval_str;
+  $i =~ m{^1 \w+s$} and chop $i;
+  return $i;
+}
+
+{
+  # Use the C locale so that, for instance, "du" does not
+  # print "1,2" instead of "1.2", which would confuse our regexps.
+  $ENV{LC_ALL} = "C";
+
+  my $mail_headers;
+  my $release_type;
+  my $package_name;
+  my $prev_version;
+  my $curr_version;
+  my $gpg_key_id;
+  my @url_dir_list;
+  my @news_file;
+  my $bootstrap_tools;
+  my $gnulib_version;
+  my $print_checksums_p = 1;
+  my $gpg_key_email;
+  my $gpg_keyring_url;
+
+  # Reformat the warnings before displaying them.
+  local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub
+    {
+      my ($msg) = @_;
+      # Warnings from GetOptions.
+      $msg =~ s/Option (\w)/option --$1/;
+      warn "$ME: $msg";
+    };
+
+  GetOptions
+    (
+     'mail-headers=s'     => \$mail_headers,
+     'release-type=s'     => \$release_type,
+     'package-name=s'     => \$package_name,
+     'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version,
+     'current-version=s'  => \$curr_version,
+     'gpg-key-id=s'       => \$gpg_key_id,
+     'gpg-key-email=s'    => \$gpg_key_email,
+     'gpg-keyring-url=s'  => \$gpg_keyring_url,
+     'url-directory=s'    => \@url_dir_list,
+     'news=s'             => \@news_file,
+     'srcdir=s'           => \$srcdir,
+     'bootstrap-tools=s'  => \$bootstrap_tools,
+     'gnulib-version=s'   => \$gnulib_version,
+     'print-checksums!'   => \$print_checksums_p,
+     'archive-suffix=s'   => \@archive_suffixes,
+
+     help => sub { usage 0 },
+     version =>
+       sub
+       {
+         print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
+         print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
+         print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+             . "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+             . "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
+         print "\n";
+         my $author = "Jim Meyering";
+         print "Written by $author.\n";
+         exit
+       },
+    ) or usage 1;
+
+  my $fail = 0;
+  # Ensure that each required option is specified.
+  $release_type
+    or (warn "release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $package_name
+    or (warn "package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $prev_version
+    or (warn "previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $curr_version
+    or (warn "current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $gpg_key_id
+    or (warn "GnuPG key ID not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  @url_dir_list
+    or (warn "URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+  my @tool_list = split ',', $bootstrap_tools
+    if $bootstrap_tools;
+
+  grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) && ! defined $gnulib_version
+    and (warn "when specifying gnulib as a tool, you must also specify\n"
+        . "--gnulib-version=V, where V is the result of running git describe\n"
+        . "in the gnulib source directory.\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+  ! grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) && defined $gnulib_version
+    and (warn "with --gnulib-version=V you must use --bootstrap-tools=...\n"
+         . "including gnulib in that list"), $fail = 1;
+
+  !$release_type || exists $valid_release_types{$release_type}
+    or (warn "'$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+  @ARGV
+    and (warn "too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"),
+      $fail = 1;
+  $fail
+    and usage 1;
+
+  my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version";
+
+  my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta";
+
+  my @candidates = map { "$my_distdir.$_" } @archive_suffixes;
+  my @tarballs = grep {-f $_} @candidates;
+
+  @tarballs
+    or die "$ME: none of " . join(', ', @candidates) . " were found\n";
+  my @sizable = @tarballs;
+  -f $xd
+    and push @sizable, $xd;
+  my %size = sizes (@sizable);
+  %size
+    or exit 1;
+
+  my $headers = '';
+  if (defined $mail_headers)
+    {
+      ($headers = $mail_headers) =~ s/\s+(\S+:)/\n$1/g;
+      $headers .= "\n";
+    }
+
+  # The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
+  # mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
+  print <<EOF;
+
+${headers}Subject: $my_distdir released [$release_type]
+
+<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign>
+This is to announce $package_name-$curr_version, a $release_type release.
+
+FIXME: put comments here
+
+EOF
+
+  my $v0 = $prev_version;
+  my $v1 = $curr_version;
+
+  (my $first_name = `git config --global user.name|cut -d' ' -f1`)
+    =~ m{\S} or die "no name? set user.name in ~/.gitconfig\n";
+
+  chomp (my $n_ci = `git rev-list "v$v0..v$v1" | wc -l`);
+  chomp (my $n_p = `git shortlog "v$v0..v$v1" | grep -c '^[^ ]'`);
+
+  my $prev_release_date = `git log --pretty=%ct -1 "v$v0"`;
+  my $this_release_date = `git log --pretty=%ct -1 "v$v1"`;
+  my $n_seconds = $this_release_date - $prev_release_date;
+  my $time_since_prev = readable_interval $n_seconds;
+  my $names = `git shortlog "v$v0..v$v1"|perl -lne '/^(\\w.*):/ and print "  ".\$1'`;
+
+  print <<EOF;
+There have been $n_ci commits by $n_p people in the $time_since_prev since $v0.
+
+See the NEWS below for a brief summary.
+
+Thanks to everyone who has contributed!
+The following people contributed changes to this release:
+
+$names
+$first_name [on behalf of the $package_name maintainers]
+==================================================================
+
+Here is the GNU $package_name home page:
+    http://gnu.org/s/$package_name/
+
+For a summary of changes and contributors, see:
+  http://git.sv.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=$package_name.git;a=shortlog;h=v$v1
+or run this command from a git-cloned $package_name directory:
+  git shortlog v$v0..v$v1
+
+EOF
+
+  if (@url_dir_list == 1 && @tarballs == 1)
+    {
+      # When there's only one tarball and one URL, use a more concise form.
+      my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]";
+      print "Here are the compressed sources and a GPG detached signature:\n"
+        . "  $m\n"
+        . "  $m.sig\n\n";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      print_locations ("compressed sources", @url_dir_list, %size, @tarballs);
+      -f $xd
+        and print_locations ("xdelta diffs (useful? if so, "
+                             . "please tell bug-gnulib\@gnu.org)",
+                             @url_dir_list, %size, $xd);
+      my @sig_files = map { "$_.sig" } @tarballs;
+      print_locations ("GPG detached signatures", @url_dir_list, %size,
+                       @sig_files);
+    }
+
+  if ($url_dir_list[0] =~ "gnu\.org")
+    {
+      print "Use a mirror for higher download bandwidth:\n";
+      if (@tarballs == 1 && $url_dir_list[0] =~ m!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!)
+        {
+          (my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]")
+            =~ s!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!https://ftpmirror\.gnu\.org/!;
+          print "  $m\n"
+              . "  $m.sig\n\n";
+
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          print "  https://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html\n\n";
+        }
+    }
+
+  $print_checksums_p
+    and print_checksums (@sizable);
+
+  print <<EOF;
+Use a .sig file to verify that the corresponding file (without the
+.sig suffix) is intact.  First, be sure to download both the .sig file
+and the corresponding tarball.  Then, run a command like this:
+
+  gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig
+
+EOF
+  my $gpg_fingerprint = `LC_ALL=C gpg --fingerprint $gpg_key_id | grep -v ^sub`;
+  if ($gpg_fingerprint =~ /^pub/)
+    {
+      chop $gpg_fingerprint;
+      $gpg_fingerprint =~ s/ \[expires:.*//mg;
+      $gpg_fingerprint =~ s/^uid           \[ultimate\]/uid  /mg;
+      $gpg_fingerprint =~ s/^/  /mg;
+      print<<EOF
+The signature should match the fingerprint of the following key:
+
+$gpg_fingerprint
+EOF
+    }
+  print <<EOF;
+If that command fails because you don't have the required public key,
+or that public key has expired, try the following commands to retrieve
+or refresh it, and then rerun the 'gpg --verify' command.
+EOF
+  if ($gpg_key_email) {
+    print <<EOF;
+
+  gpg --locate-external-key $gpg_key_email
+EOF
+    }
+  print <<EOF;
+
+  gpg --recv-keys $gpg_key_id
+EOF
+    if ($gpg_keyring_url) {
+      print <<EOF;
+
+  wget -q -O- '$gpg_keyring_url' | gpg --import -
+EOF
+      }
+  print <<EOF;
+
+As a last resort to find the key, you can try the official GNU
+keyring:
+
+  wget -q https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gnu-keyring.gpg
+  gpg --keyring gnu-keyring.gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig
+EOF
+
+  my @tool_versions = get_tool_versions (\@tool_list, $gnulib_version);
+  @tool_versions
+    and print "\nThis release was bootstrapped with the following tools:",
+      join ('', map {"\n  $_"} @tool_versions), "\n";
+
+  print_news_deltas ($_, $prev_version, $curr_version)
+    foreach @news_file;
+
+  $release_type eq 'stable'
+    or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version);
+
+  exit 0;
+}
+
+### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode.
+## Local Variables:
+## mode: perl
+## perl-indent-level: 2
+## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2
+## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0
+## perl-brace-offset: 0
+## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
+## perl-label-offset: -2
+## perl-extra-newline-before-brace: t
+## perl-merge-trailing-else: nil
+## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
+## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
+## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+## End:
diff --git a/build-aux/compile b/build-aux/compile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..df363c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/compile
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+file_conv=
+
+# func_file_conv build_file lazy
+# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
+# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
+# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
+# take place.
+func_file_conv ()
+{
+  file=$1
+  case $file in
+    / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
+      if test -z "$file_conv"; then
+	# lazily determine how to convert abs files
+	case `uname -s` in
+	  MINGW*)
+	    file_conv=mingw
+	    ;;
+	  CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
+	    file_conv=cygwin
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    file_conv=wine
+	    ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      case $file_conv/,$2, in
+	*,$file_conv,*)
+	  ;;
+	mingw/*)
+	  file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
+	  ;;
+	cygwin/* | msys/*)
+	  file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+	wine/*)
+	  file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashL linkdir
+# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
+func_cl_dashL ()
+{
+  func_file_conv "$1"
+  if test -z "$lib_path"; then
+    lib_path=$file
+  else
+    lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
+  fi
+  linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashl library
+# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
+func_cl_dashl ()
+{
+  lib=$1
+  found=no
+  save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=';'
+  for dir in $lib_path $LIB
+  do
+    IFS=$save_IFS
+    if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$save_IFS
+
+  if test "$found" != yes; then
+    lib=$lib.lib
+  fi
+}
+
+# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
+# Adjust compile command to suit cl
+func_cl_wrapper ()
+{
+  # Assume a capable shell
+  lib_path=
+  shared=:
+  linker_opts=
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$eat"; then
+      eat=
+    else
+      case $1 in
+	-o)
+	  # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	  eat=1
+	  case $2 in
+	    *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	-I)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_file_conv "$2" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-I*)
+	  func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashl "$2"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-L)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashL "$2"
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  shared=false
+	  ;;
+	-Wl,*)
+	  arg=${1#-Wl,}
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	  for flag in $arg; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  ;;
+	-Xlinker)
+	  eat=1
+	  linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
+	  ;;
+	-*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
+	  func_file_conv "$1"
+	  set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
+	  func_file_conv "$1" mingw
+	  set x "$@" "$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    shift
+  done
+  if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
+    linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
+  fi
+  exec "$@" $linker_opts
+  exit 1
+}
+
+eat=
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "compile $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
+  icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
+    func_cl_wrapper "$@"      # Doesn't return...
+    ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+
+for arg
+do
+  if test -n "$eat"; then
+    eat=
+  else
+    case $1 in
+      -o)
+	# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+	eat=1
+	case $2 in
+	  *.o | *.obj)
+	    ofile=$2
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
+	    shift
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *.c)
+	cfile=$1
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+      *)
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+  # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
+  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
+  # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
+  # ok.
+  exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    break
+  fi
+  sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+  test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+  test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/config.guess b/build-aux/config.guess
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..69188da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,1774 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale
+
+timestamp='2023-01-01'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+#
+# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
+#
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.guess
+#
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+
+# The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints
+# about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were
+# superseded or lifted in POSIX.  However, this script identifies a wide
+# variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and
+# even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still
+# have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh.
+
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+       exit 1 ;;
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Just in case it came from the environment.
+GUESS=
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+tmp=
+# shellcheck disable=SC2172
+trap 'test -z "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"' 0 1 2 13 15
+
+set_cc_for_build() {
+    # prevent multiple calls if $tmp is already set
+    test "$tmp" && return 0
+    : "${TMPDIR=/tmp}"
+    # shellcheck disable=SC2039,SC3028
+    { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+	{ test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) ; } ||
+	{ tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+	{ echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; }
+    dummy=$tmp/dummy
+    case ${CC_FOR_BUILD-},${HOST_CC-},${CC-} in
+	,,)    echo "int x;" > "$dummy.c"
+	       for driver in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+		   if ($driver -c -o "$dummy.o" "$dummy.c") >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+		       CC_FOR_BUILD=$driver
+		       break
+		   fi
+	       done
+	       if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+		   CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
+	       fi
+	       ;;
+	,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+	,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if test -f /.attbin/uname ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+case $UNAME_SYSTEM in
+Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
+	LIBC=unknown
+
+	set_cc_for_build
+	cat <<-EOF > "$dummy.c"
+	#include <features.h>
+	#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
+	LIBC=uclibc
+	#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
+	LIBC=dietlibc
+	#elif defined(__GLIBC__)
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#else
+	#include <stdarg.h>
+	/* First heuristic to detect musl libc.  */
+	#ifdef __DEFINED_va_list
+	LIBC=musl
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	EOF
+	cc_set_libc=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`
+	eval "$cc_set_libc"
+
+	# Second heuristic to detect musl libc.
+	if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ] &&
+	   command -v ldd >/dev/null &&
+	   ldd --version 2>&1 | grep -q ^musl; then
+		LIBC=musl
+	fi
+
+	# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
+	# We could probably try harder.
+	if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ]; then
+		LIBC=gnu
+	fi
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM:$UNAME_RELEASE:$UNAME_VERSION in
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+	# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
+	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+	# object file format.  This provides both forward
+	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+	# object file format.
+	#
+	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /usr/sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \
+	    echo unknown)`
+	case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
+	    aarch64eb) machine=aarch64_be-unknown ;;
+	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+	    earmv*)
+		arch=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'`
+		endian=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'`
+		machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown
+		;;
+	    *) machine=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown ;;
+	esac
+	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+	# to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI.
+	case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
+	    earm*)
+		os=netbsdelf
+		;;
+	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+		set_cc_for_build
+		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+			| grep -q __ELF__
+		then
+		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
+		    os=netbsd
+		else
+		    os=netbsdelf
+		fi
+		;;
+	    *)
+		os=netbsd
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Determine ABI tags.
+	case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
+	    earm*)
+		expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//'
+		abi=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e "$expr"`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# The OS release
+	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+	case $UNAME_VERSION in
+	    Debian*)
+		release='-gnu'
+		;;
+	    *)
+		release=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+	GUESS=$machine-${os}${release}${abi-}
+	;;
+    *:Bitrig:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-bitrig$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-openbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:SecBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/SecBSD.//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-secbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:LibertyBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-libertybsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:MidnightBSD:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-midnightbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-ekkobsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-solidbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:OS108:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-os108_$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:MirBSD:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:Sortix:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sortix
+	;;
+    *:Twizzler:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-twizzler
+	;;
+    *:Redox:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-redox
+	;;
+    mips:OSF1:*.*)
+	GUESS=mips-dec-osf1
+	;;
+    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+	# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
+	trap '' 0
+	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+	*4.0)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+		;;
+	*5.*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
+	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
+	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+	case $ALPHA_CPU_TYPE in
+	    "EV4 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
+	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
+	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
+	    "EV5 (21164)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;;
+	    "EV6 (21264)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;;
+	    "EV7 (21364)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;;
+	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+		UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;;
+	esac
+	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
+	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+	OSF_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-osf$OSF_REL
+	;;
+    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-unknown-sysv4
+	;;
+    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-amigaos
+	;;
+    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-morphos
+	;;
+    *:OS/390:*:*)
+	GUESS=i370-ibm-openedition
+	;;
+    *:z/VM:*:*)
+	GUESS=s390-ibm-zvmoe
+	;;
+    *:OS400:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-ibm-os400
+	;;
+    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+	GUESS=arm-acorn-riscix$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=arm-unknown-riscos
+	;;
+    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+	;;
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+	case `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` in
+	    att) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 ;;
+	    *)   GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-bsd   ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+	GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+	;;
+    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+	GUESS=sparc-icl-nx6
+	;;
+    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
+	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+	    sparc) GUESS=sparc-icl-nx7 ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    s390x:SunOS:*:*)
+	SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-solaris2$SUN_REL
+	;;
+    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	GUESS=sparc-hal-solaris2$SUN_REL
+	;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris2$SUN_REL
+	;;
+    i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
+	GUESS=i386-pc-auroraux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	set_cc_for_build
+	SUN_ARCH=i386
+	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
+	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
+	# This test works for both compilers.
+	if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		(CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -m64 -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+	    then
+		SUN_ARCH=x86_64
+	    fi
+	fi
+	SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	GUESS=$SUN_ARCH-pc-solaris2$SUN_REL
+	;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+	SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris3$SUN_REL
+	;;
+    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+	case `/usr/bin/arch -k` in
+	    Series*|S4*)
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+		;;
+	esac
+	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+	SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+	GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$SUN_REL
+	;;
+    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+	test "x$UNAME_RELEASE" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+	case `/bin/arch` in
+	    sun3)
+		GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+		;;
+	    sun4)
+		GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+		;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=sparc-auspex-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
+    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
+    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+    # be no problem.
+    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-milan-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-hades-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-unknown-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    m68k:machten:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    powerpc:machten:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+	GUESS=mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+	;;
+    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+	GUESS=mips-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+	GUESS=vax-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+	GUESS=clipper-intergraph-clix$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+	set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h>  /* for printf() prototype */
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	  exit (-1);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" &&
+	  dummyarg=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+	  SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy" "$dummyarg"` &&
+	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	GUESS=mips-mips-riscos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-motorola-powermax
+	;;
+    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax
+	;;
+    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax
+	;;
+    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-harris-powerunix
+	;;
+    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+	GUESS=m88k-harris-cxux7
+	;;
+    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+	GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv4
+	;;
+    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+	GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	;;
+    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+	# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88100 || test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88110
+	then
+	    if test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = m88kdguxelfx || \
+	       test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = x
+	    then
+		GUESS=m88k-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	    else
+		GUESS=m88k-dg-dguxbcs$UNAME_RELEASE
+	    fi
+	else
+	    GUESS=i586-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	fi
+	;;
+    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
+	GUESS=m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+	;;
+    M88*:*:R3*:*)
+	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
+	GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3
+	;;
+    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+	GUESS=m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+	;;
+    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+	GUESS=m68k-tektronix-bsd
+	;;
+    *:IRIX*:*:*)
+	IRIX_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+	GUESS=mips-sgi-irix$IRIX_REL
+	;;
+    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+	GUESS=romp-ibm-aix    # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	;;                    # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+    i*86:AIX:*:*)
+	GUESS=i386-ibm-aix
+	;;
+    ia64:AIX:*:*)
+	if test -x /usr/bin/oslevel ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE
+	fi
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-aix$IBM_REV
+	;;
+    *:AIX:2:3)
+	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		set_cc_for_build
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+		main()
+			{
+			if (!__power_pc())
+				exit(1);
+			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+			exit(0);
+			}
+EOF
+		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"`
+		then
+			GUESS=$SYSTEM_NAME
+		else
+			GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+		fi
+	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+	else
+		GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+	fi
+	;;
+    *:AIX:*:[4567])
+	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El "$IBM_CPU_ID" | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+	else
+		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+	fi
+	if test -x /usr/bin/lslpp ; then
+		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc | \
+			   awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/`
+	else
+		IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE
+	fi
+	GUESS=$IBM_ARCH-ibm-aix$IBM_REV
+	;;
+    *:AIX:*:*)
+	GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix
+	;;
+    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:4.4BSD:*)
+	GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+	;;
+    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
+	GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd$UNAME_RELEASE    # 4.3 with uname added to
+	;;                                  # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+    *:BOSX:*:*)
+	GUESS=rs6000-bull-bosx
+	;;
+    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-bull-sysv3
+	;;
+    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd
+	;;
+    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+	;;
+    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	case $UNAME_MACHINE in
+	    9000/31?)            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+	    9000/[34]??)         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+		if test -x /usr/bin/getconf; then
+		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+		    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+		    case $sc_cpu_version in
+		      523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+		      528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+		      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+			case $sc_kernel_bits in
+			  32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;;
+			  64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;;
+			  '') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
+			esac ;;
+		    esac
+		fi
+		if test "$HP_ARCH" = ""; then
+		    set_cc_for_build
+		    sed 's/^		//' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+
+		#define _HPUX_SOURCE
+		#include <stdlib.h>
+		#include <unistd.h>
+
+		int main ()
+		{
+		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+		    long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+		#endif
+		    long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+		    switch (cpu)
+			{
+			case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+			case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+			case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+			    switch (bits)
+				{
+				case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+				case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+				default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+				} break;
+		#else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+			    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+		#endif
+			default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+			}
+		    exit (0);
+		}
+EOF
+		    (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`"$dummy"`
+		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+		fi ;;
+	esac
+	if test "$HP_ARCH" = hppa2.0w
+	then
+	    set_cc_for_build
+
+	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+	    #
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+		grep -q __LP64__
+	    then
+		HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w
+	    else
+		HP_ARCH=hppa64
+	    fi
+	fi
+	GUESS=$HP_ARCH-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV
+	;;
+    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+	HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+	GUESS=ia64-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV
+	;;
+    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+	set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+	#include <unistd.h>
+	int
+	main ()
+	{
+	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+	     results, however.  */
+	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+	    {
+	      switch (cpu)
+		{
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+	  exit (0);
+	}
+EOF
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` &&
+		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+	GUESS=unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+	;;
+    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+	;;
+    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+	;;
+    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+	;;
+    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-osf
+	;;
+    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-osf
+	;;
+    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+	if test -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ; then
+	    GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1mk
+	else
+	    GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1
+	fi
+	;;
+    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-lites
+	;;
+    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+	GUESS=c1-convex-bsd
+	;;
+    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+	then echo c32-convex-bsd
+	else echo c2-convex-bsd
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+	GUESS=c34-convex-bsd
+	;;
+    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+	GUESS=c38-convex-bsd
+	;;
+    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+	GUESS=c4-convex-bsd
+	;;
+    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+	CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+	GUESS=ymp-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
+	;;
+    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+	echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" \
+	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
+    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+	CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+	GUESS=t90-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
+	;;
+    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+	CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+	GUESS=alphaev5-cray-unicosmk$CRAY_REL
+	;;
+    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+	CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+	GUESS=sv1-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
+	;;
+    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+	CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+	GUESS=craynv-cray-unicosmp$CRAY_REL
+	;;
+    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
+	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
+	FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+	GUESS=${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}
+	;;
+    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
+	FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+	GUESS=sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}
+	;;
+    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	GUESS=sparc-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    arm:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+	set_cc_for_build
+	if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+	    | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
+	then
+	    FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	    GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabi
+	else
+	    FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	    GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabihf
+	fi
+	;;
+    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+	    amd64)
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
+	    i386)
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i586 ;;
+	esac
+	FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL
+	;;
+    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-cygwin
+	;;
+    *:MINGW64*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw64
+	;;
+    *:MINGW*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw32
+	;;
+    *:MSYS*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msys
+	;;
+    i*:PW*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-pw32
+	;;
+    *:SerenityOS:*:*)
+        GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-serenity
+        ;;
+    *:Interix*:*)
+	case $UNAME_MACHINE in
+	    x86)
+		GUESS=i586-pc-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
+		;;
+	    authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
+		GUESS=x86_64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
+		;;
+	    IA64)
+		GUESS=ia64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
+		;;
+	esac ;;
+    i*:UWIN*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-uwin
+	;;
+    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+	GUESS=x86_64-pc-cygwin
+	;;
+    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-solaris2$SUN_REL
+	;;
+    *:GNU:*:*)
+	# the GNU system
+	GNU_ARCH=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE" | sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`
+	GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	GUESS=$GNU_ARCH-unknown-$LIBC$GNU_REL
+	;;
+    *:GNU/*:*:*)
+	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
+	GNU_SYS=`echo "$UNAME_SYSTEM" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"`
+	GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-$GNU_SYS$GNU_REL-$LIBC
+	;;
+    x86_64:[Mm]anagarm:*:*|i?86:[Mm]anagarm:*:*)
+	GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-managarm-mlibc"
+	;;
+    *:[Mm]anagarm:*:*)
+	GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-managarm-mlibc"
+	;;
+    *:Minix:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-minix
+	;;
+    aarch64:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    alpha:Linux:*:*)
+	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null` in
+	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+	esac
+	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
+	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:* | arc32:Linux:*:* | arc64:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    arm*:Linux:*:*)
+	set_cc_for_build
+	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
+	then
+	    GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	else
+	    if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+		| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
+	    then
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
+	    else
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
+	    fi
+	fi
+	;;
+    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    cris:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    e2k:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    frv:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    hexagon:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    i*86:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    ia64:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    k1om:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    loongarch32:Linux:*:* | loongarch64:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    m68*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
+	set_cc_for_build
+	IS_GLIBC=0
+	test x"${LIBC}" = xgnu && IS_GLIBC=1
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef mips
+	#undef mipsel
+	#undef mips64
+	#undef mips64el
+	#if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABI64)
+	LIBCABI=gnuabi64
+	#else
+	#if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABIN32)
+	LIBCABI=gnuabin32
+	#else
+	LIBCABI=${LIBC}
+	#endif
+	#endif
+
+	#if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6
+	CPU=mipsisa64r6
+	#else
+	#if ${IS_GLIBC} && !defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6
+	CPU=mipsisa32r6
+	#else
+	#if defined(__mips64)
+	CPU=mips64
+	#else
+	CPU=mips
+	#endif
+	#endif
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	MIPS_ENDIAN=el
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	MIPS_ENDIAN=
+	#else
+	MIPS_ENDIAN=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	cc_set_vars=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU\|^MIPS_ENDIAN\|^LIBCABI'`
+	eval "$cc_set_vars"
+	test "x$CPU" != x && { echo "$CPU${MIPS_ENDIAN}-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI"; exit; }
+	;;
+    mips64el:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=or1k-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    padre:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=sparc-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=hppa64-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+	# Look for CPU level
+	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+	  PA7*) GUESS=hppa1.1-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
+	  PA8*) GUESS=hppa2.0-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
+	  *)    GUESS=hppa-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc64-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    ppc:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc64le-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    ppcle:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv32be:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:* | riscv64be:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    sh*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    tile*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    vax:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+	set_cc_for_build
+	CPU=$UNAME_MACHINE
+	LIBCABI=$LIBC
+	if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
+	    ABI=64
+	    sed 's/^	    //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+	    #ifdef __i386__
+	    ABI=x86
+	    #else
+	    #ifdef __ILP32__
+	    ABI=x32
+	    #endif
+	    #endif
+EOF
+	    cc_set_abi=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^ABI' | sed 's, ,,g'`
+	    eval "$cc_set_abi"
+	    case $ABI in
+		x86) CPU=i686 ;;
+		x32) LIBCABI=${LIBC}x32 ;;
+	    esac
+	fi
+	GUESS=$CPU-pc-linux-$LIBCABI
+	;;
+    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+	;;
+    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+	# sysname and nodename.
+	GUESS=i386-sequent-sysv4
+	;;
+    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+	# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+	# number series starting with 2...
+	# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
+	# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv4.2uw$UNAME_VERSION
+	;;
+    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+	# is probably installed.
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-os2-emx
+	;;
+    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-stop
+	;;
+    i*86:atheos:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-atheos
+	;;
+    i*86:syllable:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-syllable
+	;;
+    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
+	GUESS=i386-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	;;
+    i*86:*:4.*:*)
+	UNAME_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-univel-sysv$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv$UNAME_REL
+	fi
+	;;
+    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+	esac
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+	;;
+    i*86:*:3.2:*)
+	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+	else
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv32
+	fi
+	;;
+    pc:*:*:*)
+	# Left here for compatibility:
+	# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+	# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
+	# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
+	# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that
+	# this is a cross-build.
+	GUESS=i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	;;
+    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+	GUESS=i386-pc-mach3
+	;;
+    paragon:*:*:*)
+	GUESS=i860-intel-osf1
+	;;
+    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  GUESS=i860-stardent-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE    # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+	  GUESS=i860-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE     # Unknown i860-SVR4
+	fi
+	;;
+    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+	# "miniframe"
+	GUESS=m68010-convergent-sysv
+	;;
+    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+	GUESS=m68k-convergent-sysv
+	;;
+    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-diab-dnix
+	;;
+    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+	OS_REL=''
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
+    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
+	OS_REL='.3'
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
+    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-atari-sysv4
+	;;
+    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	GUESS=sparc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+	GUESS=rs6000-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	GUESS=mips-dde-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+	GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4
+	;;
+    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4
+	;;
+    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+		GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-sni-sysv4
+	else
+		GUESS=ns32k-sni-sysv
+	fi
+	;;
+    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*)	# Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+			# says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+	GUESS=i586-unisys-sysv4
+	;;
+    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+	GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+	;;
+    *:*:*:FTX*)
+	# From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+	GUESS=i860-stratus-sysv4
+	;;
+    i*86:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-stratus-vos
+	;;
+    *:VOS:*:*)
+	# From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+	GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+	;;
+    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=m68k-apple-aux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+	GUESS=mips-sony-newsos6
+	;;
+    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+	if test -d /usr/nec; then
+		GUESS=mips-nec-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
+	else
+		GUESS=mips-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
+	fi
+	;;
+    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+	GUESS=powerpc-be-beos
+	;;
+    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+	GUESS=powerpc-apple-beos
+	;;
+    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+	GUESS=i586-pc-beos
+	;;
+    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
+	GUESS=i586-pc-haiku
+	;;
+    ppc:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Apple PowerPC
+	GUESS=powerpc-apple-haiku
+	;;
+    *:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku modern gcc (not bound by BeOS compat)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-haiku
+	;;
+    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=sx4-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=sx5-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=sx6-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=sx7-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=sx8-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=sx8r-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=sxace-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	GUESS=powerpc-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    arm64:Darwin:*:*)
+	GUESS=aarch64-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:Darwin:*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+	esac
+	if command -v xcode-select > /dev/null 2> /dev/null && \
+		! xcode-select --print-path > /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+	    # Avoid executing cc if there is no toolchain installed as
+	    # cc will be a stub that puts up a graphical alert
+	    # prompting the user to install developer tools.
+	    CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
+	else
+	    set_cc_for_build
+	fi
+	if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		   (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		   grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+	    then
+		case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+		    i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
+		    powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	    # On 10.4-10.6 one might compile for PowerPC via gcc -arch ppc
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __POWERPC__'; echo IS_PPC; echo '#endif') | \
+		   (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		   grep IS_PPC >/dev/null
+	    then
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
+	    fi
+	elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then
+	    # uname -m returns i386 or x86_64
+	    UNAME_PROCESSOR=$UNAME_MACHINE
+	fi
+	GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then
+		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+	fi
+	GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-$UNAME_MACHINE-nto-qnx$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:QNX:*:4*)
+	GUESS=i386-pc-qnx
+	;;
+    NEO-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	GUESS=neo-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	GUESS=nse-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    NSR-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	GUESS=nsr-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    NSV-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	GUESS=nsv-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    NSX-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	GUESS=nsx-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+	GUESS=mips-compaq-nonstopux
+	;;
+    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+	GUESS=bs2000-siemens-sysv
+	;;
+    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-$UNAME_SYSTEM-$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:Plan9:*:*)
+	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+	# operating systems.
+	if test "${cputype-}" = 386; then
+	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+	elif test "x${cputype-}" != x; then
+	    UNAME_MACHINE=$cputype
+	fi
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-plan9
+	;;
+    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+	GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops10
+	;;
+    *:TENEX:*:*)
+	GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tenex
+	;;
+    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	GUESS=pdp10-dec-tops20
+	;;
+    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	GUESS=pdp10-xkl-tops20
+	;;
+    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+	GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops20
+	;;
+    *:ITS:*:*)
+	GUESS=pdp10-unknown-its
+	;;
+    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+	GUESS=mips-sei-seiux$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+    *:DragonFly:*:*)
+	DRAGONFLY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-dragonfly$DRAGONFLY_REL
+	;;
+    *:*VMS:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+	case $UNAME_MACHINE in
+	    A*) GUESS=alpha-dec-vms ;;
+	    I*) GUESS=ia64-dec-vms ;;
+	    V*) GUESS=vax-dec-vms ;;
+	esac ;;
+    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+	GUESS=i386-pc-xenix
+	;;
+    i*86:skyos:*:*)
+	SKYOS_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ .*$//'`
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-skyos$SKYOS_REL
+	;;
+    i*86:rdos:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-rdos
+	;;
+    i*86:Fiwix:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-fiwix
+	;;
+    *:AROS:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-aros
+	;;
+    x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-esx
+	;;
+    amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*)
+	GUESS=x86_64-unknown-onefs
+	;;
+    *:Unleashed:*:*)
+	GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-unleashed$UNAME_RELEASE
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Do we have a guess based on uname results?
+if test "x$GUESS" != x; then
+    echo "$GUESS"
+    exit
+fi
+
+# No uname command or uname output not recognized.
+set_cc_for_build
+cat > "$dummy.c" <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__)
+#if defined (vax) || defined (__vax) || defined (__vax__) || defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__)
+#include <signal.h>
+#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+     I don't know....  */
+  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+  "4"
+#else
+  ""
+#endif
+  ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+  int version;
+  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+  if (version < 4)
+    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  else
+    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+  struct utsname un;
+
+  uname(&un);
+  if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+  }
+  if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+  }
+  printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+#if !defined (ultrix)
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#if defined (BSD)
+#if BSD == 43
+  printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if BSD == 199006
+  printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#else
+  printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#else
+#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
+  struct utsname un;
+  uname (&un);
+  printf ("vax-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__)
+#if defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__)
+#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
+  struct utsname *un;
+  uname (&un);
+  printf ("mips-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0);
+#else
+  printf ("mips-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+  exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` &&
+	{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo "$ISP-apollo-$SYSTYPE"; exit; }
+
+echo "$0: unable to guess system type" >&2
+
+case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM in
+    mips:Linux | mips64:Linux)
+	# If we got here on MIPS GNU/Linux, output extra information.
+	cat >&2 <<EOF
+
+NOTE: MIPS GNU/Linux systems require a C compiler to fully recognize
+the system type. Please install a C compiler and try again.
+EOF
+	;;
+esac
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+
+This script (version $timestamp), has failed to recognize the
+operating system you are using. If your script is old, overwrite *all*
+copies of config.guess and config.sub with the latest versions from:
+
+  https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.guess
+and
+  https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.sub
+EOF
+
+our_year=`echo $timestamp | sed 's,-.*,,'`
+thisyear=`date +%Y`
+# shellcheck disable=SC2003
+script_age=`expr "$thisyear" - "$our_year"`
+if test "$script_age" -lt 3 ; then
+   cat >&2 <<EOF
+
+If $0 has already been updated, send the following data and any
+information you think might be pertinent to config-patches@gnu.org to
+provide the necessary information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = "$UNAME_MACHINE"
+UNAME_RELEASE = "$UNAME_RELEASE"
+UNAME_SYSTEM  = "$UNAME_SYSTEM"
+UNAME_VERSION = "$UNAME_VERSION"
+EOF
+fi
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/config.rpath b/build-aux/config.rpath
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..17298f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/config.rpath
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
+# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
+#
+#   Copyright 1996-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
+#   Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+#   This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+#   unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+#   modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
+# should be set by the caller.
+#
+# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
+
+# Known limitations:
+# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
+#   than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
+#   known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
+#   directory and/or the installation directory.
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+shrext=.so
+
+host="$1"
+host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
+
+for cc_temp in $CC""; do
+  case $cc_temp in
+    compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+    distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+    \-*) ;;
+    *) break;;
+  esac
+done
+cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
+
+wl=
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  wl='-Wl,'
+else
+  case "$host_os" in
+    aix*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    darwin*)
+      case $cc_basename in
+        xlc*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      ;;
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    newsos6)
+      ;;
+    linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+      case $cc_basename in
+        ecc*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        icc* | ifort*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        lf95*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        ccc*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        como)
+          wl='-lopt='
+          ;;
+        *)
+          case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+            *Sun\ C*)
+              wl='-Wl,'
+              ;;
+          esac
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    rdos*)
+      ;;
+    solaris*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    sunos4*)
+      wl='-Qoption ld '
+      ;;
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      ;;
+    sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    unicos*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    uts4*)
+      ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
+
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+hardcode_libdir_separator=
+hardcode_direct=no
+hardcode_minus_L=no
+
+case "$host_os" in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  interix*)
+    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+    with_gnu_ld=yes
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+esac
+
+ld_shlibs=yes
+if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+  # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+  # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+  # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
+  # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+  case "$host_os" in
+    aix[3-9]*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    amigaos*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
+      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
+      # them.
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    interix[3-9]*)
+      hardcode_direct=no
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+      ;;
+    gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    netbsd*)
+      ;;
+    solaris*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
+          ld_shlibs=no
+          ;;
+        *)
+          if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
+          else
+            ld_shlibs=no
+          fi
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    sunos4*)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+  esac
+  if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+  fi
+else
+  case "$host_os" in
+    aix3*)
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+        # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+        # broken collect2.
+        hardcode_direct=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+    aix[4-9]*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+        # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+        # have to do anything special.
+        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+      else
+        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+        # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+        # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+        # need to do runtime linking.
+        case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
+          for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+            if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+              aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+              break
+            fi
+          done
+          ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+        case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+          collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+          if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+            strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+          then
+            # We have reworked collect2
+            :
+          else
+            # We have old collect2
+            hardcode_direct=unsupported
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+            hardcode_libdir_separator=
+          fi
+          ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+      echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
+      ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
+      aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+        aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+      fi
+      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+        aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
+      fi
+      rm -f conftest.c conftest
+      # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+      else
+        if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+        else
+          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+        fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+    amigaos*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    bsdi[45]*)
+      ;;
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+      libext=lib
+      ;;
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      hardcode_direct=no
+      if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
+        :
+      else
+        case $cc_basename in
+          xlc*)
+            ;;
+          *)
+            ld_shlibs=no
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    dgux*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      ;;
+    freebsd1*)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    freebsd2*)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    hpux9*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    hpux10*)
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+        hardcode_direct=yes
+        # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+        # but as the default location of the library.
+        hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+    hpux11*)
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+        case $host_cpu in
+          hppa*64*|ia64*)
+            hardcode_direct=no
+            ;;
+          *)
+            hardcode_direct=yes
+            # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+            # but as the default location of the library.
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    netbsd*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    newsos6)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    openbsd*)
+      if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+        hardcode_direct=yes
+        if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+        else
+          case "$host_os" in
+            openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+              hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+              ;;
+            *)
+              hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+              ;;
+          esac
+        fi
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    osf3*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    osf4* | osf5*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+        # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    solaris*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      ;;
+    sunos4*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+        sni)
+          hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+          ;;
+        siemens)
+          hardcode_direct=no
+          ;;
+        motorola)
+          hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    sysv4.3*)
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+        ld_shlibs=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
+      ;;
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      ;;
+    uts4*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      ;;
+    *)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check dynamic linker characteristics
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
+# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
+# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
+# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
+# linker has special search rules.
+library_names_spec=      # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+case "$host_os" in
+  aix3*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+    ;;
+  aix[4-9]*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  amigaos*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+    ;;
+  beos*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  bsdi[45]*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+    shrext=.dll
+    library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
+    ;;
+  darwin* | rhapsody*)
+    shrext=.dylib
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  dgux*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  freebsd1*)
+    ;;
+  freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+    case "$host_os" in
+      freebsd[123]*)
+        library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
+      *)
+        library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  gnu*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+    case $host_cpu in
+      ia64*)
+        shrext=.so
+        ;;
+      hppa*64*)
+        shrext=.sl
+        ;;
+      *)
+        shrext=.sl
+        ;;
+    esac
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  interix[3-9]*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    case "$host_os" in
+      irix5* | nonstopux*)
+        libsuff= shlibsuff=
+        ;;
+      *)
+        case $LD in
+          *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+          *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
+          *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
+          *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+    ;;
+  linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  knetbsd*-gnu)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  netbsd*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  newsos6)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  nto-qnx*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
+    ;;
+  os2*)
+    libname_spec='$name'
+    shrext=.dll
+    library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+    ;;
+  osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  rdos*)
+    ;;
+  solaris*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  sunos4*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
+    ;;
+  sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  sysv4*MP*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+  uts4*)
+    library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+    ;;
+esac
+
+sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
+escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+
+LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl="$escaped_wl"
+
+# Static library suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
+shlibext="$shlibext"
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
+
+# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
+library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
+
+EOF
diff --git a/build-aux/config.sub b/build-aux/config.sub
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..de4259e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1907 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+#   Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale
+
+timestamp='2023-01-21'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.sub
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+# The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints
+# about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were
+# superseded or lifted in POSIX.  However, this script identifies a wide
+# variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and
+# even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still
+# have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+       exit 1 ;;
+
+    *local*)
+       # First pass through any local machine types.
+       echo "$1"
+       exit ;;
+
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Split fields of configuration type
+# shellcheck disable=SC2162
+saved_IFS=$IFS
+IFS="-" read field1 field2 field3 field4 <<EOF
+$1
+EOF
+IFS=$saved_IFS
+
+# Separate into logical components for further validation
+case $1 in
+	*-*-*-*-*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': more than four components >&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	*-*-*-*)
+		basic_machine=$field1-$field2
+		basic_os=$field3-$field4
+		;;
+	*-*-*)
+		# Ambiguous whether COMPANY is present, or skipped and KERNEL-OS is two
+		# parts
+		maybe_os=$field2-$field3
+		case $maybe_os in
+			nto-qnx* | linux-* | uclinux-uclibc* \
+			| uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* \
+			| netbsd*-eabi* | kopensolaris*-gnu* | cloudabi*-eabi* \
+			| storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova* | managarm-*)
+				basic_machine=$field1
+				basic_os=$maybe_os
+				;;
+			android-linux)
+				basic_machine=$field1-unknown
+				basic_os=linux-android
+				;;
+			*)
+				basic_machine=$field1-$field2
+				basic_os=$field3
+				;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	*-*)
+		# A lone config we happen to match not fitting any pattern
+		case $field1-$field2 in
+			decstation-3100)
+				basic_machine=mips-dec
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			*-*)
+				# Second component is usually, but not always the OS
+				case $field2 in
+					# Prevent following clause from handling this valid os
+					sun*os*)
+						basic_machine=$field1
+						basic_os=$field2
+						;;
+					zephyr*)
+						basic_machine=$field1-unknown
+						basic_os=$field2
+						;;
+					# Manufacturers
+					dec* | mips* | sequent* | encore* | pc533* | sgi* | sony* \
+					| att* | 7300* | 3300* | delta* | motorola* | sun[234]* \
+					| unicom* | ibm* | next | hp | isi* | apollo | altos* \
+					| convergent* | ncr* | news | 32* | 3600* | 3100* \
+					| hitachi* | c[123]* | convex* | sun | crds | omron* | dg \
+					| ultra | tti* | harris | dolphin | highlevel | gould \
+					| cbm | ns | masscomp | apple | axis | knuth | cray \
+					| microblaze* | sim | cisco \
+					| oki | wec | wrs | winbond)
+						basic_machine=$field1-$field2
+						basic_os=
+						;;
+					*)
+						basic_machine=$field1
+						basic_os=$field2
+						;;
+				esac
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	*)
+		# Convert single-component short-hands not valid as part of
+		# multi-component configurations.
+		case $field1 in
+			386bsd)
+				basic_machine=i386-pc
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			a29khif)
+				basic_machine=a29k-amd
+				basic_os=udi
+				;;
+			adobe68k)
+				basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+				basic_os=scout
+				;;
+			alliant)
+				basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			altos | altos3068)
+				basic_machine=m68k-altos
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			am29k)
+				basic_machine=a29k-none
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			amdahl)
+				basic_machine=580-amdahl
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			amiga)
+				basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			amigaos | amigados)
+				basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+				basic_os=amigaos
+				;;
+			amigaunix | amix)
+				basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+				basic_os=sysv4
+				;;
+			apollo68)
+				basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			apollo68bsd)
+				basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			aros)
+				basic_machine=i386-pc
+				basic_os=aros
+				;;
+			aux)
+				basic_machine=m68k-apple
+				basic_os=aux
+				;;
+			balance)
+				basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+				basic_os=dynix
+				;;
+			blackfin)
+				basic_machine=bfin-unknown
+				basic_os=linux
+				;;
+			cegcc)
+				basic_machine=arm-unknown
+				basic_os=cegcc
+				;;
+			convex-c1)
+				basic_machine=c1-convex
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			convex-c2)
+				basic_machine=c2-convex
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			convex-c32)
+				basic_machine=c32-convex
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			convex-c34)
+				basic_machine=c34-convex
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			convex-c38)
+				basic_machine=c38-convex
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			cray)
+				basic_machine=j90-cray
+				basic_os=unicos
+				;;
+			crds | unos)
+				basic_machine=m68k-crds
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			da30)
+				basic_machine=m68k-da30
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			decstation | pmax | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+				basic_machine=mips-dec
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			delta88)
+				basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+				basic_os=sysv3
+				;;
+			dicos)
+				basic_machine=i686-pc
+				basic_os=dicos
+				;;
+			djgpp)
+				basic_machine=i586-pc
+				basic_os=msdosdjgpp
+				;;
+			ebmon29k)
+				basic_machine=a29k-amd
+				basic_os=ebmon
+				;;
+			es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+				basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+				basic_os=ose
+				;;
+			gmicro)
+				basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			go32)
+				basic_machine=i386-pc
+				basic_os=go32
+				;;
+			h8300hms)
+				basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+				basic_os=hms
+				;;
+			h8300xray)
+				basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+				basic_os=xray
+				;;
+			h8500hms)
+				basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+				basic_os=hms
+				;;
+			harris)
+				basic_machine=m88k-harris
+				basic_os=sysv3
+				;;
+			hp300 | hp300hpux)
+				basic_machine=m68k-hp
+				basic_os=hpux
+				;;
+			hp300bsd)
+				basic_machine=m68k-hp
+				basic_os=bsd
+				;;
+			hppaosf)
+				basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+				basic_os=osf
+				;;
+			hppro)
+				basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+				basic_os=proelf
+				;;
+			i386mach)
+				basic_machine=i386-mach
+				basic_os=mach
+				;;
+			isi68 | isi)
+				basic_machine=m68k-isi
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			m68knommu)
+				basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+				basic_os=linux
+				;;
+			magnum | m3230)
+				basic_machine=mips-mips
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			merlin)
+				basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			mingw64)
+				basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+				basic_os=mingw64
+				;;
+			mingw32)
+				basic_machine=i686-pc
+				basic_os=mingw32
+				;;
+			mingw32ce)
+				basic_machine=arm-unknown
+				basic_os=mingw32ce
+				;;
+			monitor)
+				basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+				basic_os=coff
+				;;
+			morphos)
+				basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+				basic_os=morphos
+				;;
+			moxiebox)
+				basic_machine=moxie-unknown
+				basic_os=moxiebox
+				;;
+			msdos)
+				basic_machine=i386-pc
+				basic_os=msdos
+				;;
+			msys)
+				basic_machine=i686-pc
+				basic_os=msys
+				;;
+			mvs)
+				basic_machine=i370-ibm
+				basic_os=mvs
+				;;
+			nacl)
+				basic_machine=le32-unknown
+				basic_os=nacl
+				;;
+			ncr3000)
+				basic_machine=i486-ncr
+				basic_os=sysv4
+				;;
+			netbsd386)
+				basic_machine=i386-pc
+				basic_os=netbsd
+				;;
+			netwinder)
+				basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+				basic_os=linux
+				;;
+			news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+				basic_machine=m68k-sony
+				basic_os=newsos
+				;;
+			news1000)
+				basic_machine=m68030-sony
+				basic_os=newsos
+				;;
+			necv70)
+				basic_machine=v70-nec
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			nh3000)
+				basic_machine=m68k-harris
+				basic_os=cxux
+				;;
+			nh[45]000)
+				basic_machine=m88k-harris
+				basic_os=cxux
+				;;
+			nindy960)
+				basic_machine=i960-intel
+				basic_os=nindy
+				;;
+			mon960)
+				basic_machine=i960-intel
+				basic_os=mon960
+				;;
+			nonstopux)
+				basic_machine=mips-compaq
+				basic_os=nonstopux
+				;;
+			os400)
+				basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+				basic_os=os400
+				;;
+			OSE68000 | ose68000)
+				basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+				basic_os=ose
+				;;
+			os68k)
+				basic_machine=m68k-none
+				basic_os=os68k
+				;;
+			paragon)
+				basic_machine=i860-intel
+				basic_os=osf
+				;;
+			parisc)
+				basic_machine=hppa-unknown
+				basic_os=linux
+				;;
+			psp)
+				basic_machine=mipsallegrexel-sony
+				basic_os=psp
+				;;
+			pw32)
+				basic_machine=i586-unknown
+				basic_os=pw32
+				;;
+			rdos | rdos64)
+				basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+				basic_os=rdos
+				;;
+			rdos32)
+				basic_machine=i386-pc
+				basic_os=rdos
+				;;
+			rom68k)
+				basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+				basic_os=coff
+				;;
+			sa29200)
+				basic_machine=a29k-amd
+				basic_os=udi
+				;;
+			sei)
+				basic_machine=mips-sei
+				basic_os=seiux
+				;;
+			sequent)
+				basic_machine=i386-sequent
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			sps7)
+				basic_machine=m68k-bull
+				basic_os=sysv2
+				;;
+			st2000)
+				basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			stratus)
+				basic_machine=i860-stratus
+				basic_os=sysv4
+				;;
+			sun2)
+				basic_machine=m68000-sun
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			sun2os3)
+				basic_machine=m68000-sun
+				basic_os=sunos3
+				;;
+			sun2os4)
+				basic_machine=m68000-sun
+				basic_os=sunos4
+				;;
+			sun3)
+				basic_machine=m68k-sun
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			sun3os3)
+				basic_machine=m68k-sun
+				basic_os=sunos3
+				;;
+			sun3os4)
+				basic_machine=m68k-sun
+				basic_os=sunos4
+				;;
+			sun4)
+				basic_machine=sparc-sun
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			sun4os3)
+				basic_machine=sparc-sun
+				basic_os=sunos3
+				;;
+			sun4os4)
+				basic_machine=sparc-sun
+				basic_os=sunos4
+				;;
+			sun4sol2)
+				basic_machine=sparc-sun
+				basic_os=solaris2
+				;;
+			sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+				basic_machine=i386-sun
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+			sv1)
+				basic_machine=sv1-cray
+				basic_os=unicos
+				;;
+			symmetry)
+				basic_machine=i386-sequent
+				basic_os=dynix
+				;;
+			t3e)
+				basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+				basic_os=unicos
+				;;
+			t90)
+				basic_machine=t90-cray
+				basic_os=unicos
+				;;
+			toad1)
+				basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+				basic_os=tops20
+				;;
+			tpf)
+				basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+				basic_os=tpf
+				;;
+			udi29k)
+				basic_machine=a29k-amd
+				basic_os=udi
+				;;
+			ultra3)
+				basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+				basic_os=sym1
+				;;
+			v810 | necv810)
+				basic_machine=v810-nec
+				basic_os=none
+				;;
+			vaxv)
+				basic_machine=vax-dec
+				basic_os=sysv
+				;;
+			vms)
+				basic_machine=vax-dec
+				basic_os=vms
+				;;
+			vsta)
+				basic_machine=i386-pc
+				basic_os=vsta
+				;;
+			vxworks960)
+				basic_machine=i960-wrs
+				basic_os=vxworks
+				;;
+			vxworks68)
+				basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+				basic_os=vxworks
+				;;
+			vxworks29k)
+				basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+				basic_os=vxworks
+				;;
+			xbox)
+				basic_machine=i686-pc
+				basic_os=mingw32
+				;;
+			ymp)
+				basic_machine=ymp-cray
+				basic_os=unicos
+				;;
+			*)
+				basic_machine=$1
+				basic_os=
+				;;
+		esac
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode 1-component or ad-hoc basic machines
+case $basic_machine in
+	# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
+	# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	w89k)
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=winbond
+		;;
+	op50n)
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=oki
+		;;
+	op60c)
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=oki
+		;;
+	ibm*)
+		cpu=i370
+		vendor=ibm
+		;;
+	orion105)
+		cpu=clipper
+		vendor=highlevel
+		;;
+	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=apple
+		;;
+	pmac | pmac-mpw)
+		cpu=powerpc
+		vendor=apple
+		;;
+
+	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+		cpu=m68000
+		vendor=att
+		;;
+	3b*)
+		cpu=we32k
+		vendor=att
+		;;
+	bluegene*)
+		cpu=powerpc
+		vendor=ibm
+		basic_os=cnk
+		;;
+	decsystem10* | dec10*)
+		cpu=pdp10
+		vendor=dec
+		basic_os=tops10
+		;;
+	decsystem20* | dec20*)
+		cpu=pdp10
+		vendor=dec
+		basic_os=tops20
+		;;
+	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=motorola
+		;;
+	dpx2*)
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=bull
+		basic_os=sysv3
+		;;
+	encore | umax | mmax)
+		cpu=ns32k
+		vendor=encore
+		;;
+	elxsi)
+		cpu=elxsi
+		vendor=elxsi
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-bsd}
+		;;
+	fx2800)
+		cpu=i860
+		vendor=alliant
+		;;
+	genix)
+		cpu=ns32k
+		vendor=ns
+		;;
+	h3050r* | hiux*)
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=hitachi
+		basic_os=hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+		cpu=hppa1.0
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+		cpu=m68000
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+		cpu=hppa1.0
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+		cpu=hppa1.0
+		vendor=hp
+		;;
+	i*86v32)
+		cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+		vendor=pc
+		basic_os=sysv32
+		;;
+	i*86v4*)
+		cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+		vendor=pc
+		basic_os=sysv4
+		;;
+	i*86v)
+		cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+		vendor=pc
+		basic_os=sysv
+		;;
+	i*86sol2)
+		cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+		vendor=pc
+		basic_os=solaris2
+		;;
+	j90 | j90-cray)
+		cpu=j90
+		vendor=cray
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-unicos}
+		;;
+	iris | iris4d)
+		cpu=mips
+		vendor=sgi
+		case $basic_os in
+		    irix*)
+			;;
+		    *)
+			basic_os=irix4
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	miniframe)
+		cpu=m68000
+		vendor=convergent
+		;;
+	*mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=atari
+		basic_os=mint
+		;;
+	news-3600 | risc-news)
+		cpu=mips
+		vendor=sony
+		basic_os=newsos
+		;;
+	next | m*-next)
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=next
+		case $basic_os in
+		    openstep*)
+		        ;;
+		    nextstep*)
+			;;
+		    ns2*)
+		      basic_os=nextstep2
+			;;
+		    *)
+		      basic_os=nextstep3
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	np1)
+		cpu=np1
+		vendor=gould
+		;;
+	op50n-* | op60c-*)
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=oki
+		basic_os=proelf
+		;;
+	pa-hitachi)
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=hitachi
+		basic_os=hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	pbd)
+		cpu=sparc
+		vendor=tti
+		;;
+	pbb)
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=tti
+		;;
+	pc532)
+		cpu=ns32k
+		vendor=pc532
+		;;
+	pn)
+		cpu=pn
+		vendor=gould
+		;;
+	power)
+		cpu=power
+		vendor=ibm
+		;;
+	ps2)
+		cpu=i386
+		vendor=ibm
+		;;
+	rm[46]00)
+		cpu=mips
+		vendor=siemens
+		;;
+	rtpc | rtpc-*)
+		cpu=romp
+		vendor=ibm
+		;;
+	sde)
+		cpu=mipsisa32
+		vendor=sde
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-elf}
+		;;
+	simso-wrs)
+		cpu=sparclite
+		vendor=wrs
+		basic_os=vxworks
+		;;
+	tower | tower-32)
+		cpu=m68k
+		vendor=ncr
+		;;
+	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+		cpu=f301
+		vendor=fujitsu
+		;;
+	w65)
+		cpu=w65
+		vendor=wdc
+		;;
+	w89k-*)
+		cpu=hppa1.1
+		vendor=winbond
+		basic_os=proelf
+		;;
+	none)
+		cpu=none
+		vendor=none
+		;;
+	leon|leon[3-9])
+		cpu=sparc
+		vendor=$basic_machine
+		;;
+	leon-*|leon[3-9]-*)
+		cpu=sparc
+		vendor=`echo "$basic_machine" | sed 's/-.*//'`
+		;;
+
+	*-*)
+		# shellcheck disable=SC2162
+		saved_IFS=$IFS
+		IFS="-" read cpu vendor <<EOF
+$basic_machine
+EOF
+		IFS=$saved_IFS
+		;;
+	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+	i*86 | x86_64)
+		cpu=$basic_machine
+		vendor=pc
+		;;
+	# These rules are duplicated from below for sake of the special case above;
+	# i.e. things that normalized to x86 arches should also default to "pc"
+	pc98)
+		cpu=i386
+		vendor=pc
+		;;
+	x64 | amd64)
+		cpu=x86_64
+		vendor=pc
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+	*)
+		cpu=$basic_machine
+		vendor=unknown
+		;;
+esac
+
+unset -v basic_machine
+
+# Decode basic machines in the full and proper CPU-Company form.
+case $cpu-$vendor in
+	# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types in canonical form. It is in
+	# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	craynv-unknown)
+		vendor=cray
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-unicosmp}
+		;;
+	c90-unknown | c90-cray)
+		vendor=cray
+		basic_os=${Basic_os:-unicos}
+		;;
+	fx80-unknown)
+		vendor=alliant
+		;;
+	romp-unknown)
+		vendor=ibm
+		;;
+	mmix-unknown)
+		vendor=knuth
+		;;
+	microblaze-unknown | microblazeel-unknown)
+		vendor=xilinx
+		;;
+	rs6000-unknown)
+		vendor=ibm
+		;;
+	vax-unknown)
+		vendor=dec
+		;;
+	pdp11-unknown)
+		vendor=dec
+		;;
+	we32k-unknown)
+		vendor=att
+		;;
+	cydra-unknown)
+		vendor=cydrome
+		;;
+	i370-ibm*)
+		vendor=ibm
+		;;
+	orion-unknown)
+		vendor=highlevel
+		;;
+	xps-unknown | xps100-unknown)
+		cpu=xps100
+		vendor=honeywell
+		;;
+
+	# Here we normalize CPU types with a missing or matching vendor
+	armh-unknown | armh-alt)
+		cpu=armv7l
+		vendor=alt
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-linux-gnueabihf}
+		;;
+	dpx20-unknown | dpx20-bull)
+		cpu=rs6000
+		vendor=bull
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-bosx}
+		;;
+
+	# Here we normalize CPU types irrespective of the vendor
+	amd64-*)
+		cpu=x86_64
+		;;
+	blackfin-*)
+		cpu=bfin
+		basic_os=linux
+		;;
+	c54x-*)
+		cpu=tic54x
+		;;
+	c55x-*)
+		cpu=tic55x
+		;;
+	c6x-*)
+		cpu=tic6x
+		;;
+	e500v[12]-*)
+		cpu=powerpc
+		basic_os=${basic_os}"spe"
+		;;
+	mips3*-*)
+		cpu=mips64
+		;;
+	ms1-*)
+		cpu=mt
+		;;
+	m68knommu-*)
+		cpu=m68k
+		basic_os=linux
+		;;
+	m9s12z-* | m68hcs12z-* | hcs12z-* | s12z-*)
+		cpu=s12z
+		;;
+	openrisc-*)
+		cpu=or32
+		;;
+	parisc-*)
+		cpu=hppa
+		basic_os=linux
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+		cpu=i586
+		;;
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-* | athlon_*-*)
+		cpu=i686
+		;;
+	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+		cpu=i686
+		;;
+	pentium4-*)
+		cpu=i786
+		;;
+	pc98-*)
+		cpu=i386
+		;;
+	ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
+		cpu=powerpc
+		;;
+	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+		cpu=powerpcle
+		;;
+	ppc64-*)
+		cpu=powerpc64
+		;;
+	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+		cpu=powerpc64le
+		;;
+	sb1-*)
+		cpu=mipsisa64sb1
+		;;
+	sb1el-*)
+		cpu=mipsisa64sb1el
+		;;
+	sh5e[lb]-*)
+		cpu=`echo "$cpu" | sed 's/^\(sh.\)e\(.\)$/\1\2e/'`
+		;;
+	spur-*)
+		cpu=spur
+		;;
+	strongarm-* | thumb-*)
+		cpu=arm
+		;;
+	tx39-*)
+		cpu=mipstx39
+		;;
+	tx39el-*)
+		cpu=mipstx39el
+		;;
+	x64-*)
+		cpu=x86_64
+		;;
+	xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
+		cpu=`echo "$cpu" | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
+		;;
+	arm64-* | aarch64le-*)
+		cpu=aarch64
+		;;
+
+	# Recognize the canonical CPU Types that limit and/or modify the
+	# company names they are paired with.
+	cr16-*)
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-elf}
+		;;
+	crisv32-* | etraxfs*-*)
+		cpu=crisv32
+		vendor=axis
+		;;
+	cris-* | etrax*-*)
+		cpu=cris
+		vendor=axis
+		;;
+	crx-*)
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-elf}
+		;;
+	neo-tandem)
+		cpu=neo
+		vendor=tandem
+		;;
+	nse-tandem)
+		cpu=nse
+		vendor=tandem
+		;;
+	nsr-tandem)
+		cpu=nsr
+		vendor=tandem
+		;;
+	nsv-tandem)
+		cpu=nsv
+		vendor=tandem
+		;;
+	nsx-tandem)
+		cpu=nsx
+		vendor=tandem
+		;;
+	mipsallegrexel-sony)
+		cpu=mipsallegrexel
+		vendor=sony
+		;;
+	tile*-*)
+		basic_os=${basic_os:-linux-gnu}
+		;;
+
+	*)
+		# Recognize the canonical CPU types that are allowed with any
+		# company name.
+		case $cpu in
+			1750a | 580 \
+			| a29k \
+			| aarch64 | aarch64_be \
+			| abacus \
+			| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] \
+			| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] \
+			| alphapca5[67] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+			| am33_2.0 \
+			| amdgcn \
+			| arc | arceb | arc32 | arc64 \
+			| arm | arm[lb]e | arme[lb] | armv* \
+			| avr | avr32 \
+			| asmjs \
+			| ba \
+			| be32 | be64 \
+			| bfin | bpf | bs2000 \
+			| c[123]* | c30 | [cjt]90 | c4x \
+			| c8051 | clipper | craynv | csky | cydra \
+			| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+			| e2k | elxsi | epiphany \
+			| f30[01] | f700 | fido | fr30 | frv | ft32 | fx80 \
+			| h8300 | h8500 \
+			| hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+			| hexagon \
+			| i370 | i*86 | i860 | i960 | ia16 | ia64 \
+			| ip2k | iq2000 \
+			| k1om \
+			| le32 | le64 \
+			| lm32 \
+			| loongarch32 | loongarch64 \
+			| m32c | m32r | m32rle \
+			| m5200 | m68000 | m680[012346]0 | m68360 | m683?2 | m68k \
+			| m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x \
+			| m88110 | m88k | maxq | mb | mcore | mep | metag \
+			| microblaze | microblazeel \
+			| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+			| mips16 \
+			| mips64 | mips64eb | mips64el \
+			| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
+			| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+			| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
+			| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+			| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+			| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+			| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+			| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+			| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+			| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+			| mipsisa32r3 | mipsisa32r3el \
+			| mipsisa32r5 | mipsisa32r5el \
+			| mipsisa32r6 | mipsisa32r6el \
+			| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+			| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+			| mipsisa64r3 | mipsisa64r3el \
+			| mipsisa64r5 | mipsisa64r5el \
+			| mipsisa64r6 | mipsisa64r6el \
+			| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+			| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+			| mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
+			| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+			| mmix \
+			| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+			| moxie \
+			| mt \
+			| msp430 \
+			| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
+			| nfp \
+			| nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \
+			| none | np1 | ns16k | ns32k | nvptx \
+			| open8 \
+			| or1k* \
+			| or32 \
+			| orion \
+			| picochip \
+			| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl | pn | power \
+			| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | powerpcspe \
+			| pru \
+			| pyramid \
+			| riscv | riscv32 | riscv32be | riscv64 | riscv64be \
+			| rl78 | romp | rs6000 | rx \
+			| s390 | s390x \
+			| score \
+			| sh | shl \
+			| sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]ae[lb] | sh[23]e | she[lb] | sh[lb]e \
+			| sh[1234]e[lb] |  sh[12345][lb]e | sh[23]ele | sh64 | sh64le \
+			| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet \
+			| sparclite \
+			| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v | sv1 | sx* \
+			| spu \
+			| tahoe \
+			| thumbv7* \
+			| tic30 | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 \
+			| tron \
+			| ubicom32 \
+			| v70 | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850es | v850e2 | v850e2v3 \
+			| vax \
+			| visium \
+			| w65 \
+			| wasm32 | wasm64 \
+			| we32k \
+			| x86 | x86_64 | xc16x | xgate | xps100 \
+			| xstormy16 | xtensa* \
+			| ymp \
+			| z8k | z80)
+				;;
+
+			*)
+				echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': machine \`"$cpu-$vendor"\' not recognized 1>&2
+				exit 1
+				;;
+		esac
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $vendor in
+	digital*)
+		vendor=dec
+		;;
+	commodore*)
+		vendor=cbm
+		;;
+	*)
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if test x$basic_os != x
+then
+
+# First recognize some ad-hoc cases, or perhaps split kernel-os, or else just
+# set os.
+case $basic_os in
+	gnu/linux*)
+		kernel=linux
+		os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|gnu|'`
+		;;
+	os2-emx)
+		kernel=os2
+		os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|os2-emx|emx|'`
+		;;
+	nto-qnx*)
+		kernel=nto
+		os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|nto-qnx|qnx|'`
+		;;
+	*-*)
+		# shellcheck disable=SC2162
+		saved_IFS=$IFS
+		IFS="-" read kernel os <<EOF
+$basic_os
+EOF
+		IFS=$saved_IFS
+		;;
+	# Default OS when just kernel was specified
+	nto*)
+		kernel=nto
+		os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|nto|qnx|'`
+		;;
+	linux*)
+		kernel=linux
+		os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|linux|gnu|'`
+		;;
+	managarm*)
+		kernel=managarm
+		os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|managarm|mlibc|'`
+		;;
+	*)
+		kernel=
+		os=$basic_os
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Now, normalize the OS (knowing we just have one component, it's not a kernel,
+# etc.)
+case $os in
+	# First match some system type aliases that might get confused
+	# with valid system types.
+	# solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	auroraux)
+		os=auroraux
+		;;
+	bluegene*)
+		os=cnk
+		;;
+	solaris1 | solaris1.*)
+		os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+		;;
+	solaris)
+		os=solaris2
+		;;
+	unixware*)
+		os=sysv4.2uw
+		;;
+	# es1800 is here to avoid being matched by es* (a different OS)
+	es1800*)
+		os=ose
+		;;
+	# Some version numbers need modification
+	chorusos*)
+		os=chorusos
+		;;
+	isc)
+		os=isc2.2
+		;;
+	sco6)
+		os=sco5v6
+		;;
+	sco5)
+		os=sco3.2v5
+		;;
+	sco4)
+		os=sco3.2v4
+		;;
+	sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+		os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		;;
+	sco*v* | scout)
+		# Don't match below
+		;;
+	sco*)
+		os=sco3.2v2
+		;;
+	psos*)
+		os=psos
+		;;
+	qnx*)
+		os=qnx
+		;;
+	hiux*)
+		os=hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	lynx*178)
+		os=lynxos178
+		;;
+	lynx*5)
+		os=lynxos5
+		;;
+	lynxos*)
+		# don't get caught up in next wildcard
+		;;
+	lynx*)
+		os=lynxos
+		;;
+	mac[0-9]*)
+		os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+		;;
+	opened*)
+		os=openedition
+		;;
+	os400*)
+		os=os400
+		;;
+	sunos5*)
+		os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+		;;
+	sunos6*)
+		os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+		;;
+	wince*)
+		os=wince
+		;;
+	utek*)
+		os=bsd
+		;;
+	dynix*)
+		os=bsd
+		;;
+	acis*)
+		os=aos
+		;;
+	atheos*)
+		os=atheos
+		;;
+	syllable*)
+		os=syllable
+		;;
+	386bsd)
+		os=bsd
+		;;
+	ctix* | uts*)
+		os=sysv
+		;;
+	nova*)
+		os=rtmk-nova
+		;;
+	ns2)
+		os=nextstep2
+		;;
+	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+	sinix5.*)
+		os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+		;;
+	sinix*)
+		os=sysv4
+		;;
+	tpf*)
+		os=tpf
+		;;
+	triton*)
+		os=sysv3
+		;;
+	oss*)
+		os=sysv3
+		;;
+	svr4*)
+		os=sysv4
+		;;
+	svr3)
+		os=sysv3
+		;;
+	sysvr4)
+		os=sysv4
+		;;
+	ose*)
+		os=ose
+		;;
+	*mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | MiNT[0-9]*)
+		os=mint
+		;;
+	dicos*)
+		os=dicos
+		;;
+	pikeos*)
+		# Until real need of OS specific support for
+		# particular features comes up, bare metal
+		# configurations are quite functional.
+		case $cpu in
+		    arm*)
+			os=eabi
+			;;
+		    *)
+			os=elf
+			;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	*)
+		# No normalization, but not necessarily accepted, that comes below.
+		;;
+esac
+
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+kernel=
+case $cpu-$vendor in
+	score-*)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	spu-*)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	*-acorn)
+		os=riscix1.2
+		;;
+	arm*-rebel)
+		kernel=linux
+		os=gnu
+		;;
+	arm*-semi)
+		os=aout
+		;;
+	c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+		os=coff
+		;;
+	c8051-*)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	clipper-intergraph)
+		os=clix
+		;;
+	hexagon-*)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	tic54x-*)
+		os=coff
+		;;
+	tic55x-*)
+		os=coff
+		;;
+	tic6x-*)
+		os=coff
+		;;
+	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
+	pdp10-*)
+		os=tops20
+		;;
+	pdp11-*)
+		os=none
+		;;
+	*-dec | vax-*)
+		os=ultrix4.2
+		;;
+	m68*-apollo)
+		os=domain
+		;;
+	i386-sun)
+		os=sunos4.0.2
+		;;
+	m68000-sun)
+		os=sunos3
+		;;
+	m68*-cisco)
+		os=aout
+		;;
+	mep-*)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	mips*-cisco)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	mips*-*)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	or32-*)
+		os=coff
+		;;
+	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+		os=sysv3
+		;;
+	sparc-* | *-sun)
+		os=sunos4.1.1
+		;;
+	pru-*)
+		os=elf
+		;;
+	*-be)
+		os=beos
+		;;
+	*-ibm)
+		os=aix
+		;;
+	*-knuth)
+		os=mmixware
+		;;
+	*-wec)
+		os=proelf
+		;;
+	*-winbond)
+		os=proelf
+		;;
+	*-oki)
+		os=proelf
+		;;
+	*-hp)
+		os=hpux
+		;;
+	*-hitachi)
+		os=hiux
+		;;
+	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+		os=sysv
+		;;
+	*-cbm)
+		os=amigaos
+		;;
+	*-dg)
+		os=dgux
+		;;
+	*-dolphin)
+		os=sysv3
+		;;
+	m68k-ccur)
+		os=rtu
+		;;
+	m88k-omron*)
+		os=luna
+		;;
+	*-next)
+		os=nextstep
+		;;
+	*-sequent)
+		os=ptx
+		;;
+	*-crds)
+		os=unos
+		;;
+	*-ns)
+		os=genix
+		;;
+	i370-*)
+		os=mvs
+		;;
+	*-gould)
+		os=sysv
+		;;
+	*-highlevel)
+		os=bsd
+		;;
+	*-encore)
+		os=bsd
+		;;
+	*-sgi)
+		os=irix
+		;;
+	*-siemens)
+		os=sysv4
+		;;
+	*-masscomp)
+		os=rtu
+		;;
+	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+		os=uxpv
+		;;
+	*-rom68k)
+		os=coff
+		;;
+	*-*bug)
+		os=coff
+		;;
+	*-apple)
+		os=macos
+		;;
+	*-atari*)
+		os=mint
+		;;
+	*-wrs)
+		os=vxworks
+		;;
+	*)
+		os=none
+		;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+# Now, validate our (potentially fixed-up) OS.
+case $os in
+	# Sometimes we do "kernel-libc", so those need to count as OSes.
+	musl* | newlib* | relibc* | uclibc*)
+		;;
+	# Likewise for "kernel-abi"
+	eabi* | gnueabi*)
+		;;
+	# VxWorks passes extra cpu info in the 4th filed.
+	simlinux | simwindows | spe)
+		;;
+	# Now accept the basic system types.
+	# The portable systems comes first.
+	# Each alternative MUST end in a * to match a version number.
+	gnu* | android* | bsd* | mach* | minix* | genix* | ultrix* | irix* \
+	     | *vms* | esix* | aix* | cnk* | sunos | sunos[34]* \
+	     | hpux* | unos* | osf* | luna* | dgux* | auroraux* | solaris* \
+	     | sym* |  plan9* | psp* | sim* | xray* | os68k* | v88r* \
+	     | hiux* | abug | nacl* | netware* | windows* \
+	     | os9* | macos* | osx* | ios* \
+	     | mpw* | magic* | mmixware* | mon960* | lnews* \
+	     | amigaos* | amigados* | msdos* | newsos* | unicos* | aof* \
+	     | aos* | aros* | cloudabi* | sortix* | twizzler* \
+	     | nindy* | vxsim* | vxworks* | ebmon* | hms* | mvs* \
+	     | clix* | riscos* | uniplus* | iris* | isc* | rtu* | xenix* \
+	     | mirbsd* | netbsd* | dicos* | openedition* | ose* \
+	     | bitrig* | openbsd* | secbsd* | solidbsd* | libertybsd* | os108* \
+	     | ekkobsd* | freebsd* | riscix* | lynxos* | os400* \
+	     | bosx* | nextstep* | cxux* | aout* | elf* | oabi* \
+	     | ptx* | coff* | ecoff* | winnt* | domain* | vsta* \
+	     | udi* | lites* | ieee* | go32* | aux* | hcos* \
+	     | chorusrdb* | cegcc* | glidix* | serenity* \
+	     | cygwin* | msys* | pe* | moss* | proelf* | rtems* \
+	     | midipix* | mingw32* | mingw64* | mint* \
+	     | uxpv* | beos* | mpeix* | udk* | moxiebox* \
+	     | interix* | uwin* | mks* | rhapsody* | darwin* \
+	     | openstep* | oskit* | conix* | pw32* | nonstopux* \
+	     | storm-chaos* | tops10* | tenex* | tops20* | its* \
+	     | os2* | vos* | palmos* | uclinux* | nucleus* | morphos* \
+	     | scout* | superux* | sysv* | rtmk* | tpf* | windiss* \
+	     | powermax* | dnix* | nx6 | nx7 | sei* | dragonfly* \
+	     | skyos* | haiku* | rdos* | toppers* | drops* | es* \
+	     | onefs* | tirtos* | phoenix* | fuchsia* | redox* | bme* \
+	     | midnightbsd* | amdhsa* | unleashed* | emscripten* | wasi* \
+	     | nsk* | powerunix* | genode* | zvmoe* | qnx* | emx* | zephyr* \
+	     | fiwix* | mlibc* )
+		;;
+	# This one is extra strict with allowed versions
+	sco3.2v2 | sco3.2v[4-9]* | sco5v6*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		;;
+	none)
+		;;
+	kernel* )
+		# Restricted further below
+		;;
+	*)
+		echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': OS \`"$os"\' not recognized 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# As a final step for OS-related things, validate the OS-kernel combination
+# (given a valid OS), if there is a kernel.
+case $kernel-$os in
+	linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc* | linux-android* | linux-newlib* \
+		   | linux-musl* | linux-relibc* | linux-uclibc* | linux-mlibc* )
+		;;
+	uclinux-uclibc* )
+		;;
+	managarm-mlibc* | managarm-kernel* )
+		;;
+	-dietlibc* | -newlib* | -musl* | -relibc* | -uclibc* | -mlibc* )
+		# These are just libc implementations, not actual OSes, and thus
+		# require a kernel.
+		echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': libc \`$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	-kernel* )
+		echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': \`$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	*-kernel* )
+		echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': \`$kernel' does not support \`$os'." 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+	kfreebsd*-gnu* | kopensolaris*-gnu*)
+		;;
+	vxworks-simlinux | vxworks-simwindows | vxworks-spe)
+		;;
+	nto-qnx*)
+		;;
+	os2-emx)
+		;;
+	*-eabi* | *-gnueabi*)
+		;;
+	-*)
+		# Blank kernel with real OS is always fine.
+		;;
+	*-*)
+		echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': Kernel \`$kernel' not known to work with OS \`$os'." 1>&2
+		exit 1
+		;;
+esac
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
+case $vendor in
+	unknown)
+		case $cpu-$os in
+			*-riscix*)
+				vendor=acorn
+				;;
+			*-sunos*)
+				vendor=sun
+				;;
+			*-cnk* | *-aix*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			*-beos*)
+				vendor=be
+				;;
+			*-hpux*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			*-mpeix*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
+			*-hiux*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			*-unos*)
+				vendor=crds
+				;;
+			*-dgux*)
+				vendor=dg
+				;;
+			*-luna*)
+				vendor=omron
+				;;
+			*-genix*)
+				vendor=ns
+				;;
+			*-clix*)
+				vendor=intergraph
+				;;
+			*-mvs* | *-opened*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			*-os400*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			s390-* | s390x-*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			*-ptx*)
+				vendor=sequent
+				;;
+			*-tpf*)
+				vendor=ibm
+				;;
+			*-vxsim* | *-vxworks* | *-windiss*)
+				vendor=wrs
+				;;
+			*-aux*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			*-hms*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			*-mpw* | *-macos*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			*-*mint | *-mint[0-9]* | *-*MiNT | *-MiNT[0-9]*)
+				vendor=atari
+				;;
+			*-vos*)
+				vendor=stratus
+				;;
+		esac
+		;;
+esac
+
+echo "$cpu-$vendor-${kernel:+$kernel-}$os"
+exit
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/depcomp b/build-aux/depcomp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ce5c2f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/depcomp
@@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2022-09-18.14; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+    echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+    exit 1;
+    ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
+# global variables '$dir'.  Note that this directory component will
+# be either empty or ending with a '/' character.  This is deliberate.
+set_dir_from ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
+      *) dir=;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
+# global variable '$base'.
+set_base_from ()
+{
+  base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
+}
+
+# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
+# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
+# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+make_dummy_depfile ()
+{
+  echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+}
+
+# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
+# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
+aix_post_process_depfile ()
+{
+  # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
+  # post-process it.
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    #   $object: dependency.h
+    # and one to simply output
+    #   dependency.h:
+    # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+    { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
+    } > "$depfile"
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+}
+
+# A tabulation character.
+tab='	'
+# A newline character.
+nl='
+'
+# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
+# These definitions help.
+upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+alpha=${upper}${lower}
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Avoid interferences from the environment.
+gccflag= dashmflag=
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+  # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+  dashmflag=-xM
+  depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
+if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
+  # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvisualcpp
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
+  # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvc7
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
+  # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
+  gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+    esac
+    shift # fnord
+    shift # $arg
+  done
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsolete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
+## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
+## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).  Also, it might not be
+##   supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
+  # letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
+## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
+      | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
+    echo >> "$depfile"
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+      >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+xlc)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
+  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
+  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+tcc)
+  # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
+  # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
+  #        Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
+  #        versions.
+  # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
+  # trailing '\', as in:
+  #
+  #   foo.o : \
+  #    foo.c \
+  #    foo.h \
+  #
+  # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
+  # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
+  # "Emit spaces for -MD").
+  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
+  # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
+  sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
+  # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+  sed -n -e 's|^  *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
+## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
+## listed in this file.  A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
+## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
+pgcc)
+  # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
+  # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
+  # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
+  # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
+  # pgcc 10.2 will output
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+  # and will wrap long lines using '\' :
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+  #     sub/foo.h ... \
+  #     ...
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
+  # that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
+  set_base_from "$source"
+  tmpdepfile=$base.d
+
+  # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
+  # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
+  # problems in parallel builds.  Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
+  # the same $tmpdepfile.
+  lockdir=$base.d-lock
+  trap "
+    echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
+    rmdir '$lockdir'
+    exit 1
+  " 1 2 13 15
+  numtries=100
+  i=$numtries
+  while test $i -gt 0; do
+    # mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
+    if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
+      # This process acquired the lock.
+      "$@" -MD
+      stat=$?
+      # Release the lock.
+      rmdir "$lockdir"
+      break
+    else
+      # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
+      # until the winning process is done or we timeout.
+      while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
+        sleep 1
+        i=`expr $i - 1`
+      done
+    fi
+    i=`expr $i - 1`
+  done
+  trap - 1 2 13 15
+  if test $i -le 0; then
+    echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
+    echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp2)
+  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
+  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+  # happens to be.
+  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" +Maked
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+     exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    # Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
+    sed -ne '2,${
+               s/^ *//
+               s/ \\*$//
+               s/$/:/
+               p
+             }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+  # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+  # effect.  'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
+  # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+  # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+  # Subdirectories are respected.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These
+    # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+    # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
+    # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
+    # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+    # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+    # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # Likewise.
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+    "$@" -Wc,-MD
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" -MD
+  fi
+
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+msvc7)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
+  else
+    showIncludes=-showIncludes
+  fi
+  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
+  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
+  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
+  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
+  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
+/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
+  s//\1/
+  s/\\/\\\\/g
+  p
+}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
+s/ /\\ /g
+s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
+s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
+H
+$ {
+  s/.*/'"$tab"'/
+  G
+  p
+}' >> "$depfile"
+  echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvc7msys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  # Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
+  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+  # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
+  "$@" $dashmflag |
+    sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # Remove any Libtool call
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no eat=no
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    if test $eat = yes; then
+      eat=no
+      continue
+    fi
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
+    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+    -arch)
+      eat=yes ;;
+    -*|$object)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
+  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
+  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | tr ' ' "$nl" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E \
+    | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+             -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+    | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+        set fnord "$@"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
+    *)
+        set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvcmsys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag b/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3402bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# In a git/autoconf/automake-enabled project with a NEWS file and a version-
+# controlled .prev-version file, automate the procedure by which we record
+# the date, release-type and version string in the NEWS file.  That commit
+# will serve to identify the release, so apply a signed tag to it as well.
+VERSION=2018-03-07.03 # UTC
+
+# Note: this is a bash script (could be zsh or dash)
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+ME=$(basename "$0")
+warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; }
+die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; }
+
+help()
+{
+  cat <<EOF
+Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION RELEASE_TYPE
+
+Run this script from top_srcdir to perform the final pre-release NEWS
+update in which the date, release-type and version string are
+recorded.  Commit that result with a log entry marking the release,
+and apply a signed tag.  Run it from your project's top-level
+directory.
+
+Requirements:
+- you use git for version-control
+- a version-controlled .prev-version file
+- a NEWS file, with line 3 identical to this:
+$noteworthy_stub
+
+Options:
+  --branch=BRANCH     set release branch (default: $branch)
+  -C, --builddir=DIR  location of (configured) Makefile (default: $builddir)
+  --help              print this help, then exit
+  --version           print version number, then exit
+
+EXAMPLE:
+To update NEWS and tag the beta 8.1 release of coreutils, I would run this:
+
+  $ME 8.1 beta
+
+Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+  exit
+}
+
+version()
+{
+  year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//')
+  cat <<EOF
+$ME $VERSION
+Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+EOF
+  exit
+}
+
+## ------ ##
+## Main.  ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Constants.
+noteworthy='* Noteworthy changes in release'
+noteworthy_stub="$noteworthy ?.? (????-??-??) [?]"
+
+# Variables.
+branch=$(git branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}')
+builddir=.
+
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  # Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv.
+  case $1 in
+    --*=*)
+      opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//')
+      val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//')
+      shift
+      set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $1 in
+    --help|--version) ${1#--};;
+    --branch) shift; branch=$1; shift ;;
+    -C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;;
+    --*) die "unrecognized option: $1";;
+    *) break;;
+  esac
+done
+
+test $# = 2 \
+  || die "Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION TYPE"
+
+ver=$1
+type=$2
+
+
+## ---------------------- ##
+## First, sanity checks.  ##
+## ---------------------- ##
+
+# Verify that $ver looks like a version number, and...
+echo "$ver"|grep -E '^[0-9][0-9.]*[0-9]$' > /dev/null \
+  || die "invalid version: $ver"
+prev_ver=$(cat .prev-version) \
+  || die 'failed to determine previous version number from .prev-version'
+
+# Verify that $ver is sensible (> .prev-version).
+case $(printf "%s\n%s\n" "$prev_ver" "$ver"|sort -V -u|tr '\n' ':') in
+  "$prev_ver:$ver:") ;;
+  *) die "invalid version: $ver (<= $prev_ver)";;
+esac
+
+case $type in
+  alpha|beta|stable) ;;
+  *) die "invalid release type: $type";;
+esac
+
+# No local modifications allowed.
+case $(git diff-index --name-only HEAD) in
+  '') ;;
+  *) die 'this tree is dirty; commit your changes first';;
+esac
+
+# Ensure the current branch name is correct:
+curr_br=$(git rev-parse --symbolic-full-name HEAD)
+test "$curr_br" = "refs/heads/$branch" || die not on branch $branch
+
+# Extract package name from Makefile.
+Makefile=$builddir/Makefile
+pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' "$Makefile") \
+  || die "failed to determine package name from $Makefile"
+
+# Check that line 3 of NEWS is the stub line about to be replaced.
+test "$(sed -n 3p NEWS)" = "$noteworthy_stub" \
+  || die "line 3 of NEWS must be exactly '$noteworthy_stub'"
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Then, changes.  ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# Update NEWS to have today's date, plus desired version number and $type.
+perl -MPOSIX -ni -e 'my $today = strftime "%F", localtime time;' \
+ -e 'my ($type, $ver) = qw('"$type $ver"');' \
+ -e 'my $pfx = "'"$noteworthy"'";' \
+ -e 'print $.==3 ? "$pfx $ver ($today) [$type]\n" : $_' \
+     NEWS || die 'failed to update NEWS'
+
+printf "version %s\n\n* NEWS: Record release date.\n" "$ver" \
+    | git commit -F -  -a || die 'git commit failed'
+git tag -s -m "$pkg $ver" v$ver HEAD || die 'git tag failed'
+
+# Local variables:
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "VERSION="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: " # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gendocs.sh b/build-aux/gendocs.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1ad5cf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gendocs.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
+#!/bin/sh -e
+# gendocs.sh -- generate a GNU manual in many formats.  This script is
+#   mentioned in maintain.texi.  See the help message below for usage details.
+
+scriptversion=2023-01-21.00
+
+# Copyright 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Original author: Mohit Agarwal.
+# Send bug reports and any other correspondence to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+#
+# The latest version of this script, and the companion template, is
+# available from the Gnulib repository:
+#
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/build-aux/gendocs.sh
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/doc/gendocs_template
+
+# TODO:
+# - image importing was only implemented for HTML generated by
+#   makeinfo.  But it should be simple enough to adjust.
+# - images are not imported in the source tarball.  All the needed
+#   formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) should be included.
+
+prog=`basename "$0"`
+srcdir=`pwd`
+
+scripturl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/build-aux/gendocs.sh"
+templateurl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/doc/gendocs_template"
+
+: "${SETLANG="env LANG= LC_TIME= LC_MESSAGES= LC_ALL= LANGUAGE="}"
+: "${MAKEINFO="makeinfo"}"
+: "${TEXI2DVI="texi2dvi"}"
+: "${DOCBOOK2HTML="docbook2html"}"
+: "${DOCBOOK2PDF="docbook2pdf"}"
+: "${DOCBOOK2TXT="docbook2txt"}"
+: "${GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR="."}"
+: "${PERL="perl"}"
+: "${TEXI2HTML="texi2html"}"
+unset CDPATH
+unset use_texi2html
+
+MANUAL_TITLE=
+PACKAGE=
+EMAIL=webmasters@gnu.org  # please override with --email
+commonarg= # passed to all makeinfo/texi2html invocations.
+dirargs=   # passed to all tools (-I dir).
+dirs=      # -I directories.
+htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=/manual"
+default_htmlarg=true
+infoarg=--no-split
+generate_ascii=true
+generate_html=true
+generate_info=true
+generate_tex=true
+outdir=manual
+source_extra=
+split=node
+srcfile=
+texarg="-t @finalout"
+
+version="gendocs.sh $scriptversion
+
+Copyright 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+There is NO warranty.  You may redistribute this software
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
+For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
+
+usage="Usage: $prog [OPTION]... PACKAGE MANUAL-TITLE
+
+Generate output in various formats from PACKAGE.texinfo (or .texi or
+.txi) source.  See the GNU Maintainers document for a more extensive
+discussion:
+  https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain_toc.html
+
+Options:
+  --email ADR use ADR as contact in generated web pages; always give this.
+
+  -s SRCFILE   read Texinfo from SRCFILE, instead of PACKAGE.{texinfo|texi|txi}
+  -o OUTDIR    write files into OUTDIR, instead of manual/.
+  -I DIR       append DIR to the Texinfo search path.
+  --common ARG pass ARG in all invocations.
+  --html ARG   pass ARG to makeinfo or texi2html for HTML targets,
+                 instead of '$htmlarg'.
+  --info ARG   pass ARG to makeinfo for Info, instead of --no-split.
+  --no-ascii   skip generating the plain text output.
+  --no-html    skip generating the html output.
+  --no-info    skip generating the info output.
+  --no-tex     skip generating the dvi and pdf output.
+  --source ARG include ARG in tar archive of sources.
+  --split HOW  make split HTML by node, section, chapter; default node.
+  --tex ARG    pass ARG to texi2dvi for DVI and PDF, instead of -t @finalout.
+
+  --texi2html  use texi2html to make HTML target, with all split versions.
+  --docbook    convert through DocBook too (xml, txt, html, pdf).
+
+  --help       display this help and exit successfully.
+  --version    display version information and exit successfully.
+
+Simple example: $prog --email bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org emacs \"GNU Emacs Manual\"
+
+Typical sequence:
+  cd PACKAGESOURCE/doc
+  wget \"$scripturl\"
+  wget \"$templateurl\"
+  $prog --email BUGLIST MANUAL \"GNU MANUAL - One-line description\"
+
+Output will be in a new subdirectory \"manual\" (by default;
+use -o OUTDIR to override).  Move all the new files into your web CVS
+tree, as explained in the Web Pages node of maintain.texi.
+
+Please use the --email ADDRESS option so your own bug-reporting
+address will be used in the generated HTML pages.
+
+MANUAL-TITLE is included as part of the HTML <title> of the overall
+manual/index.html file.  It should include the name of the package being
+documented.  manual/index.html is created by substitution from the file
+$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template.  (Feel free to modify the
+generic template for your own purposes.)
+
+If you have several manuals, you'll need to run this script several
+times with different MANUAL values, specifying a different output
+directory with -o each time.  Then write (by hand) an overall index.html
+with links to them all.
+
+If a manual's Texinfo sources are spread across several directories,
+first copy or symlink all Texinfo sources into a single directory.
+(Part of the script's work is to make a tar.gz of the sources.)
+
+As implied above, by default monolithic Info files are generated.
+If you want split Info, or other Info options, use --info to override.
+
+You can set the environment variables MAKEINFO, TEXI2DVI, TEXI2HTML,
+and PERL to control the programs that get executed, and
+GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR to control where the gendocs_template file is
+looked for.  With --docbook, the environment variables DOCBOOK2HTML,
+DOCBOOK2PDF, and DOCBOOK2TXT are also consulted.
+
+By default, makeinfo and texi2dvi are run in the default (English)
+locale, since that's the language of most Texinfo manuals.  If you
+happen to have a non-English manual and non-English web site, see the
+SETLANG setting in the source.
+
+Email bug reports or enhancement requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+"
+
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -s)          shift; srcfile=$1;;
+    -o)          shift; outdir=$1;;
+    -I)          shift; dirargs="$dirargs -I '$1'"; dirs="$dirs $1";;
+    --common)    shift; commonarg=$1;;
+    --docbook)   docbook=yes;;
+    --email)     shift; EMAIL=$1;;
+    --html)      shift; default_htmlarg=false; htmlarg=$1;;
+    --info)      shift; infoarg=$1;;
+    --no-ascii)  generate_ascii=false;;
+    --no-html)   generate_ascii=false;;
+    --no-info)   generate_info=false;;
+    --no-tex)    generate_tex=false;;
+    --source)    shift; source_extra=$1;;
+    --split)     shift; split=$1;;
+    --tex)       shift; texarg=$1;;
+    --texi2html) use_texi2html=1;;
+
+    --help)      echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
+    --version)   echo "$version"; exit 0;;
+    -*)
+      echo "$0: Unknown option \`$1'." >&2
+      echo "$0: Try \`--help' for more information." >&2
+      exit 1;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$PACKAGE"; then
+        PACKAGE=$1
+      elif test -z "$MANUAL_TITLE"; then
+        MANUAL_TITLE=$1
+      else
+        echo "$0: extra non-option argument \`$1'." >&2
+        exit 1
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+# makeinfo uses the dirargs, but texi2dvi doesn't.
+commonarg=" $dirargs $commonarg"
+
+# For most of the following, the base name is just $PACKAGE
+base=$PACKAGE
+
+if $default_htmlarg && test -n "$use_texi2html"; then
+  # The legacy texi2html doesn't support TOP_NODE_UP_URL
+  htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$srcfile"; then
+  # but here, we use the basename of $srcfile
+  base=`basename "$srcfile"`
+  case $base in
+    *.txi|*.texi|*.texinfo) base=`echo "$base"|sed 's/\.[texinfo]*$//'`;;
+  esac
+  PACKAGE=$base
+elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo"; then
+  srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo
+elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi"; then
+  srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi
+elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi"; then
+  srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi
+else
+  echo "$0: cannot find .texinfo or .texi or .txi for $PACKAGE in $srcdir." >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+if test ! -r $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template; then
+  echo "$0: cannot read $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template." >&2
+  echo "$0: it is available from $templateurl." >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Function to return size of $1 in something resembling kilobytes.
+calcsize()
+{
+  size=`ls -ksl $1 | awk '{print $1}'`
+  echo $size
+}
+
+# copy_images OUTDIR HTML-FILE...
+# -------------------------------
+# Copy all the images needed by the HTML-FILEs into OUTDIR.
+# Look for them in . and the -I directories; this is simpler than what
+# makeinfo supports with -I, but hopefully it will suffice.
+copy_images()
+{
+  local odir
+  odir=$1
+  shift
+  $PERL -n -e "
+BEGIN {
+  \$me = '$prog';
+  \$odir = '$odir';
+  @dirs = qw(. $dirs);
+}
+" -e '
+/<img src="(.*?)"/g && ++$need{$1};
+
+END {
+  #print "$me: @{[keys %need]}\n";  # for debugging, show images found.
+  FILE: for my $f (keys %need) {
+    for my $d (@dirs) {
+      if (-f "$d/$f") {
+        use File::Basename;
+        my $dest = dirname ("$odir/$f");
+        #
+        use File::Path;
+        -d $dest || mkpath ($dest)
+          || die "$me: cannot mkdir $dest: $!\n";
+        #
+        use File::Copy;
+        copy ("$d/$f", $dest)
+          || die "$me: cannot copy $d/$f to $dest: $!\n";
+        next FILE;
+      }
+    }
+    die "$me: $ARGV: cannot find image $f\n";
+  }
+}
+' -- "$@" || exit 1
+}
+
+case $outdir in
+  /*) abs_outdir=$outdir;;
+  *)  abs_outdir=$srcdir/$outdir;;
+esac
+
+echo "Making output for $srcfile"
+echo " in `pwd`"
+mkdir -p "$outdir/"
+
+# 
+if $generate_info; then
+  cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO -o $PACKAGE.info $commonarg $infoarg \"$srcfile\""
+  echo "Generating info... ($cmd)"
+  rm -f $PACKAGE.info* # get rid of any strays
+  eval "$cmd"
+  tar czf "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" $PACKAGE.info*
+  ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"
+  info_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"`
+  # do not mv the info files, there's no point in having them available
+  # separately on the web.
+fi  # end info
+
+# 
+if $generate_tex; then
+  cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
+  printf "\nGenerating dvi... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  # compress/finish dvi:
+  gzip -f -9 $PACKAGE.dvi
+  dvi_gz_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.dvi.gz`
+  mv $PACKAGE.dvi.gz "$outdir/"
+  ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.dvi.gz"
+
+  cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI --pdf $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
+  printf "\nGenerating pdf... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.pdf`
+  mv $PACKAGE.pdf "$outdir/"
+  ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.pdf"
+fi # end tex (dvi + pdf)
+
+# 
+if $generate_ascii; then
+  opt="-o $PACKAGE.txt --no-split --no-headers $commonarg"
+  cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
+  printf "\nGenerating ascii... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.txt`
+  gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.txt >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
+  ascii_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"`
+  mv $PACKAGE.txt "$outdir/"
+  ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
+fi
+
+# 
+
+if $generate_html; then
+# Split HTML at level $1.  Used for texi2html.
+html_split()
+{
+  opt="--split=$1 --node-files $commonarg $htmlarg"
+  cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML --output $PACKAGE.html $opt \"$srcfile\""
+  printf "\nGenerating html by %s... (%s)\n" "$1" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
+  (
+    cd ${split_html_dir} || exit 1
+    ln -sf ${PACKAGE}.html index.html
+    tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz" -- *.html
+  )
+  eval html_$1_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz"`
+  rm -f "$outdir"/html_$1/*.html
+  mkdir -p "$outdir/html_$1/"
+  mv ${split_html_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_$1/"
+  rmdir ${split_html_dir}
+}
+
+if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
+  opt="--no-split --html -o $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
+  cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
+  printf "\nGenerating monolithic html... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  rm -rf $PACKAGE.html  # in case a directory is left over
+  eval "$cmd"
+  html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
+  gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
+  html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
+  copy_images "$outdir/" $PACKAGE.html
+  mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
+  ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
+
+  # Before Texinfo 5.0, makeinfo did not accept a --split=HOW option,
+  # it just always split by node.  So if we're splitting by node anyway,
+  # leave it out.
+  if test "x$split" = xnode; then
+    split_arg=
+  else
+    split_arg=--split=$split
+  fi
+  #
+  opt="--html -o $PACKAGE.html $split_arg $commonarg $htmlarg"
+  cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
+  printf "\nGenerating html by %s... (%s)\n" "$split" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
+  copy_images $split_html_dir/ $split_html_dir/*.html
+  (
+    cd $split_html_dir || exit 1
+    tar -czf "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz" -- *
+  )
+  eval \
+    html_${split}_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"`
+  rm -rf "$outdir/html_$split/"
+  mv $split_html_dir "$outdir/html_$split/"
+  du -s "$outdir/html_$split/"
+  ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"
+
+else # use texi2html:
+  opt="--output $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
+  cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML $opt \"$srcfile\""
+  printf "\nGenerating monolithic html with texi2html... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  rm -rf $PACKAGE.html  # in case a directory is left over
+  eval "$cmd"
+  html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
+  gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
+  html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
+  mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
+
+  html_split node
+  html_split chapter
+  html_split section
+fi
+fi # end html
+
+# 
+printf "\nMaking .tar.gz for sources...\n"
+d=`dirname $srcfile`
+(
+  cd "$d"
+  srcfiles=`ls -d *.texinfo *.texi *.txi *.eps $source_extra 2>/dev/null` || true
+  tar czfh "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz" $srcfiles
+  ls -l "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"
+)
+texi_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"`
+
+# 
+# Do everything again through docbook.
+if test -n "$docbook"; then
+  opt="-o - --docbook $commonarg"
+  cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\" >${srcdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml"
+  printf "\nGenerating docbook XML... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  docbook_xml_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.xml`
+  gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE-db.xml >"$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"
+  docbook_xml_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"`
+  mv $PACKAGE-db.xml "$outdir/"
+
+  split_html_db_dir=html_node_db
+  opt="$commonarg -o $split_html_db_dir"
+  cmd="$DOCBOOK2HTML $opt \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
+  printf "\nGenerating docbook HTML... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  (
+    cd ${split_html_db_dir} || exit 1
+    tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz" -- *.html
+  )
+  html_node_db_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz"`
+  rm -f "$outdir"/html_node_db/*.html
+  mkdir -p "$outdir/html_node_db"
+  mv ${split_html_db_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_node_db/"
+  rmdir ${split_html_db_dir}
+
+  cmd="$DOCBOOK2TXT \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
+  printf "\nGenerating docbook ASCII... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  docbook_ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.txt`
+  mv $PACKAGE-db.txt "$outdir/"
+
+  cmd="$DOCBOOK2PDF \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
+  printf "\nGenerating docbook PDF... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+  eval "$cmd"
+  docbook_pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.pdf`
+  mv $PACKAGE-db.pdf "$outdir/"
+fi
+
+# 
+printf "\nMaking index.html for %s...\n" "$PACKAGE"
+if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
+  CONDS="/%%IF  *HTML_SECTION%%/,/%%ENDIF  *HTML_SECTION%%/d;\
+         /%%IF  *HTML_CHAPTER%%/,/%%ENDIF  *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
+else
+  # should take account of --split here.
+  CONDS="/%%ENDIF.*%%/d;/%%IF  *HTML_SECTION%%/d;/%%IF  *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
+fi
+
+curdate=`$SETLANG date '+%B %d, %Y'`
+sed \
+   -e "s!%%TITLE%%!$MANUAL_TITLE!g" \
+   -e "s!%%EMAIL%%!$EMAIL!g" \
+   -e "s!%%PACKAGE%%!$PACKAGE!g" \
+   -e "s!%%DATE%%!$curdate!g" \
+   -e "s!%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%!$html_mono_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%!$html_mono_gz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_tgz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_section_tgz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_chapter_tgz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%!$info_tgz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%!$dvi_gz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%PDF_SIZE%%!$pdf_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%ASCII_SIZE%%!$ascii_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%!$ascii_gz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%!$texi_tgz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_db_tgz_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_ASCII_SIZE%%!$docbook_ascii_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_PDF_SIZE%%!$docbook_pdf_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_size!g" \
+   -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_GZ_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_gz_size!g" \
+   -e "s,%%SCRIPTURL%%,$scripturl,g" \
+   -e "s!%%SCRIPTNAME%%!$prog!g" \
+   -e "$CONDS" \
+$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template >"$outdir/index.html"
+
+echo "Done, see $outdir/ subdirectory for new files."
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/git-version-gen b/build-aux/git-version-gen
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a72057b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/git-version-gen
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Print a version string.
+scriptversion=2022-07-09.08; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# This script is derived from GIT-VERSION-GEN from GIT: https://git-scm.com/.
+# It may be run two ways:
+# - from a git repository in which the "git describe" command below
+#   produces useful output (thus requiring at least one signed tag)
+# - from a non-git-repo directory containing a .tarball-version file, which
+#   presumes this script is invoked like "./git-version-gen .tarball-version".
+
+# In order to use intra-version strings in your project, you will need two
+# separate generated version string files:
+#
+# .tarball-version - present only in a distribution tarball, and not in
+#   a checked-out repository.  Created with contents that were learned at
+#   the last time autoconf was run, and used by git-version-gen.  Must not
+#   be present in either $(srcdir) or $(builddir) for git-version-gen to
+#   give accurate answers during normal development with a checked out tree,
+#   but must be present in a tarball when there is no version control system.
+#   Therefore, it cannot be used in any dependencies.  GNUmakefile has
+#   hooks to force a reconfigure at distribution time to get the value
+#   correct, without penalizing normal development with extra reconfigures.
+#
+# .version - present in a checked-out repository and in a distribution
+#   tarball.  Usable in dependencies, particularly for files that don't
+#   want to depend on config.h but do want to track version changes.
+#   Delete this file prior to any autoconf run where you want to rebuild
+#   files to pick up a version string change; and leave it stale to
+#   minimize rebuild time after unrelated changes to configure sources.
+#
+# As with any generated file in a VC'd directory, you should add
+# /.version to .gitignore, so that you don't accidentally commit it.
+# .tarball-version is never generated in a VC'd directory, so needn't
+# be listed there.
+#
+# Use the following line in your configure.ac, so that $(VERSION) will
+# automatically be up-to-date each time configure is run (and note that
+# since configure.ac no longer includes a version string, Makefile rules
+# should not depend on configure.ac for version updates).
+#
+# AC_INIT([GNU project],
+#         m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]),
+#         [bug-project@example])
+#
+# Then use the following lines in your Makefile.am, so that .version
+# will be present for dependencies, and so that .version and
+# .tarball-version will exist in distribution tarballs.
+#
+# EXTRA_DIST = $(top_srcdir)/.version
+# BUILT_SOURCES = $(top_srcdir)/.version
+# $(top_srcdir)/.version:
+#	echo '$(VERSION)' > $@-t
+#	mv $@-t $@
+# dist-hook:
+#	echo '$(VERSION)' > $(distdir)/.tarball-version
+
+
+me=$0
+
+year=`expr "$scriptversion" : '\([^-]*\)'`
+version="git-version-gen $scriptversion
+
+Copyright (C) ${year} Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $me [OPTION]... \$srcdir/.tarball-version [TAG-NORMALIZATION-SED-SCRIPT]
+Print a version string.
+
+Options:
+
+   --prefix PREFIX    prefix of git tags (default 'v')
+   --fallback VERSION
+                      fallback version to use if \"git --version\" fails
+
+   --help             display this help and exit
+   --version          output version information and exit
+
+Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
+
+prefix=v
+fallback=
+
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
+    --version) echo "$version"; exit 0;;
+    --prefix) shift; prefix=${1?};;
+    --fallback) shift; fallback=${1?};;
+    -*)
+      echo "$0: Unknown option '$1'." >&2
+      echo "$0: Try '--help' for more information." >&2
+      exit 1;;
+    *)
+      if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
+        tarball_version_file="$1"
+      elif test "x$tag_sed_script" = x; then
+        tag_sed_script="$1"
+      else
+        echo "$0: extra non-option argument '$1'." >&2
+        exit 1
+      fi;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
+    echo "$usage"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+tag_sed_script="${tag_sed_script:-s/x/x/}"
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# Avoid meddling by environment variable of the same name.
+v=
+v_from_git=
+
+# First see if there is a tarball-only version file.
+# then try "git describe", then default.
+if test -f $tarball_version_file
+then
+    v=`cat $tarball_version_file` || v=
+    case $v in
+        *$nl*) v= ;; # reject multi-line output
+    esac
+    test "x$v" = x \
+        && echo "$0: WARNING: $tarball_version_file is damaged" 1>&2
+fi
+
+if test "x$v" != x
+then
+    : # use $v
+# Otherwise, if there is at least one git commit involving the working
+# directory, and "git describe" output looks sensible, use that to
+# derive a version string.
+elif test "`git log -1 --pretty=format:x . 2>&1`" = x \
+    && v=`git describe --abbrev=4 --match="$prefix*" HEAD 2>/dev/null \
+          || git describe --abbrev=4 HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
+    && v=`printf '%s\n' "$v" | sed "$tag_sed_script"` \
+    && case $v in
+         $prefix[0-9]*) ;;
+         *) (exit 1) ;;
+       esac
+then
+    # Is this a new git that lists number of commits since the last
+    # tag or the previous older version that did not?
+    #   Newer: v6.10-77-g0f8faeb
+    #   Older: v6.10-g0f8faeb
+    vprefix=`expr "X$v" : 'X\(.*\)-g[^-]*$'` || vprefix=$v
+    case $vprefix in
+        *-*) : git describe is probably okay three part flavor ;;
+        *)
+            : git describe is older two part flavor
+            # Recreate the number of commits and rewrite such that the
+            # result is the same as if we were using the newer version
+            # of git describe.
+            vtag=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-.*//'`
+            commit_list=`git rev-list "$vtag"..HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
+                || { commit_list=failed;
+                     echo "$0: WARNING: git rev-list failed" 1>&2; }
+            numcommits=`echo "$commit_list" | wc -l`
+            v=`echo "$v" | sed "s/\(.*\)-\(.*\)/\1-$numcommits-\2/"`;
+            test "$commit_list" = failed && v=UNKNOWN
+            ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Change the penultimate "-" to ".", for version-comparing tools.
+    # Remove the "g" to save a byte.
+    v=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-\([^-]*\)-g\([^-]*\)$/.\1-\2/'`;
+    v_from_git=1
+elif test "x$fallback" = x || git --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    v=UNKNOWN
+else
+    v=$fallback
+fi
+
+v=`echo "$v" |sed "s/^$prefix//"`
+
+# Test whether to append the "-dirty" suffix only if the version
+# string we're using came from git.  I.e., skip the test if it's "UNKNOWN"
+# or if it came from .tarball-version.
+if test "x$v_from_git" != x; then
+  # Don't declare a version "dirty" merely because a timestamp has changed.
+  git update-index --refresh > /dev/null 2>&1
+
+  dirty=`exec 2>/dev/null;git diff-index --name-only HEAD` || dirty=
+  case "$dirty" in
+      '') ;;
+      *) # Append the suffix only if there isn't one already.
+          case $v in
+            *-dirty) ;;
+            *) v="$v-dirty" ;;
+          esac ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Omit the trailing newline, so that m4_esyscmd can use the result directly.
+printf %s "$v"
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4678bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line.  The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name.  The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs.  The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl.  When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH.  The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh.  When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
+     if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2022-01-27 18:49'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job.  Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use POSIX qw(strftime);
+
+(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
+END {
+  defined fileno STDOUT or return;
+  close STDOUT and return;
+  warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
+  $? ||= 1;
+}
+
+sub usage ($)
+{
+  my ($exit_code) = @_;
+  my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
+  if ($exit_code != 0)
+    {
+      print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      print $STREAM <<EOF;
+Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] [ARGS]
+
+Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.  If present, any ARGS
+are passed to "git log".  To avoid ARGS being parsed as options to
+$ME, they may be preceded by '--'.
+
+OPTIONS:
+
+   --amend=FILE FILE maps from an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) that
+                  makes a change to SHA1's commit log text or metadata.
+   --append-dot append a dot to the first line of each commit message if
+                  there is no other punctuation or blank at the end.
+   --no-cluster never cluster commit messages under the same date/author
+                  header; the default is to cluster adjacent commit messages
+                  if their headers are the same and neither commit message
+                  contains multiple paragraphs.
+   --srcdir=DIR the root of the source tree, from which the .git/
+                  directory can be derived.
+   --since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE;
+                  the default is to convert all log entries.
+   --until=DATE convert only the logs older than DATE.
+   --ignore-matching=PAT ignore commit messages whose first lines match PAT.
+   --ignore-line=PAT ignore lines of commit messages that match PAT.
+   --format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body;
+                  see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters;
+                  the default is '%s%n%b%n'
+   --strip-tab  remove one additional leading TAB from commit message lines.
+   --strip-cherry-pick  remove data inserted by "git cherry-pick";
+                  this includes the "cherry picked from commit ..." line,
+                  and the possible final "Conflicts:" paragraph.
+   --help       display this help and exit
+   --version    output version information and exit
+
+EXAMPLE:
+
+  $ME --since=2008-01-01 > ChangeLog
+  $ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo
+
+SPECIAL SYNTAX:
+
+The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear
+at the beginning of a log message line.  They are not copied to the output.
+
+  Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes
+    Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email"
+    ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright
+    assignment.
+  Co-authored-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
+    List the specified name and email address on a second
+    ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author.
+  Signed-off-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
+    These lines are simply elided.
+
+In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
+FILE must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on
+a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one
+or more consecutive lines of Perl code.  Pairs must be separated by one or
+more blank line.
+
+Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils:
+
+3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030
+# fix typo in title:
+s/all tile types/all file types/
+
+1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202
+# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself.
+# Change the author to be Paul.  Note the escaped "@":
+s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert <eggert\\\@cs.ucla.edu>,
+
+EOF
+    }
+  exit $exit_code;
+}
+
+# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it.
+# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string.
+sub shell_quote($)
+{
+  my ($s) = @_;
+  if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!)
+    {
+      # Convert each single quote to '\''
+      $s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g;
+      # Then single quote the string.
+      $s = "'$s'";
+    }
+  return $s;
+}
+
+sub quoted_cmd(@)
+{
+  return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_);
+}
+
+# Parse file F.
+# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
+# F must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1
+# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and
+# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code.
+# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line.
+sub parse_amend_file($)
+{
+  my ($f) = @_;
+
+  open F, '<', $f
+    or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n";
+
+  my $fail;
+  my $h = {};
+  my $in_code = 0;
+  my $sha;
+  while (defined (my $line = <F>))
+    {
+      $line =~ /^\#/
+        and next;
+      chomp $line;
+      $line eq ''
+        and $in_code = 0, next;
+
+      if (!$in_code)
+        {
+          $line =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{40})$/
+            or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"),
+              $fail = 1, next;
+          $sha = lc $1;
+          $in_code = 1;
+          exists $h->{$sha}
+            and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"),
+              $fail = 1, next;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          $h->{$sha} ||= '';
+          $h->{$sha} .= "$line\n";
+        }
+    }
+  close F;
+
+  $fail
+    and exit 1;
+
+  return $h;
+}
+
+# git_dir_option $SRCDIR
+#
+# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR
+# is undef).  Return as a list (0 or 1 element).
+sub git_dir_option($)
+{
+  my ($srcdir) = @_;
+  my @res = ();
+  if (defined $srcdir)
+    {
+      my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir;
+      my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel";
+      my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd;
+      my $git_dir = qx($cmd);
+      defined $git_dir
+        or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n";
+      $? == 0
+        or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
+      chomp $git_dir;
+      push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git";
+    }
+  @res;
+}
+
+{
+  my $since_date;
+  my $until_date;
+  my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n';
+  my $amend_file;
+  my $append_dot = 0;
+  my $cluster = 1;
+  my $ignore_matching;
+  my $ignore_line;
+  my $strip_tab = 0;
+  my $strip_cherry_pick = 0;
+  my $srcdir;
+  GetOptions
+    (
+     help => sub { usage 0 },
+     version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
+     'since=s' => \$since_date,
+     'until=s' => \$until_date,
+     'format=s' => \$format_string,
+     'amend=s' => \$amend_file,
+     'append-dot' => \$append_dot,
+     'cluster!' => \$cluster,
+     'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching,
+     'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line,
+     'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab,
+     'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick,
+     'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
+    ) or usage 1;
+
+  defined $since_date
+    and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date";
+  defined $until_date
+    and unshift @ARGV, "--until=$until_date";
+
+  # This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/)
+  # that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit.
+  my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {};
+
+  my @cmd = ('git',
+             git_dir_option $srcdir,
+             qw(log --log-size),
+             '--pretty=format:%H:%ct  %an  <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV);
+  open PIPE, '-|', @cmd
+    or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n"
+            . "(Is your Git too old?  Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n");
+
+  my $prev_multi_paragraph;
+  my $prev_date_line = '';
+  my @prev_coauthors = ();
+  my @skipshas = ();
+  while (1)
+    {
+      defined (my $in = <PIPE>)
+        or last;
+      $in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/
+        or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in";
+      my $log_nbytes = $1;
+
+      my $log;
+      my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes;
+      $n_read == $log_nbytes
+        or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
+
+      # Extract leading hash.
+      my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2;
+      defined $sha
+        or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n";
+      $sha =~ /^[[:xdigit:]]{40}$/
+        or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n";
+
+      my $skipflag = 0;
+      if (@skipshas)
+        {
+          foreach(@skipshas)
+            {
+              if ($sha =~ /^$_/)
+                {
+                  $skipflag = $_;
+                  last;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+      # If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now.
+      my $code = $amend_code->{$sha};
+      if (defined $code)
+        {
+          eval 'use Safe';
+          my $s = new Safe;
+          # Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_".
+          $_ = $rest;
+
+          # Let $code operate on it, safely.
+          my $r = $s->reval("$code")
+            or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n";
+
+          # Note that we've used this entry.
+          delete $amend_code->{$sha};
+
+          # Update $rest upon success.
+          $rest = $_;
+        }
+
+      # Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick".
+      if ($strip_cherry_pick)
+        {
+          $rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm;
+          $rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m;
+        }
+
+      my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest;
+      my $author_line = shift @line;
+      defined $author_line
+        or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
+      $author_line =~ /^(\d+)  (.*>)$/
+        or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line "
+          . "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n";
+
+      # Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog
+      # `(tiny change)' annotation.
+      my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
+                  ? '  (tiny change)' : '');
+
+      my $date_line = sprintf "%s  %s$tiny\n",
+        strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2;
+
+      my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line;
+      # Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted.
+      @line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$
+                       |Co-authored-by:[ ]
+                       |Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ]
+                       |Tiny-change:[ ]
+                       )/x, @line;
+
+      # Remove leading and trailing blank lines.
+      if (@line)
+        {
+          while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; }
+          while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
+        }
+
+      # Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits.
+      # Yes, this should be controlled by an option.  So sue me.
+      if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line )
+      {
+          my $found = 0;
+          foreach (@line)
+          {
+              if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_)
+              {
+                  $found = 1;
+                  ## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches.
+                  @skipshas = ();
+                  next;
+              }
+              if ($found && $_ =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{7,}) [^ ]/)
+              {
+                  push ( @skipshas, $1 );
+              }
+          }
+      }
+
+      # Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified.
+      if (defined $ignore_matching && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/)
+        {
+          $skipflag = 1;
+        }
+      elsif ($skipflag)
+        {
+          ## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once?
+          warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $skipflag\n";
+        }
+
+      if (! $skipflag)
+        {
+          if (defined $ignore_line && @line)
+            {
+              @line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line;
+              while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
+            }
+
+          # Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
+          my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
+
+          # Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in
+          # standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
+          for (@coauthors)
+            {
+              s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t    /;
+              s/\s*</  </;
+
+              /<.*?@.*\..*>/
+                or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
+                  . substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
+            }
+
+          # If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
+          # would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header,
+          # or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
+          # then print the header.
+          if ( ! $cluster
+              || $date_line ne $prev_date_line
+              || "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
+              || $multi_paragraph
+              || $prev_multi_paragraph)
+            {
+              $prev_date_line eq ''
+                or print "\n";
+              print $date_line;
+              @coauthors
+                and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
+            }
+          $prev_date_line = $date_line;
+          @prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
+          $prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
+
+          # If there were any lines
+          if (@line == 0)
+            {
+              warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n"
+                   . "  commit $sha\n  $date_line\n";
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              if ($append_dot)
+                {
+                  # If the first line of the message has enough room, then
+                  if (length $line[0] < 72)
+                    {
+                      # append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
+                      # at the end.
+                      $line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
+                        or $line[0] .= '.';
+                    }
+                }
+
+              # Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
+              $strip_tab
+                and map { s/^\t// } @line;
+
+              # Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
+              @line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
+
+              print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
+            }
+        }
+
+      defined ($in = <PIPE>)
+        or last;
+      $in ne "\n"
+        and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in";
+    }
+
+  close PIPE
+    or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n";
+  # FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic
+
+  # Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file.
+  my $fail = 0;
+  foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code)
+    {
+      warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n";
+      $fail = 1;
+    }
+
+  exit $fail;
+}
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: perl
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-line-limit: 50
+# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update b/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a804031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Run this after each non-alpha release, to update the web documentation at
+# https://www.gnu.org/software/$pkg/manual/
+
+VERSION=2023-03-23.02; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ME=$(basename "$0")
+warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; }
+die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; }
+
+help()
+{
+  cat <<EOF
+Usage: $ME
+
+Run this script from top_srcdir (no arguments) after each non-alpha
+release, to update the web documentation at
+https://www.gnu.org/software/\$pkg/manual/
+
+This script assumes you're using git for revision control, and
+requires a .prev-version file as well as a Makefile, from which it
+extracts the version number and package name, respectively.  Also, it
+assumes all documentation is in the doc/ sub-directory.
+
+Options:
+  -C, --builddir=DIR  location of (configured) Makefile (default: .)
+  -n, --dry-run       don't actually commit anything
+  -m, --mirror        remove out of date files from document server
+  -u, --user          the name of the CVS user on Savannah
+  --help              print this help, then exit
+  --version           print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+  exit
+}
+
+version()
+{
+  year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//')
+  cat <<EOF
+$ME $VERSION
+Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+EOF
+  exit
+}
+
+# find_tool ENVVAR NAMES...
+# -------------------------
+# Search for a required program.  Use the value of ENVVAR, if set,
+# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run (i.e.,
+# supports --version).  If found, set ENVVAR to the program name,
+# die otherwise.
+#
+# FIXME: code duplication, see also bootstrap.
+find_tool ()
+{
+  find_tool_envvar=$1
+  shift
+  find_tool_names=$@
+  eval "find_tool_res=\$$find_tool_envvar"
+  if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
+    for i
+    do
+      if ($i --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+       find_tool_res=$i
+       break
+      fi
+    done
+  else
+    find_tool_error_prefix="\$$find_tool_envvar: "
+  fi
+  test x"$find_tool_res" != x \
+    || die "one of these is required: $find_tool_names"
+  ($find_tool_res --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+    || die "${find_tool_error_prefix}cannot run $find_tool_res --version"
+  eval "$find_tool_envvar=\$find_tool_res"
+  eval "export $find_tool_envvar"
+}
+
+## ------ ##
+## Main.  ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Requirements: everything required to bootstrap your package, plus
+# these.
+find_tool CVS cvs
+find_tool GIT git
+find_tool RSYNC rsync
+find_tool XARGS gxargs xargs
+
+builddir=.
+dryrun=
+rm_stale='echo'
+cvs_user="$USER"
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  # Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv.
+  case $1 in
+    --*=*)
+      opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//')
+      val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//')
+      shift
+      set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  case $1 in
+    --help|--version) ${1#--};;
+    -C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;;
+    -n|--dry-run) dryrun=echo; shift;;
+    -m|--mirror) rm_stale=''; shift;;
+    -u|--user) shift; cvs_user=$1; shift ;;
+    --*) die "unrecognized option: $1";;
+    *) break;;
+  esac
+done
+
+test $# = 0 \
+  || die "too many arguments"
+
+prev=.prev-version
+version=$(cat $prev) || die "no $prev file?"
+pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' $builddir/Makefile) \
+  || die "no Makefile?"
+tmp_branch=web-doc-$version-$$
+current_branch=$($GIT branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}')
+
+cleanup()
+{
+  __st=$?
+  $dryrun rm -rf "$tmp"
+  $GIT checkout "$current_branch"
+  $GIT submodule update --recursive
+  $GIT branch -d $tmp_branch
+  exit $__st
+}
+trap cleanup EXIT
+trap 'exit $?' HUP INT PIPE TERM
+
+# We must build using sources for which --version reports the
+# just-released version number, not some string like 7.6.18-20761.
+# That version string propagates into all documentation.
+set -e
+$GIT checkout -b $tmp_branch v$version
+$GIT submodule update --recursive
+./bootstrap
+srcdir=$(pwd)
+cd "$builddir"
+builddir=$(pwd)
+  ./config.status --recheck
+  ./config.status
+  make
+  make web-manual
+cd "$srcdir"
+set +e
+
+tmp=$(mktemp -d web-doc-update.XXXXXX) || exit 1
+( cd $tmp \
+    && $CVS -d $cvs_user@cvs.savannah.gnu.org:/webcvs/$pkg co $pkg )
+$RSYNC -avP "$builddir"/doc/manual/ $tmp/$pkg/manual
+
+(
+  cd $tmp/$pkg
+  test -d manual/CVS || $dryrun $CVS add -ko manual
+
+  cd $tmp/$pkg/manual
+
+  # Add all the files.  This is simpler than trying to add only the
+  # new ones because of new directories
+  # First add non empty dirs individually
+  find . -name CVS -prune -o -type d \! -empty -print             \
+    | $XARGS -n1 --no-run-if-empty -- $dryrun $CVS add -ko
+  # Now add all files
+  find . -name CVS -prune -o -type f -print             \
+    | $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- $dryrun $CVS add -ko
+
+  # Report/Remove stale files
+  #   excluding doc server specific files like CVS/* and .symlinks
+  if test -n "$rm_stale"; then
+    echo 'Consider the --mirror option if all of the manual is generated,' >&2
+    echo 'which will run `cvs remove` to remove stale files.' >&2
+  fi
+  { find . \( -name CVS -o -type f -name '.*' \) -prune -o -type f -print
+    (cd "$builddir"/doc/manual/ && find . -type f -print | sed p)
+  } | sort | uniq -u \
+    | $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- ${rm_stale:-$dryrun} $CVS remove -f
+
+  $dryrun $CVS ci -m $version
+)
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "VERSION="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gnupload b/build-aux/gnupload
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3e8f102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gnupload
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Sign files and upload them.
+
+scriptversion=2022-01-27.18; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>.
+# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository.
+# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+
+set -e
+
+GPG=gpg
+# Choose the proper version of gpg, so as to avoid a
+# "gpg-agent is not available in this session" error
+# when gpg-agent is version 2 but gpg is still version 1.
+# FIXME-2020: remove, once all major distros ship gpg version 2 as /usr/bin/gpg
+gpg_agent_version=`(gpg-agent --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
+case "$gpg_agent_version" in
+  2.*)
+    gpg_version=`(gpg --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
+    case "$gpg_version" in
+      1.*)
+        if (type gpg2) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+          # gpg2 is present.
+          GPG=gpg2
+        else
+          # gpg2 is missing. Ubuntu users should install the package 'gnupg2'.
+          echo "WARNING: Using 'gpg', which is too old. You should install 'gpg2'." 1>&2
+        fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+esac
+
+GPG="${GPG} --batch --no-tty"
+conffile=.gnuploadrc
+to=
+dry_run=false
+replace=
+symlink_files=
+delete_files=
+delete_symlinks=
+collect_var=
+dbg=
+nl='
+'
+
+usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...]
+
+Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to.
+If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading.  See examples below.
+
+Commands:
+  --delete                 delete FILES from destination
+  --symlink                create symbolic links
+  --rmsymlink              remove symbolic links
+  --                       treat the remaining arguments as files to upload
+
+Options:
+  --to DEST                specify a destination DEST for FILES
+                           (multiple --to options are allowed)
+  --user NAME              sign with key NAME
+  --replace                allow replacements of existing files
+  --symlink-regex[=EXPR]   use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names
+  -n, --dry-run            do nothing, show what would have been done
+                           (including the constructed directive file)
+  --version                output version information and exit
+  -h, --help               print this help text and exit
+
+If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name
+is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.:
+  foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz
+
+Recognized destinations are:
+  alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
+  savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
+  savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY
+  ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
+                           build directive files and upload files by FTP
+  download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY
+                           build directive files and upload files by SFTP
+  [user@]host:DIRECTORY    upload files with scp
+
+Options and commands are applied in order.  If the file $conffile exists
+in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the
+actual command line options.  Use this to keep your defaults.  Comments
+(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed.
+
+<https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Automated-FTP-Uploads.html>
+gives some further background.
+
+Examples:
+1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org:
+  gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz
+
+2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org:
+  gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
+
+3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*:
+  gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
+           --symlink-regex \\
+           foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
+
+4. Create a symbolic link foobar-latest.tar.gz -> foobar-1.0.tar.gz
+   and likewise for the corresponding .sig file:
+  gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
+           --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz     foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
+                     foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
+  or (equivalent):
+  gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
+           --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz     foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
+           --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
+
+5. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites:
+  gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
+           --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
+           foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz
+
+6. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
+   (the -- terminates the list of files to delete):
+  gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
+           --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
+           --delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\
+           -- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
+
+gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't
+happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in
+the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package
+(https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement.
+
+Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
+
+copyright_year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed -e 's/[^0-9].*//'`
+copyright="Copyright (C) ${copyright_year} Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
+
+# Read local configuration file
+if test -r "$conffile"; then
+  echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile"
+  conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" '  '`
+  eval set x "$conf \"\$@\""
+  shift
+fi
+
+while test -n "$1"; do
+  case $1 in
+  -*)
+    collect_var=
+    case $1 in
+    -h | --help)
+      echo "$usage"
+      exit $?
+      ;;
+    --to)
+      if test -z "$2"; then
+        echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2
+        exit 1
+      elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then
+        echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2
+        echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2
+        echo "$0:  is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2
+        echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2
+        exit 1
+      else
+        to="$to $2"
+        shift
+      fi
+      ;;
+    --user)
+      if test -z "$2"; then
+        echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2
+        exit 1
+      else
+        GPG="$GPG --local-user $2"
+        shift
+      fi
+      ;;
+    --delete)
+      collect_var=delete_files
+      ;;
+    --replace)
+      replace="replace: true"
+      ;;
+    --rmsymlink)
+      collect_var=delete_symlinks
+      ;;
+    --symlink-regex=*)
+      symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+      ;;
+    --symlink-regex)
+      symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|'
+      ;;
+    --symlink)
+      collect_var=symlink_files
+      ;;
+    -n | --dry-run)
+      dry_run=:
+      ;;
+    --version)
+      echo "gnupload $scriptversion"
+      echo "$copyright"
+      exit 0
+      ;;
+    --)
+      shift
+      break
+      ;;
+    -*)
+      echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  *)
+    if test -z "$collect_var"; then
+      break
+    else
+      eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\""
+    fi
+    ;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+dprint()
+{
+  echo "Running $* ..."
+}
+
+if $dry_run; then
+  dbg=dprint
+fi
+
+if test -z "$to"; then
+  echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
+  x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/  //g'`
+  if test -n "$x"; then
+    echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $# = 0; then
+  if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then
+    echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+else
+  # Make sure all files exist.  We don't want to ask
+  # for the passphrase if the script will fail.
+  for file
+  do
+    if test ! -f $file; then
+      echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
+      linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
+      if test -z "$linkname"; then
+        echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2
+        exit 1
+      elif test "$linkname" = $file; then
+        echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2
+        exit 1
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+fi
+
+# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment.
+unset passphrase
+unset passphrase_fd_0
+GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg}
+
+# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in.  We will later use
+# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that
+# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps'
+# listings with their arguments...).
+# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in
+# it will exit now.
+if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else
+  PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
+  stty -echo
+  read -r passphrase
+  stty echo
+  echo
+  passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0"
+fi
+
+if test $# -ne 0; then
+  for file
+  do
+    echo "Signing $file ..."
+    rm -f $file.sig
+    echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file
+  done
+fi
+
+
+# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT
+# Arguments: See upload, below
+mkdirective ()
+{
+  stmt="$4"
+  if test -n "$3"; then
+    stmt="
+filename: $3$stmt"
+  fi
+
+  cat >${2}.directive<<EOF
+version: 1.2
+directory: $1
+comment: gnupload v. $scriptversion$stmt
+EOF
+  if $dry_run; then
+    echo "File ${2}.directive:"
+    cat ${2}.directive
+    echo "File ${2}.directive:" | sed 's/./-/g'
+  fi
+}
+
+mksymlink ()
+{
+  while test $# -ne 0
+  do
+    echo "symlink: $1 $2"
+    shift
+    shift
+  done
+}
+
+# upload DEST DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT FILES
+# Arguments:
+#  DEST     Destination site;
+#  DESTDIR  Destination directory;
+#  BASE     Base name for the directive file;
+#  FILE     Name of the file to distribute (may be empty);
+#  STMT     Additional statements for the directive file;
+#  FILES    List of files to upload.
+upload ()
+{
+  dest=$1
+  destdir=$2
+  base=$3
+  file=$4
+  stmt=$5
+  files=$6
+
+  rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
+  case $dest in
+    alpha.gnu.org:*)
+      mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+      echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+      $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/alpha $files $base.directive.asc
+      ;;
+    ftp.gnu.org:*)
+      mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+      echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+      $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/ftp $files $base.directive.asc
+      ;;
+    savannah.gnu.org:*)
+      if test -z "$files"; then
+        echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
+      fi
+      $dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
+      ;;
+    savannah.nongnu.org:*)
+      if test -z "$files"; then
+        echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
+      fi
+      $dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
+      ;;
+    download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*)
+      destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'`
+      destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'`
+      mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+      echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+      for f in $files $base.directive.asc
+      do
+        echo put $f
+      done | $dbg sftp -b - download.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir
+      ;;
+    /*)
+      dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
+      mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+      echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+      $dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host
+      ;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$files"; then
+        echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
+      fi
+      $dbg scp $files $dest
+      ;;
+  esac
+  rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
+}
+
+#####
+# Process any standalone directives
+stmt=
+if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
+  stmt="$stmt
+`mksymlink $symlink_files`"
+fi
+
+for file in $delete_files
+do
+  stmt="$stmt
+archive: $file"
+done
+
+for file in $delete_symlinks
+do
+  stmt="$stmt
+rmsymlink: $file"
+done
+
+if test -n "$stmt"; then
+  for dest in $to
+  do
+    destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
+    upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt"
+  done
+fi
+
+# Process actual uploads
+for dest in $to
+do
+  for file
+  do
+    echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..."
+    stmt=
+    #
+    # allowing file replacement is all or nothing.
+    if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt
+$replace"
+    fi
+    #
+    files="$file $file.sig"
+    destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
+    if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
+      linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
+      stmt="$stmt
+symlink: $file $linkname
+symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig"
+    fi
+    upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files"
+  done
+done
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/install-sh b/build-aux/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ec298b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+tab='	'
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" $tab$nl"
+
+# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
+
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+# Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755.
+# This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020).
+mkdir_umask=22
+
+backupsuffix=
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+is_target_a_directory=possibly
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -p            pass -p to $cpprog.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -S SUFFIX     attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+
+By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG,
+it's up to you to specify -f if you want it.
+
+If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted.
+
+Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org.
+Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+        case $mode in
+          *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+            echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+            exit 1;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    -p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -S) backupsuffix="$2"
+        shift;;
+
+    -t)
+        is_target_a_directory=always
+        dst_arg=$2
+        # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+        case $dst_arg in
+          -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --) shift
+        break;;
+
+    -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+        exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
+# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
+
+if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+    # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+    case $dst_arg in
+      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+    esac
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
+    if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+  case $src in
+    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+    # Don't chown directories that already exist.
+    if test $dstdir_status = 0; then
+      chowncmd=""
+    fi
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+    dst=$dst_arg
+
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
+        echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+        exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dstbase=`basename "$src"`
+      case $dst in
+	*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
+	*)  dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
+      esac
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  case $dstdir in
+    */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
+    *)  dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
+  esac
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+        # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+        # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+        if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+          mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+        else
+          mkdir_mode=
+        fi
+
+        posix_mkdir=false
+	# The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash).  Use it
+	# here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
+	tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+
+	trap '
+	  ret=$?
+	  rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
+	  exit $ret
+	' 0
+
+	# Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
+	# directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
+	# directory is successfully created first before we actually test
+	# 'mkdir -p'.
+	if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	    $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
+	    exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	then
+	  if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+	       # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+	       # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+	       # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+	       # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+	       test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
+	       ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+	       case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		 d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		 d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		 *) false;;
+	       esac &&
+	       $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
+		 ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+		 test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+	       }
+	     }
+	  then posix_mkdir=:
+	  fi
+	  rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
+	else
+	  # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	  rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
+	fi
+	trap '' 0;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+        umask $mkdir_umask &&
+        $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+        /*) prefix='/';;
+        [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
+        *)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+        test X"$d" = X && continue
+
+        prefix=$prefix$d
+        if test -d "$prefix"; then
+          prefixes=
+        else
+          if $posix_mkdir; then
+            (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+             $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+            # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+            test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+          else
+            case $prefix in
+              *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+              *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+            esac
+            prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+          fi
+        fi
+        prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+        # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+        (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+         eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+          test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+        obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask &&
+     { test -z "$stripcmd" || {
+	 # Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only,
+	 # which would cause strip to fail.
+	 if test -z "$doit"; then
+	   : >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'.
+	 else
+	   $doit touch "$dsttmp"
+	 fi
+       }
+     } &&
+     $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"     2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"  2>/dev/null` &&
+       set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set +f &&
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed
+      # already exists, attempt a backup.  Don't worry if it fails,
+      # e.g., if mv doesn't support -f.
+      if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then
+        $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null
+      fi
+
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+        # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+        # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+        # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+        # reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+        # file should still install successfully.
+        {
+          test ! -f "$dst" ||
+          $doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+          { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+            { $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+          } ||
+          { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+            (exit 1); exit 1
+          }
+        } &&
+
+        # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+        $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/ltmain.sh b/build-aux/ltmain.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49fcad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/ltmain.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,11429 @@
+#! /usr/bin/env sh
+## DO NOT EDIT - This file generated from ./build-aux/ltmain.in
+##               by inline-source v2019-02-19.15
+
+# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.7
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2019, 2021-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+PROGRAM=libtool
+PACKAGE=libtool
+VERSION=2.4.7
+package_revision=2.4.7
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Run './libtool --help' for help with using this script from the
+# command line.
+
+
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## User overridable command paths. ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# After configure completes, it has a better idea of some of the
+# shell tools we need than the defaults used by the functions shared
+# with bootstrap, so set those here where they can still be over-
+# ridden by the user, but otherwise take precedence.
+
+: ${AUTOCONF="autoconf"}
+: ${AUTOMAKE="automake"}
+
+
+## -------------------------- ##
+## Source external libraries. ##
+## -------------------------- ##
+
+# Much of our low-level functionality needs to be sourced from external
+# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir.
+
+# Set a version string for this script.
+scriptversion=2019-02-19.15; # UTC
+
+# General shell script boiler plate, and helper functions.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+
+# This is free software.  There is NO warranty; not even for
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2019, 2021 Bootstrap Authors
+#
+# This file is dual licensed under the terms of the MIT license
+# <https://opensource.org/license/MIT>, and GPL version 2 or later
+# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>.  You must apply one of
+# these licenses when using or redistributing this software or any of
+# the files within it.  See the URLs above, or the file `LICENSE`
+# included in the Bootstrap distribution for the full license texts.
+
+# Please report bugs or propose patches to:
+# <https://github.com/gnulib-modules/bootstrap/issues>
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Evaluate this file near the top of your script to gain access to
+# the functions and variables defined here:
+#
+#   . `echo "$0" | ${SED-sed} 's|[^/]*$||'`/build-aux/funclib.sh
+#
+# If you need to override any of the default environment variable
+# settings, do that before evaluating this file.
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Shell normalisation. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Some shells need a little help to be as Bourne compatible as possible.
+# Before doing anything else, make sure all that help has been provided!
+
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix ;; esac
+fi
+
+# NLS nuisances: We save the old values in case they are required later.
+_G_user_locale=
+_G_safe_locale=
+for _G_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+do
+  eval "if test set = \"\${$_G_var+set}\"; then
+          save_$_G_var=\$$_G_var
+          $_G_var=C
+	  export $_G_var
+	  _G_user_locale=\"$_G_var=\\\$save_\$_G_var; \$_G_user_locale\"
+	  _G_safe_locale=\"$_G_var=C; \$_G_safe_locale\"
+	fi"
+done
+# These NLS vars are set unconditionally (bootstrap issue #24).  Unset those
+# in case the environment reset is needed later and the $save_* variant is not
+# defined (see the code above).
+LC_ALL=C
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE LC_ALL
+
+# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
+sp=' '
+nl='
+'
+IFS="$sp	$nl"
+
+# There are apparently some retarded systems that use ';' as a PATH separator!
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_unset VAR
+# --------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+# In some shells, an 'unset VAR' statement leaves a non-zero return
+# status if VAR is already unset, which might be problematic if the
+# statement is used at the end of a function (thus poisoning its return
+# value) or when 'set -e' is active (causing even a spurious abort of
+# the script in this case).
+func_unset ()
+{
+    { eval $1=; (eval unset $1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && eval unset $1 || : ; }
+}
+
+
+# Make sure CDPATH doesn't cause `cd` commands to output the target dir.
+func_unset CDPATH
+
+# Make sure ${,E,F}GREP behave sanely.
+func_unset GREP_OPTIONS
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Locate command utilities. ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+
+# func_executable_p FILE
+# ----------------------
+# Check that FILE is an executable regular file.
+func_executable_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_path_progs PROGS_LIST CHECK_FUNC [PATH]
+# --------------------------------------------
+# Search for either a program that responds to --version with output
+# containing "GNU", or else returned by CHECK_FUNC otherwise, by
+# trying all the directories in PATH with each of the elements of
+# PROGS_LIST.
+#
+# CHECK_FUNC should accept the path to a candidate program, and
+# set $func_check_prog_result if it truncates its output less than
+# $_G_path_prog_max characters.
+func_path_progs ()
+{
+    _G_progs_list=$1
+    _G_check_func=$2
+    _G_PATH=${3-"$PATH"}
+
+    _G_path_prog_max=0
+    _G_path_prog_found=false
+    _G_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+    for _G_dir in $_G_PATH; do
+      IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+      test -z "$_G_dir" && _G_dir=.
+      for _G_prog_name in $_G_progs_list; do
+        for _exeext in '' .EXE; do
+          _G_path_prog=$_G_dir/$_G_prog_name$_exeext
+          func_executable_p "$_G_path_prog" || continue
+          case `"$_G_path_prog" --version 2>&1` in
+            *GNU*) func_path_progs_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_found=: ;;
+            *)     $_G_check_func $_G_path_prog
+		   func_path_progs_result=$func_check_prog_result
+		   ;;
+          esac
+          $_G_path_prog_found && break 3
+        done
+      done
+    done
+    IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+    test -z "$func_path_progs_result" && {
+      echo "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2
+      exit 1
+    }
+}
+
+
+# We want to be able to use the functions in this file before configure
+# has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have
+# to search for them ourselves - except when the results are already set
+# where we skip the searches.
+
+# Unless the user overrides by setting SED, search the path for either GNU
+# sed, or the sed that truncates its output the least.
+test -z "$SED" && {
+  _G_sed_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
+  for _G_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
+    _G_sed_script=$_G_sed_script$nl$_G_sed_script
+  done
+  echo "$_G_sed_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
+  _G_sed_script=
+
+  func_check_prog_sed ()
+  {
+    _G_path_prog=$1
+
+    _G_count=0
+    printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
+    while :
+    do
+      cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+      mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+      cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+      echo '' >> conftest.nl
+      "$_G_path_prog" -f conftest.sed <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
+      diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+      _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
+      if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
+        # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+        func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
+        _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
+      fi
+      # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+      test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
+    done
+    rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
+  }
+
+  func_path_progs "sed gsed" func_check_prog_sed "$PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin"
+  rm -f conftest.sed
+  SED=$func_path_progs_result
+}
+
+
+# Unless the user overrides by setting GREP, search the path for either GNU
+# grep, or the grep that truncates its output the least.
+test -z "$GREP" && {
+  func_check_prog_grep ()
+  {
+    _G_path_prog=$1
+
+    _G_count=0
+    _G_path_prog_max=0
+    printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
+    while :
+    do
+      cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+      mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+      cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+      echo 'GREP' >> conftest.nl
+      "$_G_path_prog" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
+      diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+      _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
+      if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
+        # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+        func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
+        _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
+      fi
+      # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+      test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
+    done
+    rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
+  }
+
+  func_path_progs "grep ggrep" func_check_prog_grep "$PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin"
+  GREP=$func_path_progs_result
+}
+
+
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## User overridable command paths. ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# All uppercase variable names are used for environment variables.  These
+# variables can be overridden by the user before calling a script that
+# uses them if a suitable command of that name is not already available
+# in the command search PATH.
+
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${ECHO="printf %s\n"}
+: ${EGREP="$GREP -E"}
+: ${FGREP="$GREP -F"}
+: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
+: ${MAKE="make"}
+: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Useful sed snippets. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+sed_dirname='s|/[^/]*$||'
+sed_basename='s|^.*/||'
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='s|\([`"$\\]\)|\\\1|g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+sed_double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the
+# string literally.
+sed_make_literal_regex='s|[].[^$\\*\/]|\\&|g'
+
+# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path
+# that contains forward slashes, into one that contains
+# (escaped) backslashes.  A very naive implementation.
+sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
+
+# Re-'\' parameter expansions in output of sed_double_quote_subst that
+# were '\'-ed in input to the same.  If an odd number of '\' preceded a
+# '$' in input to sed_double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from
+# expansion.  Since each input '\' is now two '\'s, look for any number
+# of runs of four '\'s followed by two '\'s and then a '$'.  '\' that '$'.
+_G_bs='\\'
+_G_bs2='\\\\'
+_G_bs4='\\\\\\\\'
+_G_dollar='\$'
+sed_double_backslash="\
+  s/$_G_bs4/&\\
+/g
+  s/^$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/$_G_bs&/
+  s/\\([^$_G_bs]\\)$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/\\1$_G_bs2$_G_bs$_G_dollar/g
+  s/\n//g"
+
+# require_check_ifs_backslash
+# ---------------------------
+# Check if we can use backslash as IFS='\' separator, and set
+# $check_ifs_backshlash_broken to ':' or 'false'.
+require_check_ifs_backslash=func_require_check_ifs_backslash
+func_require_check_ifs_backslash ()
+{
+  _G_save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS='\'
+  _G_check_ifs_backshlash='a\\b'
+  for _G_i in $_G_check_ifs_backshlash
+  do
+  case $_G_i in
+  a)
+    check_ifs_backshlash_broken=false
+    ;;
+  '')
+    break
+    ;;
+  *)
+    check_ifs_backshlash_broken=:
+    break
+    ;;
+  esac
+  done
+  IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+  require_check_ifs_backslash=:
+}
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Global variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# Except for the global variables explicitly listed below, the following
+# functions in the '^func_' namespace, and the '^require_' namespace
+# variables initialised in the 'Resource management' section, sourcing
+# this file will not pollute your global namespace with anything
+# else. There's no portable way to scope variables in Bourne shell
+# though, so actually running these functions will sometimes place
+# results into a variable named after the function, and often use
+# temporary variables in the '^_G_' namespace. If you are careful to
+# avoid using those namespaces casually in your sourcing script, things
+# should continue to work as you expect. And, of course, you can freely
+# overwrite any of the functions or variables defined here before
+# calling anything to customize them.
+
+EXIT_SUCCESS=0
+EXIT_FAILURE=1
+EXIT_MISMATCH=63  # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
+EXIT_SKIP=77	  # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
+
+# Allow overriding, eg assuming that you follow the convention of
+# putting '$debug_cmd' at the start of all your functions, you can get
+# bash to show function call trace with:
+#
+#    debug_cmd='eval echo "${FUNCNAME[0]} $*" >&2' bash your-script-name
+debug_cmd=${debug_cmd-":"}
+exit_cmd=:
+
+# By convention, finish your script with:
+#
+#    exit $exit_status
+#
+# so that you can set exit_status to non-zero if you want to indicate
+# something went wrong during execution without actually bailing out at
+# the point of failure.
+exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
+# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
+# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
+# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
+# function.
+progpath=$0
+
+# The name of this program.
+progname=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_basename"`
+
+# Make sure we have an absolute progpath for reexecution:
+case $progpath in
+  [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
+  *[\\/]*)
+     progdir=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
+     progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
+     progpath=$progdir/$progname
+     ;;
+  *)
+     _G_IFS=$IFS
+     IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+     for progdir in $PATH; do
+       IFS=$_G_IFS
+       test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
+     done
+     IFS=$_G_IFS
+     test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
+     progpath=$progdir/$progname
+     ;;
+esac
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Standard options. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# The following options affect the operation of the functions defined
+# below, and should be set appropriately depending on run-time para-
+# meters passed on the command line.
+
+opt_dry_run=false
+opt_quiet=false
+opt_verbose=false
+
+# Categories 'all' and 'none' are always available.  Append any others
+# you will pass as the first argument to func_warning from your own
+# code.
+warning_categories=
+
+# By default, display warnings according to 'opt_warning_types'.  Set
+# 'warning_func'  to ':' to elide all warnings, or func_fatal_error to
+# treat the next displayed warning as a fatal error.
+warning_func=func_warn_and_continue
+
+# Set to 'all' to display all warnings, 'none' to suppress all
+# warnings, or a space delimited list of some subset of
+# 'warning_categories' to display only the listed warnings.
+opt_warning_types=all
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Resource management. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# This section contains definitions for functions that each ensure a
+# particular resource (a file, or a non-empty configuration variable for
+# example) is available, and if appropriate to extract default values
+# from pertinent package files. Call them using their associated
+# 'require_*' variable to ensure that they are executed, at most, once.
+#
+# It's entirely deliberate that calling these functions can set
+# variables that don't obey the namespace limitations obeyed by the rest
+# of this file, in order that that they be as useful as possible to
+# callers.
+
+
+# require_term_colors
+# -------------------
+# Allow display of bold text on terminals that support it.
+require_term_colors=func_require_term_colors
+func_require_term_colors ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    test -t 1 && {
+      # COLORTERM and USE_ANSI_COLORS environment variables take
+      # precedence, because most terminfo databases neglect to describe
+      # whether color sequences are supported.
+      test -n "${COLORTERM+set}" && : ${USE_ANSI_COLORS="1"}
+
+      if test 1 = "$USE_ANSI_COLORS"; then
+        # Standard ANSI escape sequences
+        tc_reset=''
+        tc_bold='';   tc_standout=''
+        tc_red='';   tc_green=''
+        tc_blue='';  tc_cyan=''
+      else
+        # Otherwise trust the terminfo database after all.
+        test -n "`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" && {
+          tc_reset=`tput sgr0`
+          test -n "`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" && tc_bold=`tput bold`
+          tc_standout=$tc_bold
+          test -n "`tput smso 2>/dev/null`" && tc_standout=`tput smso`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 1 2>/dev/null`" && tc_red=`tput setaf 1`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 2 2>/dev/null`" && tc_green=`tput setaf 2`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 4 2>/dev/null`" && tc_blue=`tput setaf 4`
+          test -n "`tput setaf 5 2>/dev/null`" && tc_cyan=`tput setaf 5`
+        }
+      fi
+    }
+
+    require_term_colors=:
+}
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Function library. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# This section contains a variety of useful functions to call in your
+# scripts. Take note of the portable wrappers for features provided by
+# some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on
+# less featureful shells.
+
+
+# func_append VAR VALUE
+# ---------------------
+# Append VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR.
+
+  # We should try to minimise forks, especially on Windows where they are
+  # unreasonably slow, so skip the feature probes when bash or zsh are
+  # being used:
+  if test set = "${BASH_VERSION+set}${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+    : ${_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP="yes"}
+    : ${_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS="yes"}
+    # The += operator was introduced in bash 3.1
+    case $BASH_VERSION in
+      [12].* | 3.0 | 3.0*) ;;
+      *)
+        : ${_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP="yes"}
+        ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  # _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP
+  # Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is
+  # useable or anything else if it does not work.
+  test -z "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" \
+    && (eval 'x=a; x+=" b"; test "a b" = "$x"') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"
+then
+  # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+  eval 'func_append ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval "$1+=\$2"
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+  func_append ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval "$1=\$$1\$2"
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_append_quoted VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------------
+# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated
+# by a space.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"; then
+  eval 'func_append_quoted ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_quote_arg pretty "$2"
+    eval "$1+=\\ \$func_quote_arg_result"
+  }'
+else
+  func_append_quoted ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_quote_arg pretty "$2"
+    eval "$1=\$$1\\ \$func_quote_arg_result"
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_append_uniq VAR VALUE
+# --------------------------
+# Append unique VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR, assuming
+# entries are delimited by the first character of VALUE.  For example:
+#
+#   func_append_uniq options " --another-option option-argument"
+#
+# will only append to $options if " --another-option option-argument "
+# is not already present somewhere in $options already (note spaces at
+# each end implied by leading space in second argument).
+func_append_uniq ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval _G_current_value='`$ECHO $'$1'`'
+    _G_delim=`expr "$2" : '\(.\)'`
+
+    case $_G_delim$_G_current_value$_G_delim in
+      *"$2$_G_delim"*) ;;
+      *) func_append "$@" ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_arith TERM...
+# ------------------
+# Set func_arith_result to the result of evaluating TERMs.
+  test -z "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP" \
+    && (eval 'test 2 = $(( 1 + 1 ))') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_ARITH_OP=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP"; then
+  eval 'func_arith ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
+  }'
+else
+  func_arith ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_arith_result=`expr "$@"`
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_basename FILE
+# ------------------
+# Set func_basename_result to FILE with everything up to and including
+# the last / stripped.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  # If this shell supports suffix pattern removal, then use it to avoid
+  # forking. Hide the definitions single quotes in case the shell chokes
+  # on unsupported syntax...
+  _b='func_basename_result=${1##*/}'
+  _d='case $1 in
+        */*) func_dirname_result=${1%/*}$2 ;;
+        *  ) func_dirname_result=$3        ;;
+      esac'
+
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
+  _b='func_basename_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_basename"`'
+  _d='func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "$1"  |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
+      if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X$1"; then
+        func_dirname_result=$3
+      else
+        func_append func_dirname_result "$2"
+      fi'
+fi
+
+eval 'func_basename ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    '"$_b"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_dirname FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+eval 'func_dirname ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    '"$_d"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_dirname_and_basename FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
+# --------------------------------------------------------
+# Perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
+# call:
+#   dirname:  Compute the dirname of FILE.  If nonempty,
+#             add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
+#             to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+#             value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
+#   basename: Compute filename of FILE.
+#             value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
+# For efficiency, we do not delegate to the functions above but instead
+# duplicate the functionality here.
+eval 'func_dirname_and_basename ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    '"$_b"'
+    '"$_d"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_echo ARG...
+# ----------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message.
+func_echo ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_message=$*
+
+    func_echo_IFS=$IFS
+    IFS=$nl
+    for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+      IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+      $ECHO "$progname: $_G_line"
+    done
+    IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_echo_all ARG...
+# --------------------
+# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
+func_echo_all ()
+{
+    $ECHO "$*"
+}
+
+
+# func_echo_infix_1 INFIX ARG...
+# ------------------------------
+# Echo program name, followed by INFIX on the first line, with any
+# additional lines not showing INFIX.
+func_echo_infix_1 ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $require_term_colors
+
+    _G_infix=$1; shift
+    _G_indent=$_G_infix
+    _G_prefix="$progname: $_G_infix: "
+    _G_message=$*
+
+    # Strip color escape sequences before counting printable length
+    for _G_tc in "$tc_reset" "$tc_bold" "$tc_standout" "$tc_red" "$tc_green" "$tc_blue" "$tc_cyan"
+    do
+      test -n "$_G_tc" && {
+        _G_esc_tc=`$ECHO "$_G_tc" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+        _G_indent=`$ECHO "$_G_indent" | $SED "s|$_G_esc_tc||g"`
+      }
+    done
+    _G_indent="$progname: "`echo "$_G_indent" | $SED 's|.| |g'`"  " ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
+
+    func_echo_infix_1_IFS=$IFS
+    IFS=$nl
+    for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+      IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
+      $ECHO "$_G_prefix$tc_bold$_G_line$tc_reset" >&2
+      _G_prefix=$_G_indent
+    done
+    IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_error ARG...
+# -----------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
+func_error ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $require_term_colors
+
+    func_echo_infix_1 "  $tc_standout${tc_red}error$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
+}
+
+
+# func_fatal_error ARG...
+# -----------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
+func_fatal_error ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_error "$*"
+    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+# func_grep EXPRESSION FILENAME
+# -----------------------------
+# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
+func_grep ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+
+# func_len STRING
+# ---------------
+# Set func_len_result to the length of STRING. STRING may not
+# start with a hyphen.
+  test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
+    && (eval 'x=a/b/c;
+      test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  eval 'func_len ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_len_result=${#1}
+  }'
+else
+  func_len ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_mkdir_p DIRECTORY-PATH
+# ---------------------------
+# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
+func_mkdir_p ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_directory_path=$1
+    _G_dir_list=
+
+    if test -n "$_G_directory_path" && test : != "$opt_dry_run"; then
+
+      # Protect directory names starting with '-'
+      case $_G_directory_path in
+        -*) _G_directory_path=./$_G_directory_path ;;
+      esac
+
+      # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
+      while test ! -d "$_G_directory_path"; do
+        # ...make a list in topmost first order.  Use a colon delimited
+	# list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
+        _G_dir_list=$_G_directory_path:$_G_dir_list
+
+        # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
+        case $_G_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
+
+        # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
+        _G_directory_path=`$ECHO "$_G_directory_path" | $SED -e "$sed_dirname"`
+      done
+      _G_dir_list=`$ECHO "$_G_dir_list" | $SED 's|:*$||'`
+
+      func_mkdir_p_IFS=$IFS; IFS=:
+      for _G_dir in $_G_dir_list; do
+	IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
+        # mkdir can fail with a 'File exist' error if two processes
+        # try to create one of the directories concurrently.  Don't
+        # stop in that case!
+        $MKDIR "$_G_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
+      done
+      IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
+
+      # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
+      test -d "$_G_directory_path" || \
+        func_fatal_error "Failed to create '$1'"
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_mktempdir [BASENAME]
+# -------------------------
+# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
+# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible.  If
+# given, BASENAME is the basename for that directory.
+func_mktempdir ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_template=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}
+
+    if test : = "$opt_dry_run"; then
+      # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
+      _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-$$
+    else
+
+      # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
+      _G_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "$_G_template-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
+
+      if test ! -d "$_G_tmpdir"; then
+        # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
+        _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-${RANDOM-0}$$
+
+        func_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
+        umask 0077
+        $MKDIR "$_G_tmpdir"
+        umask $func_mktempdir_umask
+      fi
+
+      # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
+      test -d "$_G_tmpdir" || \
+        func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory '$_G_tmpdir'"
+    fi
+
+    $ECHO "$_G_tmpdir"
+}
+
+
+# func_normal_abspath PATH
+# ------------------------
+# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components,
+# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making
+# it an absolute path.
+func_normal_abspath ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash.
+    _G_pathcar='s|^/\([^/]*\).*$|\1|'
+    _G_pathcdr='s|^/[^/]*||'
+    _G_removedotparts=':dotsl
+		s|/\./|/|g
+		t dotsl
+		s|/\.$|/|'
+    _G_collapseslashes='s|/\{1,\}|/|g'
+    _G_finalslash='s|/*$|/|'
+
+    # Start from root dir and reassemble the path.
+    func_normal_abspath_result=
+    func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1
+    func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=
+    case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in
+      "")
+        # Empty path, that just means $cwd.
+        func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`"
+        func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result
+        return
+        ;;
+      # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely
+      # two leading slashes without using negated character classes;
+      # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour.
+      ///*)
+        # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing.
+        ;;
+      //*)
+        # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//'
+        # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares
+        # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found.
+        func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/
+        ;;
+      /*)
+        # Absolute path, do nothing.
+        ;;
+      *)
+        # Relative path, prepend $cwd.
+        func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations.  We also want
+    # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure
+    # there is one (and only one) here.
+    func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+          -e "$_G_removedotparts" -e "$_G_collapseslashes" -e "$_G_finalslash"`
+    while :; do
+      # Processed it all yet?
+      if test / = "$func_normal_abspath_tpath"; then
+        # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now.
+        if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result"; then
+          func_normal_abspath_result=/
+        fi
+        break
+      fi
+      func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+          -e "$_G_pathcar"`
+      func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+          -e "$_G_pathcdr"`
+      # Figure out what to do with it
+      case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in
+        "")
+          # Trailing empty path component, ignore it.
+          ;;
+        ..)
+          # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result.
+          func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result"
+          func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result
+          ;;
+        *)
+          # Actual path component, append it.
+          func_append func_normal_abspath_result "/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent"
+          ;;
+      esac
+    done
+    # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry.
+    func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result
+}
+
+
+# func_notquiet ARG...
+# --------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message only when not in quiet mode.
+func_notquiet ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $opt_quiet || func_echo ${1+"$@"}
+
+    # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
+    # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
+    # work around that:
+    :
+}
+
+
+# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR
+# --------------------------------
+# Set func_relative_path_result to the relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR.
+func_relative_path ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_relative_path_result=
+    func_normal_abspath "$1"
+    func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result
+    func_normal_abspath "$2"
+    func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result
+
+    # Ascend the tree starting from libdir
+    while :; do
+      # check if we have found a prefix of bindir
+      case $func_relative_path_tbindir in
+        $func_relative_path_tlibdir)
+          # found an exact match
+          func_relative_path_tcancelled=
+          break
+          ;;
+        $func_relative_path_tlibdir*)
+          # found a matching prefix
+          func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir"
+          func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result
+          if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+            func_relative_path_result=.
+          fi
+          break
+          ;;
+        *)
+          func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir
+          func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_dirname_result
+          if test -z "$func_relative_path_tlibdir"; then
+            # Have to descend all the way to the root!
+            func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
+            func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir
+            break
+          fi
+          func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
+          ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes.
+    func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result"
+    func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+    func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled"
+    if test -n "$func_stripname_result"; then
+      func_append func_relative_path_result "/$func_stripname_result"
+    fi
+
+    # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return '.' else relative path.
+    if test -n "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+      func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result"
+      func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+    fi
+
+    test -n "$func_relative_path_result" || func_relative_path_result=.
+
+    :
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_portable EVAL ARG
+# ----------------------------
+# Internal function to portably implement func_quote_arg.  Note that we still
+# keep attention to performance here so we as much as possible try to avoid
+# calling sed binary (so far O(N) complexity as long as func_append is O(1)).
+func_quote_portable ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $require_check_ifs_backslash
+
+    func_quote_portable_result=$2
+
+    # one-time-loop (easy break)
+    while true
+    do
+      if $1; then
+        func_quote_portable_result=`$ECHO "$2" | $SED \
+          -e "$sed_double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"`
+        break
+      fi
+
+      # Quote for eval.
+      case $func_quote_portable_result in
+        *[\\\`\"\$]*)
+          # Fallback to sed for $func_check_bs_ifs_broken=:, or when the string
+          # contains the shell wildcard characters.
+          case $check_ifs_backshlash_broken$func_quote_portable_result in
+            :*|*[\[\*\?]*)
+              func_quote_portable_result=`$ECHO "$func_quote_portable_result" \
+                  | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
+              break
+              ;;
+          esac
+
+          func_quote_portable_old_IFS=$IFS
+          for _G_char in '\' '`' '"' '$'
+          do
+            # STATE($1) PREV($2) SEPARATOR($3)
+            set start "" ""
+            func_quote_portable_result=dummy"$_G_char$func_quote_portable_result$_G_char"dummy
+            IFS=$_G_char
+            for _G_part in $func_quote_portable_result
+            do
+              case $1 in
+              quote)
+                func_append func_quote_portable_result "$3$2"
+                set quote "$_G_part" "\\$_G_char"
+                ;;
+              start)
+                set first "" ""
+                func_quote_portable_result=
+                ;;
+              first)
+                set quote "$_G_part" ""
+                ;;
+              esac
+            done
+          done
+          IFS=$func_quote_portable_old_IFS
+          ;;
+        *) ;;
+      esac
+      break
+    done
+
+    func_quote_portable_unquoted_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+    case $func_quote_portable_result in
+      # double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+      # word splitting, command substitution and variable expansion
+      # for a subsequent eval.
+      # many bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+      # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+      *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \	]*|*]*|"")
+        func_quote_portable_result=\"$func_quote_portable_result\"
+        ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_quotefast_eval ARG
+# -----------------------
+# Quote one ARG (internal).  This is equivalent to 'func_quote_arg eval ARG',
+# but optimized for speed.  Result is stored in $func_quotefast_eval.
+if test xyes = `(x=; printf -v x %q yes; echo x"$x") 2>/dev/null`; then
+  printf -v _GL_test_printf_tilde %q '~'
+  if test '\~' = "$_GL_test_printf_tilde"; then
+    func_quotefast_eval ()
+    {
+      printf -v func_quotefast_eval_result %q "$1"
+    }
+  else
+    # Broken older Bash implementations.  Make those faster too if possible.
+    func_quotefast_eval ()
+    {
+      case $1 in
+        '~'*)
+          func_quote_portable false "$1"
+          func_quotefast_eval_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+          ;;
+        *)
+          printf -v func_quotefast_eval_result %q "$1"
+          ;;
+      esac
+    }
+  fi
+else
+  func_quotefast_eval ()
+  {
+    func_quote_portable false "$1"
+    func_quotefast_eval_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_quote_arg MODEs ARG
+# ------------------------
+# Quote one ARG to be evaled later.  MODEs argument may contain zero or more
+# specifiers listed below separated by ',' character.  This function returns two
+# values:
+#   i) func_quote_arg_result
+#      double-quoted (when needed), suitable for a subsequent eval
+#  ii) func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+#      has all characters that are still active within double
+#      quotes backslashified.  Available only if 'unquoted' is specified.
+#
+# Available modes:
+# ----------------
+# 'eval' (default)
+#       - escape shell special characters
+# 'expand'
+#       - the same as 'eval';  but do not quote variable references
+# 'pretty'
+#       - request aesthetic output, i.e. '"a b"' instead of 'a\ b'.  This might
+#         be used later in func_quote to get output like: 'echo "a b"' instead
+#         of 'echo a\ b'.  This is slower than default on some shells.
+# 'unquoted'
+#       - produce also $func_quote_arg_unquoted_result which does not contain
+#         wrapping double-quotes.
+#
+# Examples for 'func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted string':
+#
+#   string      | *_result              | *_unquoted_result
+#   ------------+-----------------------+-------------------
+#   "           | \"                    | \"
+#   a b         | "a b"                 | a b
+#   "a b"       | "\"a b\""             | \"a b\"
+#   *           | "*"                   | *
+#   z="${x-$y}" | "z=\"\${x-\$y}\""     | z=\"\${x-\$y}\"
+#
+# Examples for 'func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted,expand string':
+#
+#   string        |   *_result          |  *_unquoted_result
+#   --------------+---------------------+--------------------
+#   z="${x-$y}"   | "z=\"${x-$y}\""     | z=\"${x-$y}\"
+func_quote_arg ()
+{
+    _G_quote_expand=false
+    case ,$1, in
+      *,expand,*)
+        _G_quote_expand=:
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    case ,$1, in
+      *,pretty,*|*,expand,*|*,unquoted,*)
+        func_quote_portable $_G_quote_expand "$2"
+        func_quote_arg_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+        func_quote_arg_unquoted_result=$func_quote_portable_unquoted_result
+        ;;
+      *)
+        # Faster quote-for-eval for some shells.
+        func_quotefast_eval "$2"
+        func_quote_arg_result=$func_quotefast_eval_result
+        ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_quote MODEs ARGs...
+# ------------------------
+# Quote all ARGs to be evaled later and join them into single command.  See
+# func_quote_arg's description for more info.
+func_quote ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+    _G_func_quote_mode=$1 ; shift
+    func_quote_result=
+    while test 0 -lt $#; do
+      func_quote_arg "$_G_func_quote_mode" "$1"
+      if test -n "$func_quote_result"; then
+        func_append func_quote_result " $func_quote_arg_result"
+      else
+        func_append func_quote_result "$func_quote_arg_result"
+      fi
+      shift
+    done
+}
+
+
+# func_stripname PREFIX SUFFIX NAME
+# ---------------------------------
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX from NAME, and store in func_stripname_result.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  eval 'func_stripname ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
+    # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary variable first.
+    func_stripname_result=$3
+    func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"$1"}
+    func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"$2"}
+  }'
+else
+  func_stripname ()
+  {
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $2 in
+      .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%\\\\$2\$%%"`;;
+      *)  func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%$2\$%%"`;;
+    esac
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_show_eval CMD [FAIL_EXP]
+# -----------------------------
+# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.
+func_show_eval ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_cmd=$1
+    _G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
+
+    func_quote_arg pretty,expand "$_G_cmd"
+    eval "func_notquiet $func_quote_arg_result"
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      eval "$_G_cmd"
+      _G_status=$?
+      if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
+	eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
+      fi
+    }
+}
+
+
+# func_show_eval_locale CMD [FAIL_EXP]
+# ------------------------------------
+# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD.  Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD.  If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.  Use the saved locale for evaluation.
+func_show_eval_locale ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_cmd=$1
+    _G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
+
+    $opt_quiet || {
+      func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$_G_cmd"
+      eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+    }
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      eval "$_G_user_locale
+	    $_G_cmd"
+      _G_status=$?
+      eval "$_G_safe_locale"
+      if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
+	eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
+      fi
+    }
+}
+
+
+# func_tr_sh
+# ----------
+# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name.
+# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result.  All characters
+# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further,
+# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well.
+func_tr_sh ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $1 in
+    [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*)
+      func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED -e 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/' -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+      ;;
+    * )
+      func_tr_sh_result=$1
+      ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_verbose ARG...
+# -------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
+func_verbose ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $opt_verbose && func_echo "$*"
+
+    :
+}
+
+
+# func_warn_and_continue ARG...
+# -----------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
+func_warn_and_continue ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $require_term_colors
+
+    func_echo_infix_1 "${tc_red}warning$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
+}
+
+
+# func_warning CATEGORY ARG...
+# ----------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. Warning
+# messages can be filtered according to CATEGORY, where this function
+# elides messages where CATEGORY is not listed in the global variable
+# 'opt_warning_types'.
+func_warning ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # CATEGORY must be in the warning_categories list!
+    case " $warning_categories " in
+      *" $1 "*) ;;
+      *) func_internal_error "invalid warning category '$1'" ;;
+    esac
+
+    _G_category=$1
+    shift
+
+    case " $opt_warning_types " in
+      *" $_G_category "*) $warning_func ${1+"$@"} ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_sort_ver VER1 VER2
+# -----------------------
+# 'sort -V' is not generally available.
+# Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake
+# in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a
+# but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old
+# version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf.
+# If we did want full compatibility then we should probably
+# use m4_version_compare from autoconf.
+func_sort_ver ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    printf '%s\n%s\n' "$1" "$2" \
+      | sort -t. -k 1,1n -k 2,2n -k 3,3n -k 4,4n -k 5,5n -k 6,6n -k 7,7n -k 8,8n -k 9,9n
+}
+
+# func_lt_ver PREV CURR
+# ---------------------
+# Return true if PREV and CURR are in the correct order according to
+# func_sort_ver, otherwise false.  Use it like this:
+#
+#  func_lt_ver "$prev_ver" "$proposed_ver" || func_fatal_error "..."
+func_lt_ver ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    test "x$1" = x`func_sort_ver "$1" "$2" | $SED 1q`
+}
+
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# End:
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# A portable, pluggable option parser for Bourne shell.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2010
+
+# This is free software.  There is NO warranty; not even for
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2010-2019, 2021 Bootstrap Authors
+#
+# This file is dual licensed under the terms of the MIT license
+# <https://opensource.org/license/MIT>, and GPL version 2 or later
+# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>.  You must apply one of
+# these licenses when using or redistributing this software or any of
+# the files within it.  See the URLs above, or the file `LICENSE`
+# included in the Bootstrap distribution for the full license texts.
+
+# Please report bugs or propose patches to:
+# <https://github.com/gnulib-modules/bootstrap/issues>
+
+# Set a version string for this script.
+scriptversion=2019-02-19.15; # UTC
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# This file is a library for parsing options in your shell scripts along
+# with assorted other useful supporting features that you can make use
+# of too.
+#
+# For the simplest scripts you might need only:
+#
+#   #!/bin/sh
+#   . relative/path/to/funclib.sh
+#   . relative/path/to/options-parser
+#   scriptversion=1.0
+#   func_options ${1+"$@"}
+#   eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+#   ...rest of your script...
+#
+# In order for the '--version' option to work, you will need to have a
+# suitably formatted comment like the one at the top of this file
+# starting with '# Written by ' and ending with '# Copyright'.
+#
+# For '-h' and '--help' to work, you will also need a one line
+# description of your script's purpose in a comment directly above the
+# '# Written by ' line, like the one at the top of this file.
+#
+# The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell
+# execution tracing (see the comment above debug_cmd below for another
+# use), and '--verbose' and the func_verbose function to allow your script
+# to display verbose messages only when your user has specified
+# '--verbose'.
+#
+# After sourcing this file, you can plug in processing for additional
+# options by amending the variables from the 'Configuration' section
+# below, and following the instructions in the 'Option parsing'
+# section further down.
+
+## -------------- ##
+## Configuration. ##
+## -------------- ##
+
+# You should override these variables in your script after sourcing this
+# file so that they reflect the customisations you have added to the
+# option parser.
+
+# The usage line for option parsing errors and the start of '-h' and
+# '--help' output messages. You can embed shell variables for delayed
+# expansion at the time the message is displayed, but you will need to
+# quote other shell meta-characters carefully to prevent them being
+# expanded when the contents are evaled.
+usage='$progpath [OPTION]...'
+
+# Short help message in response to '-h' and '--help'.  Add to this or
+# override it after sourcing this library to reflect the full set of
+# options your script accepts.
+usage_message="\
+       --debug        enable verbose shell tracing
+   -W, --warnings=CATEGORY
+                      report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
+   -v, --verbose      verbosely report processing
+       --version      print version information and exit
+   -h, --help         print short or long help message and exit
+"
+
+# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
+long_help_message="
+Warning categories include:
+       'all'          show all warnings
+       'none'         turn off all the warnings
+       'error'        warnings are treated as fatal errors"
+
+# Help message printed before fatal option parsing errors.
+fatal_help="Try '\$progname --help' for more information."
+
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Hook function management. ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+# This section contains functions for adding, removing, and running hooks
+# in the main code.  A hook is just a list of function names that can be
+# run in order later on.
+
+# func_hookable FUNC_NAME
+# -----------------------
+# Declare that FUNC_NAME will run hooks added with
+# 'func_add_hook FUNC_NAME ...'.
+func_hookable ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_append hookable_fns " $1"
+}
+
+
+# func_add_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
+# ---------------------------------
+# Request that FUNC_NAME call HOOK_FUNC before it returns.  FUNC_NAME must
+# first have been declared "hookable" by a call to 'func_hookable'.
+func_add_hook ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case " $hookable_fns " in
+      *" $1 "*) ;;
+      *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not accept hook functions." ;;
+    esac
+
+    eval func_append ${1}_hooks '" $2"'
+}
+
+
+# func_remove_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
+# ------------------------------------
+# Remove HOOK_FUNC from the list of hook functions to be called by
+# FUNC_NAME.
+func_remove_hook ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval ${1}_hooks='`$ECHO "\$'$1'_hooks" |$SED "s| '$2'||"`'
+}
+
+
+# func_propagate_result FUNC_NAME_A FUNC_NAME_B
+# ---------------------------------------------
+# If the *_result variable of FUNC_NAME_A _is set_, assign its value to
+# *_result variable of FUNC_NAME_B.
+func_propagate_result ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_propagate_result_result=:
+    if eval "test \"\${${1}_result+set}\" = set"
+    then
+      eval "${2}_result=\$${1}_result"
+    else
+      func_propagate_result_result=false
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_run_hooks FUNC_NAME [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Run all hook functions registered to FUNC_NAME.
+# It's assumed that the list of hook functions contains nothing more
+# than a whitespace-delimited list of legal shell function names, and
+# no effort is wasted trying to catch shell meta-characters or preserve
+# whitespace.
+func_run_hooks ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case " $hookable_fns " in
+      *" $1 "*) ;;
+      *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not support hook functions." ;;
+    esac
+
+    eval _G_hook_fns=\$$1_hooks; shift
+
+    for _G_hook in $_G_hook_fns; do
+      func_unset "${_G_hook}_result"
+      eval $_G_hook '${1+"$@"}'
+      func_propagate_result $_G_hook func_run_hooks
+      if $func_propagate_result_result; then
+        eval set dummy "$func_run_hooks_result"; shift
+      fi
+    done
+}
+
+
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Option parsing. ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# In order to add your own option parsing hooks, you must accept the
+# full positional parameter list from your hook function.  You may remove
+# or edit any options that you action, and then pass back the remaining
+# unprocessed options in '<hooked_function_name>_result', escaped
+# suitably for 'eval'.
+#
+# The '<hooked_function_name>_result' variable is automatically unset
+# before your hook gets called; for best performance, only set the
+# *_result variable when necessary (i.e. don't call the 'func_quote'
+# function unnecessarily because it can be an expensive operation on some
+# machines).
+#
+# Like this:
+#
+#    my_options_prep ()
+#    {
+#        $debug_cmd
+#
+#        # Extend the existing usage message.
+#        usage_message=$usage_message'
+#      -s, --silent       don'\''t print informational messages
+#    '
+#        # No change in '$@' (ignored completely by this hook).  Leave
+#        # my_options_prep_result variable intact.
+#    }
+#    func_add_hook func_options_prep my_options_prep
+#
+#
+#    my_silent_option ()
+#    {
+#        $debug_cmd
+#
+#        args_changed=false
+#
+#        # Note that, for efficiency, we parse as many options as we can
+#        # recognise in a loop before passing the remainder back to the
+#        # caller on the first unrecognised argument we encounter.
+#        while test $# -gt 0; do
+#          opt=$1; shift
+#          case $opt in
+#            --silent|-s) opt_silent=:
+#                         args_changed=:
+#                         ;;
+#            # Separate non-argument short options:
+#            -s*)         func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+#                         set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+#                             "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+#                         shift
+#                         args_changed=:
+#                         ;;
+#            *)           # Make sure the first unrecognised option "$_G_opt"
+#                         # is added back to "$@" in case we need it later,
+#                         # if $args_changed was set to 'true'.
+#                         set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;;
+#          esac
+#        done
+#
+#        # Only call 'func_quote' here if we processed at least one argument.
+#        if $args_changed; then
+#          func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+#          my_silent_option_result=$func_quote_result
+#        fi
+#    }
+#    func_add_hook func_parse_options my_silent_option
+#
+#
+#    my_option_validation ()
+#    {
+#        $debug_cmd
+#
+#        $opt_silent && $opt_verbose && func_fatal_help "\
+#    '--silent' and '--verbose' options are mutually exclusive."
+#    }
+#    func_add_hook func_validate_options my_option_validation
+#
+# You'll also need to manually amend $usage_message to reflect the extra
+# options you parse.  It's preferable to append if you can, so that
+# multiple option parsing hooks can be added safely.
+
+
+# func_options_finish [ARG]...
+# ----------------------------
+# Finishing the option parse loop (call 'func_options' hooks ATM).
+func_options_finish ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_run_hooks func_options ${1+"$@"}
+    func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_options_finish
+}
+
+
+# func_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------
+# All the functions called inside func_options are hookable. See the
+# individual implementations for details.
+func_hookable func_options
+func_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_options_quoted=false
+
+    for my_func in options_prep parse_options validate_options options_finish
+    do
+      func_unset func_${my_func}_result
+      func_unset func_run_hooks_result
+      eval func_$my_func '${1+"$@"}'
+      func_propagate_result func_$my_func func_options
+      if $func_propagate_result_result; then
+        eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+        _G_options_quoted=:
+      fi
+    done
+
+    $_G_options_quoted || {
+      # As we (func_options) are top-level options-parser function and
+      # nobody quoted "$@" for us yet, we need to do it explicitly for
+      # caller.
+      func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+      func_options_result=$func_quote_result
+    }
+}
+
+
+# func_options_prep [ARG]...
+# --------------------------
+# All initialisations required before starting the option parse loop.
+# Note that when calling hook functions, we pass through the list of
+# positional parameters.  If a hook function modifies that list, and
+# needs to propagate that back to rest of this script, then the complete
+# modified list must be put in 'func_run_hooks_result' before returning.
+func_hookable func_options_prep
+func_options_prep ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # Option defaults:
+    opt_verbose=false
+    opt_warning_types=
+
+    func_run_hooks func_options_prep ${1+"$@"}
+    func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_options_prep
+}
+
+
+# func_parse_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------
+# The main option parsing loop.
+func_hookable func_parse_options
+func_parse_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_parse_options_requote=false
+    # this just eases exit handling
+    while test $# -gt 0; do
+      # Defer to hook functions for initial option parsing, so they
+      # get priority in the event of reusing an option name.
+      func_run_hooks func_parse_options ${1+"$@"}
+      func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_parse_options
+      if $func_propagate_result_result; then
+        eval set dummy "$func_parse_options_result"; shift
+        # Even though we may have changed "$@", we passed the "$@" array
+        # down into the hook and it quoted it for us (because we are in
+        # this if-branch).  No need to quote it again.
+        _G_parse_options_requote=false
+      fi
+
+      # Break out of the loop if we already parsed every option.
+      test $# -gt 0 || break
+
+      # We expect that one of the options parsed in this function matches
+      # and thus we remove _G_opt from "$@" and need to re-quote.
+      _G_match_parse_options=:
+      _G_opt=$1
+      shift
+      case $_G_opt in
+        --debug|-x)   debug_cmd='set -x'
+                      func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" >&2
+                      $debug_cmd
+                      ;;
+
+        --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
+                      set dummy --warnings none ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+		      ;;
+
+        --warnings|--warning|-W)
+                      if test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt; then
+                        _G_parse_options_requote=:
+                        break
+                      fi
+                      case " $warning_categories $1" in
+                        *" $1 "*)
+                          # trailing space prevents matching last $1 above
+                          func_append_uniq opt_warning_types " $1"
+                          ;;
+                        *all)
+                          opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
+                          ;;
+                        *none)
+                          opt_warning_types=none
+                          warning_func=:
+                          ;;
+                        *error)
+                          opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
+                          warning_func=func_fatal_error
+                          ;;
+                        *)
+                          func_fatal_error \
+                             "unsupported warning category: '$1'"
+                          ;;
+                      esac
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+        --verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: ;;
+        --version)    func_version ;;
+        -\?|-h)       func_usage ;;
+        --help)       func_help ;;
+
+	# Separate optargs to long options (plugins may need this):
+	--*=*)        func_split_equals "$_G_opt"
+	              set dummy "$func_split_equals_lhs" \
+                          "$func_split_equals_rhs" ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+       # Separate optargs to short options:
+        -W*)
+                      func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+                      set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+                          "$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+        # Separate non-argument short options:
+        -\?*|-h*|-v*|-x*)
+                      func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+                      set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+                          "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+                      shift
+                      ;;
+
+        --)           _G_parse_options_requote=: ; break ;;
+        -*)           func_fatal_help "unrecognised option: '$_G_opt'" ;;
+        *)            set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift
+                      _G_match_parse_options=false
+                      break
+                      ;;
+      esac
+
+      if $_G_match_parse_options; then
+        _G_parse_options_requote=:
+      fi
+    done
+
+    if $_G_parse_options_requote; then
+      # save modified positional parameters for caller
+      func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+      func_parse_options_result=$func_quote_result
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_validate_options [ARG]...
+# ------------------------------
+# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
+# arguments.
+func_hookable func_validate_options
+func_validate_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # Display all warnings if -W was not given.
+    test -n "$opt_warning_types" || opt_warning_types=" $warning_categories"
+
+    func_run_hooks func_validate_options ${1+"$@"}
+    func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_validate_options
+
+    # Bail if the options were screwed!
+    $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Helper functions. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# This section contains the helper functions used by the rest of the
+# hookable option parser framework in ascii-betical order.
+
+
+# func_fatal_help ARG...
+# ----------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a help hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_help ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
+    eval \$ECHO \""$fatal_help"\"
+    func_error ${1+"$@"}
+    exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+# func_help
+# ---------
+# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
+func_help ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_usage_message
+    $ECHO "$long_help_message"
+    exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_missing_arg ARGNAME
+# ------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
+# exit_cmd.
+func_missing_arg ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_error "Missing argument for '$1'."
+    exit_cmd=exit
+}
+
+
+# func_split_equals STRING
+# ------------------------
+# Set func_split_equals_lhs and func_split_equals_rhs shell variables
+# after splitting STRING at the '=' sign.
+test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
+    && (eval 'x=a/b/c;
+      test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
+    && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
+then
+  # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+  eval 'func_split_equals ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_equals_lhs=${1%%=*}
+      func_split_equals_rhs=${1#*=}
+      if test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1"; then
+        func_split_equals_rhs=
+      fi
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+  func_split_equals ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_equals_lhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)'`
+      func_split_equals_rhs=
+      test "x$func_split_equals_lhs=" = "x$1" \
+        || func_split_equals_rhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)$'`
+  }
+fi #func_split_equals
+
+
+# func_split_short_opt SHORTOPT
+# -----------------------------
+# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell
+# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
+then
+  # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+  eval 'func_split_short_opt ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}
+      func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+  func_split_short_opt ()
+  {
+      $debug_cmd
+
+      func_split_short_opt_name=`expr "x$1" : 'x\(-.\)'`
+      func_split_short_opt_arg=`expr "x$1" : 'x-.\(.*\)$'`
+  }
+fi #func_split_short_opt
+
+
+# func_usage
+# ----------
+# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
+func_usage ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_usage_message
+    $ECHO "Run '$progname --help |${PAGER-more}' for full usage"
+    exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_usage_message
+# ------------------
+# Echo short help message to standard output.
+func_usage_message ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
+    echo
+    $SED -n 's|^# ||
+        /^Written by/{
+          x;p;x
+        }
+	h
+	/^Written by/q' < "$progpath"
+    echo
+    eval \$ECHO \""$usage_message"\"
+}
+
+
+# func_version
+# ------------
+# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
+# The version message is extracted from the calling file's header
+# comments, with leading '# ' stripped:
+#   1. First display the progname and version
+#   2. Followed by the header comment line matching  /^# Written by /
+#   3. Then a blank line followed by the first following line matching
+#      /^# Copyright /
+#   4. Immediately followed by any lines between the previous matches,
+#      except lines preceding the intervening completely blank line.
+# For example, see the header comments of this file.
+func_version ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    printf '%s\n' "$progname $scriptversion"
+    $SED -n '
+        /^# Written by /!b
+        s|^# ||; p; n
+
+        :fwd2blnk
+        /./ {
+          n
+          b fwd2blnk
+        }
+        p; n
+
+        :holdwrnt
+        s|^# ||
+        s|^# *$||
+        /^Copyright /!{
+          /./H
+          n
+          b holdwrnt
+        }
+
+        s|\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*[ ,-]\([1-9][0-9]* \)|\1 \2|
+        G
+        s|\(\n\)\n*|\1|g
+        p; q' < "$progpath"
+
+    exit $?
+}
+
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-pattern: "30/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# End:
+
+# Set a version string.
+scriptversion='(GNU libtool) 2.4.7'
+
+
+# func_echo ARG...
+# ----------------
+# Libtool also displays the current mode in messages, so override
+# funclib.sh func_echo with this custom definition.
+func_echo ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_message=$*
+
+    func_echo_IFS=$IFS
+    IFS=$nl
+    for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+      IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+      $ECHO "$progname${opt_mode+: $opt_mode}: $_G_line"
+    done
+    IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_warning ARG...
+# -------------------
+# Libtool warnings are not categorized, so override funclib.sh
+# func_warning with this simpler definition.
+func_warning ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    $warning_func ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Options parsing. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+# Hook in the functions to make sure our own options are parsed during
+# the option parsing loop.
+
+usage='$progpath [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...'
+
+# Short help message in response to '-h'.
+usage_message="Options:
+       --config             show all configuration variables
+       --debug              enable verbose shell tracing
+   -n, --dry-run            display commands without modifying any files
+       --features           display basic configuration information and exit
+       --mode=MODE          use operation mode MODE
+       --no-warnings        equivalent to '-Wnone'
+       --preserve-dup-deps  don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
+       --quiet, --silent    don't print informational messages
+       --tag=TAG            use configuration variables from tag TAG
+   -v, --verbose            print more informational messages than default
+       --version            print version information
+   -W, --warnings=CATEGORY  report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
+   -h, --help, --help-all   print short, long, or detailed help message
+"
+
+# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
+func_help ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    func_usage_message
+    $ECHO "$long_help_message
+
+MODE must be one of the following:
+
+       clean           remove files from the build directory
+       compile         compile a source file into a libtool object
+       execute         automatically set library path, then run a program
+       finish          complete the installation of libtool libraries
+       install         install libraries or executables
+       link            create a library or an executable
+       uninstall       remove libraries from an installed directory
+
+MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE.  When passed as first option,
+'--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as 'MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that.
+Try '$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
+
+When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
+include the following information:
+
+       host-triplet:   $host
+       shell:          $SHELL
+       compiler:       $LTCC
+       compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
+       linker:         $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
+       version:        $progname (GNU libtool) 2.4.7
+       automake:       `($AUTOMAKE --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
+       autoconf:       `($AUTOCONF --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
+
+Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>.
+GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/>.
+General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>."
+    exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_lo2o OBJECT-NAME
+# ---------------------
+# Transform OBJECT-NAME from a '.lo' suffix to the platform specific
+# object suffix.
+
+lo2o=s/\\.lo\$/.$objext/
+o2lo=s/\\.$objext\$/.lo/
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+  eval 'func_lo2o ()
+  {
+    case $1 in
+      *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.$objext ;;
+      *   ) func_lo2o_result=$1               ;;
+    esac
+  }'
+
+  # func_xform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE
+  # ---------------------------
+  # Transform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE from a '.o' or '.c' (or otherwise)
+  # suffix to a '.lo' libtool-object suffix.
+  eval 'func_xform ()
+  {
+    func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
+  }'
+else
+  # ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
+  func_lo2o ()
+  {
+    func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$lo2o"`
+  }
+
+  func_xform ()
+  {
+    func_xform_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's|\.[^.]*$|.lo|'`
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# func_fatal_configuration ARG...
+# -------------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_configuration ()
+{
+    func_fatal_error ${1+"$@"} \
+      "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." \
+      "Fatal configuration error."
+}
+
+
+# func_config
+# -----------
+# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
+func_config ()
+{
+    re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
+    re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
+
+    # Default configuration.
+    $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
+
+    # Now print the configurations for the tags.
+    for tagname in $taglist; do
+      $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
+    done
+
+    exit $?
+}
+
+
+# func_features
+# -------------
+# Display the features supported by this script.
+func_features ()
+{
+    echo "host: $host"
+    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+      echo "enable shared libraries"
+    else
+      echo "disable shared libraries"
+    fi
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      echo "enable static libraries"
+    else
+      echo "disable static libraries"
+    fi
+
+    exit $?
+}
+
+
+# func_enable_tag TAGNAME
+# -----------------------
+# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
+# enable the TAGNAME tag.  We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
+# variable here.
+func_enable_tag ()
+{
+    # Global variable:
+    tagname=$1
+
+    re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+    re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+    sed_extractcf=/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p
+
+    # Validate tagname.
+    case $tagname in
+      *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
+        func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
+    # there but not specially marked.
+    case $tagname in
+        CC) ;;
+    *)
+        if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	  taglist="$taglist $tagname"
+
+	  # Evaluate the configuration.  Be careful to quote the path
+	  # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
+	  # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
+	  # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
+	  extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
+	  eval "$extractedcf"
+        else
+	  func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
+        fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_check_version_match
+# ------------------------
+# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
+# release of libtool.
+func_check_version_match ()
+{
+    if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
+      if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
+        if test -z "$macro_version"; then
+          cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+        else
+          cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+        fi
+      else
+        cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error.  This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
+$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
+$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+      fi
+
+      exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# libtool_options_prep [ARG]...
+# -----------------------------
+# Preparation for options parsed by libtool.
+libtool_options_prep ()
+{
+    $debug_mode
+
+    # Option defaults:
+    opt_config=false
+    opt_dlopen=
+    opt_dry_run=false
+    opt_help=false
+    opt_mode=
+    opt_preserve_dup_deps=false
+    opt_quiet=false
+
+    nonopt=
+    preserve_args=
+
+    _G_rc_lt_options_prep=:
+
+    # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
+    case $1 in
+    clean|clea|cle|cl)
+      shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
+      shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
+      shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
+      shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
+      shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    link|lin|li|l)
+      shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
+      shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      _G_rc_lt_options_prep=false
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    if $_G_rc_lt_options_prep; then
+      # Pass back the list of options.
+      func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+      libtool_options_prep_result=$func_quote_result
+    fi
+}
+func_add_hook func_options_prep libtool_options_prep
+
+
+# libtool_parse_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Provide handling for libtool specific options.
+libtool_parse_options ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    _G_rc_lt_parse_options=false
+
+    # Perform our own loop to consume as many options as possible in
+    # each iteration.
+    while test $# -gt 0; do
+      _G_match_lt_parse_options=:
+      _G_opt=$1
+      shift
+      case $_G_opt in
+        --dry-run|--dryrun|-n)
+                        opt_dry_run=:
+                        ;;
+
+        --config)       func_config ;;
+
+        --dlopen|-dlopen)
+                        opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen
+}$1"
+                        shift
+                        ;;
+
+        --preserve-dup-deps)
+                        opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;;
+
+        --features)     func_features ;;
+
+        --finish)       set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;;
+
+        --help)         opt_help=: ;;
+
+        --help-all)     opt_help=': help-all' ;;
+
+        --mode)         test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
+                        opt_mode=$1
+                        case $1 in
+                          # Valid mode arguments:
+                          clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;;
+
+                          # Catch anything else as an error
+                          *) func_error "invalid argument for $_G_opt"
+                             exit_cmd=exit
+                             break
+                             ;;
+                        esac
+                        shift
+                        ;;
+
+        --no-silent|--no-quiet)
+                        opt_quiet=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
+                        opt_warning=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --no-verbose)
+                        opt_verbose=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --silent|--quiet)
+                        opt_quiet=:
+                        opt_verbose=false
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        --tag)          test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
+                        opt_tag=$1
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt $1"
+                        func_enable_tag "$1"
+                        shift
+                        ;;
+
+        --verbose|-v)   opt_quiet=false
+                        opt_verbose=:
+                        func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+                        ;;
+
+        # An option not handled by this hook function:
+        *)              set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"} ; shift
+                        _G_match_lt_parse_options=false
+                        break
+                        ;;
+      esac
+      $_G_match_lt_parse_options && _G_rc_lt_parse_options=:
+    done
+
+    if $_G_rc_lt_parse_options; then
+      # save modified positional parameters for caller
+      func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+      libtool_parse_options_result=$func_quote_result
+    fi
+}
+func_add_hook func_parse_options libtool_parse_options
+
+
+
+# libtool_validate_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
+# arguments.
+libtool_validate_options ()
+{
+    # save first non-option argument
+    if test 0 -lt $#; then
+      nonopt=$1
+      shift
+    fi
+
+    # preserve --debug
+    test : = "$debug_cmd" || func_append preserve_args " --debug"
+
+    # Keeping compiler generated duplicates in $postdeps and $predeps is not
+    # harmful, and is necessary in a majority of systems that use it to satisfy
+    # symbol dependencies.
+    opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
+
+    $opt_help || {
+      # Sanity checks first:
+      func_check_version_match
+
+      test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
+        && test yes != "$build_old_libs" \
+        && func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
+
+      # Darwin sucks
+      eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+
+      # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
+      if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test execute != "$opt_mode"; then
+        func_error "unrecognized option '-dlopen'"
+        $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
+        exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
+      generic_help=$help
+      help="Try '$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information."
+    }
+
+    # Pass back the unparsed argument list
+    func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+    libtool_validate_options_result=$func_quote_result
+}
+func_add_hook func_validate_options libtool_validate_options
+
+
+# Process options as early as possible so that --help and --version
+# can return quickly.
+func_options ${1+"$@"}
+eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+##    Main.    ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+magic='%%%MAGIC variable%%%'
+magic_exe='%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%'
+
+# Global variables.
+extracted_archives=
+extracted_serial=0
+
+# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
+# will be execed at the end.  This prevents here-documents from being
+# left over by shells.
+exec_cmd=
+
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+  eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+
+# func_generated_by_libtool
+# True iff stdin has been generated by Libtool. This function is only
+# a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out determined imposters.
+func_generated_by_libtool_p ()
+{
+  $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_lalib_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_lalib_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" &&
+      $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
+}
+
+# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
+# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
+# resorting to external programs.  To this end, it redirects stdin and
+# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
+# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
+# fatal anyway.  Works if 'file' does not exist.
+func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
+{
+    lalib_p=no
+    if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
+	for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
+	do
+	    read lalib_p_line
+	    case $lalib_p_line in
+		\#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
+	    esac
+	done
+	exec 0<&5 5<&-
+    fi
+    test yes = "$lalib_p"
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" &&
+      $lt_truncate_bin < "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
+{
+    func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
+    case $1 in
+    *.exe) ;;
+    *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
+    esac
+    $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
+# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
+# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
+# temporary ltwrapper_script.
+func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
+{
+    func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
+    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
+    func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_p ()
+{
+    func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
+# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
+# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
+# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
+func_execute_cmds ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+    for cmd in $1; do
+      IFS=$sp$nl
+      eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+      IFS=$save_ifs
+      func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
+    done
+    IFS=$save_ifs
+}
+
+
+# func_source file
+# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
+# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
+# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
+# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)!  Also, sourcing
+# 'FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
+func_source ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $1 in
+    */* | *\\*)	. "$1" ;;
+    *)		. "./$1" ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+
+# func_resolve_sysroot PATH
+# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot.  Store the result into
+# func_resolve_sysroot_result
+func_resolve_sysroot ()
+{
+  func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1
+  case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in
+  =*)
+    func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+    func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
+    ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_replace_sysroot PATH
+# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and
+# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result.
+func_replace_sysroot ()
+{
+  case $lt_sysroot:$1 in
+  ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*)
+    func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1"
+    func_replace_sysroot_result='='$func_stripname_result
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # Including no sysroot.
+    func_replace_sysroot_result=$1
+    ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_infer_tag arg
+# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
+# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
+# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
+# command doesn't match the default compiler.
+# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
+func_infer_tag ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
+      CC_quoted=
+      for arg in $CC; do
+	func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+      done
+      CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+      CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+      case $@ in
+      # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
+      # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
+      " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+      " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;;
+      # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
+      # if we don't check for them as well.
+      *)
+	for z in $available_tags; do
+	  if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
+	    # Evaluate the configuration.
+	    eval "`$SED -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
+	    CC_quoted=
+	    for arg in $CC; do
+	      # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
+	      func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+	    done
+	    CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+	    CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+	    case "$@ " in
+	    " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+	    " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*)
+	      # The compiler in the base compile command matches
+	      # the one in the tagged configuration.
+	      # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
+	      tagname=$z
+	      break
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	done
+	# If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
+	# was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
+	# line option must be used.
+	if test -z "$tagname"; then
+	  func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
+	  func_fatal_error "specify a tag with '--tag'"
+#	else
+#	  func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    fi
+}
+
+
+
+# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
+# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
+# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
+func_write_libtool_object ()
+{
+    write_libobj=$1
+    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+      write_lobj=\'$2\'
+    else
+      write_lobj=none
+    fi
+
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      write_oldobj=\'$3\'
+    else
+      write_oldobj=none
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF
+# $write_libobj - a libtool object file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# Name of the PIC object.
+pic_object=$write_lobj
+
+# Name of the non-PIC object
+non_pic_object=$write_oldobj
+
+EOF
+      $MV "${write_libobj}T" "$write_libobj"
+    }
+}
+
+
+##################################################
+# FILE NAME AND PATH CONVERSION HELPER FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+
+# func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by file name conversion functions when $build is *nix,
+# and $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a
+# correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program
+# in $build's $PATH.
+#
+# ARG is the $build file name to be converted to w32 format.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result, and will
+# be empty on error (or when ARG is empty)
+func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero error code, so we
+    # are forced to check the contents of stdout. On the other hand, if the
+    # command is not found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print
+    # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both error code of
+    # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction:
+    func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null`
+    if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp"; then
+      func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" |
+        $SED -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
+    else
+      func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=
+    fi
+  fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and
+# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly
+# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's
+# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters.
+#
+# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result.
+# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names
+# are convertible, then the result may be empty.
+func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names
+  func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    oldIFS=$IFS
+    IFS=:
+    for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do
+      IFS=$oldIFS
+      func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f"
+      if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"; then
+        if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then
+          func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
+        else
+          func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+        fi
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS=$oldIFS
+  fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_cygpath ARGS...
+# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when
+# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2)
+# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or
+# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input
+# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted
+# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name
+# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in
+# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error.
+#
+# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to
+# be converted.
+#
+# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH
+# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH.
+func_cygpath ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then
+    func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null`
+    if test "$?" -ne 0; then
+      # on failure, ensure result is empty
+      func_cygpath_result=
+    fi
+  else
+    func_cygpath_result=
+    func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: '$LT_CYGPATH'"
+  fi
+}
+#end: func_cygpath
+
+
+# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format.  Return
+# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result.
+func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
+  func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null |
+    $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
+}
+#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2
+# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1).
+func_convert_file_check ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1"; then
+    func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to"
+    func_error "  '$1'"
+    func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+    # Fallback:
+    func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_file_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH
+# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below).
+func_convert_path_check ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then
+    func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to"
+    func_error "  '$3'"
+    func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+    # Fallback.  This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and
+    # should not be "improved".  See libtool.info.
+    if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then
+      lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g"
+      func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" |
+        $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"`
+    else
+      func_to_host_path_result=$3
+    fi
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG
+# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT
+# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT.
+func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  case $4 in
+  $1 ) func_to_host_path_result=$3$func_to_host_path_result
+    ;;
+  esac
+  case $4 in
+  $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3"
+    ;;
+  esac
+}
+# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep
+
+
+##################################################
+# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+# invoked via '$to_host_file_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result.
+
+
+# func_to_host_file ARG
+# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_to_host_file ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  $to_host_file_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_file
+
+
+# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY
+# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return
+# result in func_to_tool_file_result.  If the conversion in use is listed
+# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place.
+func_to_tool_file ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  case ,$2, in
+    *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*)
+      func_to_tool_file_result=$1
+      ;;
+    *)
+      $to_tool_file_cmd "$1"
+      func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+# end func_to_tool_file
+
+
+# func_convert_file_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_noop ()
+{
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+}
+# end func_convert_file_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use
+    # LT_CYGPATH in this case.
+    func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"`
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format.  Requires a wine environment
+# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format.  Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format.  Requires Cygwin installed
+# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set.  Returns result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_file_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin.
+    func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+    func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
+  fi
+  func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
+
+
+#############################################
+# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+#############################################
+# invoked via '$to_host_path_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result.
+#
+# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format.  If
+# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but
+# converted to $host format) on output.
+#
+# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention:
+#   file name conversion function    : func_convert_file_X_to_Y ()
+#   path conversion function         : func_convert_path_X_to_Y ()
+# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the
+# same.  If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations,
+# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# will break.
+
+
+# func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the
+# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd.
+to_host_path_cmd=
+func_init_to_host_path_cmd ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then
+    func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd"
+    to_host_path_cmd=func_convert_path_$func_stripname_result
+  fi
+}
+
+
+# func_to_host_path ARG
+# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_path_result.
+func_to_host_path ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+  $to_host_path_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_path
+
+
+# func_convert_path_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_noop ()
+{
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+}
+# end func_convert_path_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG.  MSYS
+    # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.';
+    # and winepath ignores them completely.
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
+    func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"`
+    func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format.  Requires a wine environment and
+# a working winepath.  Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result
+    func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format.  Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
+    func_convert_path_check : : \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format.  Requires Cygwin installed in a
+# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set.  Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_host_path_result=$1
+  if test -n "$1"; then
+    # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
+    # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
+    # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
+    func_stripname : : "$1"
+    func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+    func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+    func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
+    func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
+    func_convert_path_check : : \
+      "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+    func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+  fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_dll_def_p FILE
+# True iff FILE is a Windows DLL '.def' file.
+# Keep in sync with _LT_DLL_DEF_P in libtool.m4
+func_dll_def_p ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_dll_def_p_tmp=`$SED -n \
+    -e 's/^[	 ]*//' \
+    -e '/^\(;.*\)*$/d' \
+    -e 's/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([	 ].*\)*$/DEF/p' \
+    -e q \
+    "$1"`
+  test DEF = "$func_dll_def_p_tmp"
+}
+
+
+# func_mode_compile arg...
+func_mode_compile ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # Get the compilation command and the source file.
+    base_compile=
+    srcfile=$nonopt  #  always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
+    suppress_opt=yes
+    suppress_output=
+    arg_mode=normal
+    libobj=
+    later=
+    pie_flag=
+
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg_mode in
+      arg  )
+	# do not "continue".  Instead, add this to base_compile
+	lastarg=$arg
+	arg_mode=normal
+	;;
+
+      target )
+	libobj=$arg
+	arg_mode=normal
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      normal )
+	# Accept any command-line options.
+	case $arg in
+	-o)
+	  test -n "$libobj" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "you cannot specify '-o' more than once"
+	  arg_mode=target
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
+          func_append pie_flag " $arg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
+	  func_append later " $arg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-no-suppress)
+	  suppress_opt=no
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	-Xcompiler)
+	  arg_mode=arg  #  the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
+	  continue      #  The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
+	  ;;            #  replaced later.  I would guess that would be a bug.
+
+	-Wc,*)
+	  func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+	  args=$func_stripname_result
+	  lastarg=
+	  save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+	  for arg in $args; do
+	    IFS=$save_ifs
+	    func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg"
+	  done
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+	  func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
+	  lastarg=$func_stripname_result
+
+	  # Add the arguments to base_compile.
+	  func_append base_compile " $lastarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  # Accept the current argument as the source file.
+	  # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
+	  #
+	  lastarg=$srcfile
+	  srcfile=$arg
+	  ;;
+	esac  #  case $arg
+	;;
+      esac    #  case $arg_mode
+
+      # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
+      func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg"
+    done # for arg
+
+    case $arg_mode in
+    arg)
+      func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
+      ;;
+    target)
+      func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with '-o'"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      # Get the name of the library object.
+      test -z "$libobj" && {
+	func_basename "$srcfile"
+	libobj=$func_basename_result
+      }
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # Recognize several different file suffixes.
+    # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
+    case $libobj in
+    *.[cCFSifmso] | \
+    *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
+    *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
+    *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup)
+      func_xform "$libobj"
+      libobj=$func_xform_result
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    case $libobj in
+    *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
+    *)
+      func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from '$libobj'"
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+    for arg in $later; do
+      case $arg in
+      -shared)
+	test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" \
+	  || func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
+	build_old_libs=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -static)
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+	build_old_libs=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -prefer-pic)
+	pic_mode=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -prefer-non-pic)
+	pic_mode=no
+	continue
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    func_quote_arg pretty "$libobj"
+    test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_arg_result" \
+      && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"'	 &()|`$[]' \
+      && func_warning "libobj name '$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
+    func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
+    objname=$func_basename_result
+    xdir=$func_dirname_result
+    lobj=$xdir$objdir/$objname
+
+    test -z "$base_compile" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
+
+    # Delete any leftover library objects.
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    else
+      removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+    fi
+
+    # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
+    case $host_os in
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+      pic_mode=default
+      ;;
+    esac
+    if test no = "$pic_mode" && test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+      # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
+      pic_mode=default
+    fi
+
+    # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
+    # not support -o with -c
+    if test no = "$compiler_c_o"; then
+      output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.$objext
+      lockfile=$output_obj.lock
+    else
+      output_obj=
+      need_locks=no
+      lockfile=
+    fi
+
+    # Lock this critical section if it is needed
+    # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
+    if test yes = "$need_locks"; then
+      until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+	func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+	sleep 2
+      done
+    elif test warn = "$need_locks"; then
+      if test -f "$lockfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+      func_append removelist " $output_obj"
+      $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+    func_append removelist " $lockfile"
+    trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
+
+    func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+    srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result
+    func_quote_arg pretty "$srcfile"
+    qsrcfile=$func_quote_arg_result
+
+    # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
+    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+      # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
+      fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
+
+      if test no != "$pic_mode"; then
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+      else
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
+      fi
+
+      func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
+
+      if test -z "$output_obj"; then
+	# Place PIC objects in $objdir
+	func_append command " -o $lobj"
+      fi
+
+      func_show_eval_locale "$command"	\
+          'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+      if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
+	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
+	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+      fi
+
+      # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
+      if test yes = "$suppress_opt"; then
+	suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
+    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+      if test yes != "$pic_mode"; then
+	# Don't build PIC code
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
+      else
+	command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+      fi
+      if test yes = "$compiler_c_o"; then
+	func_append command " -o $obj"
+      fi
+
+      # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
+      func_append command "$suppress_output"
+      func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
+        '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+      if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
+	 test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+	$ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together.  If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+	exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+      fi
+
+      # Just move the object if needed
+      if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
+	func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
+	  'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    $opt_dry_run || {
+      func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
+
+      # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
+      if test no != "$need_locks"; then
+	removelist=$lockfile
+        $RM "$lockfile"
+      fi
+    }
+
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+$opt_help || {
+  test compile = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+func_mode_help ()
+{
+    # We need to display help for each of the modes.
+    case $opt_mode in
+      "")
+        # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
+        # at the start of this file.
+        func_help
+        ;;
+
+      clean)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove files from the build directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically '/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
+with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+        ;;
+
+      compile)
+      $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
+
+Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
+  -no-suppress      do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
+  -prefer-pic       try to build PIC objects only
+  -prefer-non-pic   try to build non-PIC objects only
+  -shared           do not build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
+  -static           only build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
+  -Wc,FLAG
+  -Xcompiler FLAG   pass FLAG directly to the compiler
+
+COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a 'standard' object file
+from the given SOURCEFILE.
+
+The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
+SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix '.c' with the
+library object suffix, '.lo'."
+        ;;
+
+      execute)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
+
+Automatically set library path, then run a program.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+  -dlopen FILE      add the directory containing FILE to the library path
+
+This mode sets the library path environment variable according to '-dlopen'
+flags.
+
+If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
+into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
+directories are added to the library path.
+
+Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
+        ;;
+
+      finish)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
+
+Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
+
+Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
+
+The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges.  Use
+the '--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
+        ;;
+
+      install)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
+
+Install executables or libraries.
+
+INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command.  The first component should be
+either the 'install' or 'cp' program.
+
+The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+  -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR  Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
+
+The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
+BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
+        ;;
+
+      link)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
+
+Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
+create an executable program.
+
+LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
+a program from several object files.
+
+The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+  -all-static       do not do any dynamic linking at all
+  -avoid-version    do not add a version suffix if possible
+  -bindir BINDIR    specify path to binaries directory (for systems where
+                    libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime)
+  -dlopen FILE      '-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
+  -dlpreopen FILE   link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
+  -export-dynamic   allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
+  -export-symbols SYMFILE
+                    try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
+  -export-symbols-regex REGEX
+                    try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
+  -LLIBDIR          search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
+  -lNAME            OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
+  -module           build a library that can dlopened
+  -no-fast-install  disable the fast-install mode
+  -no-install       link a not-installable executable
+  -no-undefined     declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
+  -o OUTPUT-FILE    create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
+  -objectlist FILE  use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
+  -os2dllname NAME  force a short DLL name on OS/2 (no effect on other OSes)
+  -precious-files-regex REGEX
+                    don't remove output files matching REGEX
+  -release RELEASE  specify package release information
+  -rpath LIBDIR     the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
+  -R[ ]LIBDIR       add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
+  -shared           only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+  -shrext SUFFIX    override the standard shared library file extension
+  -static           do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
+  -static-libtool-libs
+                    do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+  -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
+                    specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
+  -weak LIBNAME     declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
+  -Wc,FLAG
+  -Xcompiler FLAG   pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler
+  -Wa,FLAG
+  -Xassembler FLAG  pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the assembler
+  -Wl,FLAG
+  -Xlinker FLAG     pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker
+  -XCClinker FLAG   pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC)
+
+All other options (arguments beginning with '-') are ignored.
+
+Every other argument is treated as a filename.  Files ending in '.la' are
+treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
+object files.
+
+If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.la', then a libtool library is created,
+only library objects ('.lo' files) may be specified, and '-rpath' is
+required, except when creating a convenience library.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.a' or '.lib', then a standard library is created
+using 'ar' and 'ranlib', or on Windows using 'lib'.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.lo' or '.$objext', then a reloadable object file
+is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
+        ;;
+
+      uninstall)
+        $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove libraries from an installation directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically '/bin/rm').  RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
+Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+        ;;
+
+      *)
+        func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
+        ;;
+    esac
+
+    echo
+    $ECHO "Try '$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
+}
+
+# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
+if $opt_help; then
+  if test : = "$opt_help"; then
+    func_mode_help
+  else
+    {
+      func_help noexit
+      for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+	func_mode_help
+      done
+    } | $SED -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/  or: /p'
+    {
+      func_help noexit
+      for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+	echo
+	func_mode_help
+      done
+    } |
+    $SED '1d
+      /^When reporting/,/^Report/{
+	H
+	d
+      }
+      $x
+      /information about other modes/d
+      /more detailed .*MODE/d
+      s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/'
+  fi
+  exit $?
+fi
+
+
+# func_mode_execute arg...
+func_mode_execute ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # The first argument is the command name.
+    cmd=$nonopt
+    test -z "$cmd" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
+
+    # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
+    for file in $opt_dlopen; do
+      test -f "$file" \
+	|| func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a file"
+
+      dir=
+      case $file in
+      *.la)
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+	file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+	  || func_fatal_help "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	# Read the libtool library.
+	dlname=
+	library_names=
+	func_source "$file"
+
+	# Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  # Warn if it was a shared library.
+	  test -n "$library_names" && \
+	    func_warning "'$file' was not linked with '-export-dynamic'"
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+	dir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
+	  func_append dir "/$objdir"
+	else
+	  if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot find '$dlname' in '$dir' or '$dir/$objdir'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
+	func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+	dir=$func_dirname_result
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
+	continue
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Get the absolute pathname.
+      absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+      test -n "$absdir" && dir=$absdir
+
+      # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
+      if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
+      else
+	eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
+      fi
+    done
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
+    # rather than running their programs.
+    libtool_execute_magic=$magic
+
+    # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
+    args=
+    for file
+    do
+      case $file in
+      -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;;
+      *)
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
+	  func_source "$file"
+	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+	  file=$progdir/$program
+	elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	  func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	  func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+	  # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+	  file=$progdir/$program
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
+      func_append_quoted args "$file"
+    done
+
+    if $opt_dry_run; then
+      # Display what would be done.
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
+	echo "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+      $ECHO "$cmd$args"
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+    else
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	# Export the shlibpath_var.
+	eval "export $shlibpath_var"
+      fi
+
+      # Restore saved environment variables
+      for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+      do
+	eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
+                $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
+	      else
+		$lt_unset $lt_var
+	      fi"
+      done
+
+      # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
+      exec_cmd=\$cmd$args
+    fi
+}
+
+test execute = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_finish arg...
+func_mode_finish ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    libs=
+    libdirs=
+    admincmds=
+
+    for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"}
+    do
+      if test -d "$opt"; then
+	func_append libdirs " $opt"
+
+      elif test -f "$opt"; then
+	if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then
+	  func_append libs " $opt"
+	else
+	  func_warning "'$opt' is not a valid libtool archive"
+	fi
+
+      else
+	func_fatal_error "invalid argument '$opt'"
+      fi
+    done
+
+    if test -n "$libs"; then
+      if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then
+        sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+        sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;"
+      else
+        sysroot_cmd=
+      fi
+
+      # Remove sysroot references
+      if $opt_dry_run; then
+        for lib in $libs; do
+          echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and '=' prefixes from $lib"
+        done
+      else
+        tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+        for lib in $libs; do
+	  $SED -e "$sysroot_cmd s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \
+	    > $tmpdir/tmp-la
+	  mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib
+	done
+        ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+      for libdir in $libdirs; do
+	if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
+	  # Do each command in the finish commands.
+	  func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
+'"$cmd"'"'
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
+	  # Do the single finish_eval.
+	  eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds "
+       $cmds"
+	fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
+    $opt_quiet && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+    if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+      echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+      echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
+      for libdir in $libdirs; do
+	$ECHO "   $libdir"
+      done
+      echo
+      echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
+      echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
+      echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the '-LLIBDIR'"
+      echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
+      if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+	echo "   - add LIBDIR to the '$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
+	echo "     during execution"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	echo "   - add LIBDIR to the '$runpath_var' environment variable"
+	echo "     during linking"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	libdir=LIBDIR
+	eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+
+	$ECHO "   - use the '$flag' linker flag"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$admincmds"; then
+	$ECHO "   - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
+      fi
+      if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+	echo "   - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to '/etc/ld.so.conf'"
+      fi
+      echo
+
+      echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
+      case $host in
+	solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
+	  echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
+	  echo "pages."
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+    fi
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+test finish = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_install arg...
+func_mode_install ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
+    # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
+    if test "$SHELL" = "$nonopt" || test /bin/sh = "$nonopt" ||
+       # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
+       case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac
+    then
+      # Aesthetically quote it.
+      func_quote_arg pretty "$nonopt"
+      install_prog="$func_quote_arg_result "
+      arg=$1
+      shift
+    else
+      install_prog=
+      arg=$nonopt
+    fi
+
+    # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
+    # Aesthetically quote it.
+    func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+    func_append install_prog "$func_quote_arg_result"
+    install_shared_prog=$install_prog
+    case " $install_prog " in
+      *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;;
+      *) install_cp=false ;;
+    esac
+
+    # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
+    dest=
+    files=
+    opts=
+    prev=
+    install_type=
+    isdir=false
+    stripme=
+    no_mode=:
+    for arg
+    do
+      arg2=
+      if test -n "$dest"; then
+	func_append files " $dest"
+	dest=$arg
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      case $arg in
+      -d) isdir=: ;;
+      -f)
+	if $install_cp; then :; else
+	  prev=$arg
+	fi
+	;;
+      -g | -m | -o)
+	prev=$arg
+	;;
+      -s)
+	stripme=" -s"
+	continue
+	;;
+      -*)
+	;;
+      *)
+	# If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
+	if test -n "$prev"; then
+	  if test X-m = "X$prev" && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then
+	    arg2=$install_override_mode
+	    no_mode=false
+	  fi
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  dest=$arg
+	  continue
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Aesthetically quote the argument.
+      func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+      func_append install_prog " $func_quote_arg_result"
+      if test -n "$arg2"; then
+	func_quote_arg pretty "$arg2"
+      fi
+      func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_arg_result"
+    done
+
+    test -z "$install_prog" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
+
+    test -n "$prev" && \
+      func_fatal_help "the '$prev' option requires an argument"
+
+    if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then
+      if $install_cp; then :; else
+	func_quote_arg pretty "$install_override_mode"
+	func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_arg_result"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$files"; then
+      if test -z "$dest"; then
+	func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
+      else
+	func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
+    func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
+    dest=$func_stripname_result
+
+    # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
+    test -d "$dest" && isdir=:
+    if $isdir; then
+      destdir=$dest
+      destname=
+    else
+      func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
+      destdir=$func_dirname_result
+      destname=$func_basename_result
+
+      # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
+      set dummy $files; shift
+      test "$#" -gt 1 && \
+	func_fatal_help "'$dest' is not a directory"
+    fi
+    case $destdir in
+    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+    *)
+      for file in $files; do
+	case $file in
+	*.lo) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_help "'$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic=$magic
+
+    staticlibs=
+    future_libdirs=
+    current_libdirs=
+    for file in $files; do
+
+      # Do each installation.
+      case $file in
+      *.$libext)
+	# Do the static libraries later.
+	func_append staticlibs " $file"
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+	file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+	  || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	relink_command=
+	func_source "$file"
+
+	# Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
+	if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
+	  case "$current_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	else
+	  # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
+	  case "$future_libdirs " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
+	dir=$func_dirname_result
+	func_append dir "$objdir"
+
+	if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	  # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
+	  inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
+
+	  # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
+	  # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
+	  # are installed to the same prefix.
+	  # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
+	  # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
+	  # but it's something to keep an eye on.
+	  test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "error: cannot install '$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
+
+	  if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+	    # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
+	    relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
+	  else
+	    relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
+	  fi
+
+	  func_warning "relinking '$file'"
+	  func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
+	    'func_fatal_error "error: relink '\''$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
+	fi
+
+	# See the names of the shared library.
+	set dummy $library_names; shift
+	if test -n "$1"; then
+	  realname=$1
+	  shift
+
+	  srcname=$realname
+	  test -n "$relink_command" && srcname=${realname}T
+
+	  # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
+	  func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
+	      'exit $?'
+	  tstripme=$stripme
+	  case $host_os in
+	  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+	    case $realname in
+	    *.dll.a)
+	      tstripme=
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  os2*)
+	    case $realname in
+	    *_dll.a)
+	      tstripme=
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
+	    func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
+	  fi
+
+	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+	    # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
+	    # Try 'ln -sf' first, because the 'ln' binary might depend on
+	    # the symlink we replace!  Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
+	    # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
+	    for linkname
+	    do
+	      test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
+		&& func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
+	    done
+	  fi
+
+	  # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+	  lib=$destdir/$realname
+	  func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+
+	# Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
+	func_basename "$file"
+	name=$func_basename_result
+	instname=$dir/${name}i
+	func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
+
+	# Maybe install the static library, too.
+	test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
+
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destname
+	else
+	  func_basename "$file"
+	  destfile=$func_basename_result
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destfile
+	fi
+
+	# Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
+	case $destfile in
+	*.lo)
+	  func_lo2o "$destfile"
+	  staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
+	  ;;
+	*.$objext)
+	  staticdest=$destfile
+	  destfile=
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to '$destfile'"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Install the libtool object if requested.
+	test -n "$destfile" && \
+	  func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
+
+	# Install the old object if enabled.
+	if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	  # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
+	  func_lo2o "$file"
+	  staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
+	  func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	# Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+	if test -n "$destname"; then
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destname
+	else
+	  func_basename "$file"
+	  destfile=$func_basename_result
+	  destfile=$destdir/$destfile
+	fi
+
+	# If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
+	# because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
+	# install
+	stripped_ext=
+	case $file in
+	  *.exe)
+	    if test ! -f "$file"; then
+	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	      file=$func_stripname_result
+	      stripped_ext=.exe
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+	case $host in
+	*cygwin* | *mingw*)
+	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	      wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	    else
+	      func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	      wrapper=$func_stripname_result
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	*)
+	    wrapper=$file
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
+	  notinst_deplibs=
+	  relink_command=
+
+	  func_source "$wrapper"
+
+	  # Check the variables that should have been set.
+	  test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script '$wrapper'"
+
+	  finalize=:
+	  for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
+	    # Check to see that each library is installed.
+	    libdir=
+	    if test -f "$lib"; then
+	      func_source "$lib"
+	    fi
+	    libfile=$libdir/`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'`
+	    if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
+	      func_warning "'$lib' has not been installed in '$libdir'"
+	      finalize=false
+	    fi
+	  done
+
+	  relink_command=
+	  func_source "$wrapper"
+
+	  outputname=
+	  if test no = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      if $finalize; then
+	        tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+		func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
+		file=$func_basename_result
+	        outputname=$tmpdir/$file
+	        # Replace the output file specification.
+	        relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
+
+	        $opt_quiet || {
+	          func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$relink_command"
+		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+	        }
+	        if eval "$relink_command"; then :
+	          else
+		  func_error "error: relink '$file' with the above command before installing it"
+		  $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+		  continue
+	        fi
+	        file=$outputname
+	      else
+	        func_warning "cannot relink '$file'"
+	      fi
+	    }
+	  else
+	    # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
+	    file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
+	# one anyway
+	case $install_prog,$host in
+	*/usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
+	  case $file:$destfile in
+	  *.exe:*.exe)
+	    # this is ok
+	    ;;
+	  *.exe:*)
+	    destfile=$destfile.exe
+	    ;;
+	  *:*.exe)
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
+	    destfile=$func_stripname_result
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
+	$opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
+	  ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    for file in $staticlibs; do
+      func_basename "$file"
+      name=$func_basename_result
+
+      # Set up the ranlib parameters.
+      oldlib=$destdir/$name
+      func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+      tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+
+      func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
+
+      if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
+	func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+      func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+    done
+
+    test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
+      func_warning "remember to run '$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
+
+    if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
+      # Maybe just do a dry run.
+      $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
+      exec_cmd='$SHELL "$progpath" $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
+    else
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+    fi
+}
+
+test install = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
+# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
+# a dlpreopen symbol table.
+func_generate_dlsyms ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    my_outputname=$1
+    my_originator=$2
+    my_pic_p=${3-false}
+    my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | $SED 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
+    my_dlsyms=
+
+    if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+      if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	my_dlsyms=${my_outputname}S.c
+      else
+	func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
+      case $my_dlsyms in
+      "") ;;
+      *.c)
+	# Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
+	nlist=$output_objdir/$my_outputname.nm
+
+	func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
+
+	# Parse the name list into a source file.
+	func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+
+	$opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for '$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
+/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern \"C\" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4))
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\"
+#endif
+
+/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE
+/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime
+   relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs.  */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#elif defined __osf__
+/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data.  */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#else
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const
+#endif
+
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
+
+/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
+"
+
+	if test yes = "$dlself"; then
+	  func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$output'"
+
+	  $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
+
+	  # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
+	  progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	  for progfile in $progfiles; do
+	    func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	    func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$func_to_tool_file_result'"
+	    $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	  done
+
+	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    }
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	    }
+	  fi
+
+	  # Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	  if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	    export_symbols=$output_objdir/$outputname.exp
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      $RM $export_symbols
+	      eval "$SED -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
+	      case $host in
+	      *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+                eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+                eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	        ;;
+	      esac
+	    }
+	  else
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      eval "$SED -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
+	      eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+	      eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+	      case $host in
+	        *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	          eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	          eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+	          ;;
+	      esac
+	    }
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
+	  func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$dlprefile'"
+	  func_basename "$dlprefile"
+	  name=$func_basename_result
+          case $host in
+	    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	      # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname
+	      if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then
+	        func_tr_sh "$dlprefile"
+	        eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result"
+	        dlprefile_dlbasename=
+	        if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then
+	          # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values
+	          dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"`
+	          if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname"; then
+	            func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname"
+	            dlprefile_dlbasename=$func_basename_result
+	          else
+	            # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen <import library>.
+	            $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile"
+	            dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+	          fi
+	        fi
+	        $opt_dry_run || {
+	          if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename"; then
+	            eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"'
+	          else
+	            func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name"
+	            eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	          fi
+	          func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	          eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe |
+	            $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'"
+	        }
+	      else # not an import lib
+	        $opt_dry_run || {
+	          eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	          func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	          eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	        }
+	      fi
+	    ;;
+	    *)
+	      $opt_dry_run || {
+	        eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+	        func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	        eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+	      }
+	    ;;
+          esac
+	done
+
+	$opt_dry_run || {
+	  # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
+	  test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
+
+	  if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+	    $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
+	    $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+	  if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
+	      if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+		sort -k 3
+	      else
+		sort +2
+	      fi |
+	      uniq > "$nlist"S; then
+	    :
+	  else
+	    $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -f "$nlist"S; then
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
+	  else
+	    echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	  fi
+
+	  func_show_eval '$RM "${nlist}I"'
+	  if test -n "$global_symbol_to_import"; then
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_import"' < "$nlist"S > "$nlist"I'
+	  fi
+
+	  echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols.  */
+typedef struct {
+  const char *name;
+  void *address;
+} lt_dlsymlist;
+extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];\
+"
+
+	  if test -s "$nlist"I; then
+	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+static void lt_syminit(void)
+{
+  LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist *symbol = lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+  for (; symbol->name; ++symbol)
+    {"
+	    $SED 's/.*/      if (STREQ (symbol->name, \"&\")) symbol->address = (void *) \&&;/' < "$nlist"I >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+    }
+}"
+	  fi
+	  echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{ {\"$my_originator\", (void *) 0},"
+
+	  if test -s "$nlist"I; then
+	    echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+  {\"@INIT@\", (void *) &lt_syminit},"
+	  fi
+
+	  case $need_lib_prefix in
+	  no)
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+  {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+  return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif\
+"
+	} # !$opt_dry_run
+
+	pic_flag_for_symtable=
+	case "$compile_command " in
+	*" -static "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case $host in
+	  # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
+	  # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
+	  # linked before any other PIC object.  But we must not use
+	  # pic_flag when linking with -static.  The problem exists in
+	  # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
+	  *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
+	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
+	  *-*-hpux*)
+	    pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"  ;;
+	  *)
+	    $my_pic_p && pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	symtab_cflags=
+	for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
+	  case $arg in
+	  -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
+	  *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+
+	# Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
+	func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
+
+	# Clean up the generated files.
+	func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" "${nlist}I"'
+
+	# Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
+	symfileobj=$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext
+	case $host in
+	*cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	  if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
+	    compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+	  else
+	    compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	    finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *)
+	func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for '$my_dlsyms'"
+	;;
+      esac
+    else
+      # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
+      # lt_preloaded_symbols.  The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
+      # really was required.
+
+      # Nullify the symbol file.
+      compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+      finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+    fi
+}
+
+# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+  func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'`
+  test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_ms_implib_p ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+  func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'`
+  test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_win32_libid arg
+# return the library type of file 'arg'
+#
+# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
+# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
+# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
+# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries.
+func_win32_libid ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  win32_libid_type=unknown
+  win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
+  case $win32_fileres in
+  *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
+    win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
+    ;;
+  *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
+    # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD.
+    if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
+       $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then
+      case $nm_interface in
+      "MS dumpbin")
+	if func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ||
+	   func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"
+	then
+	  win32_nmres=import
+	else
+	  win32_nmres=
+	fi
+	;;
+      *)
+	func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" |
+	  $SED -n -e '
+	    1,100{
+		/ I /{
+		    s|.*|import|
+		    p
+		    q
+		}
+	    }'`
+	;;
+      esac
+      case $win32_nmres in
+      import*)  win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
+      *)        win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
+      esac
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *DLL*)
+    win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+    ;;
+  *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
+    case $win32_fileres in
+    *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
+      win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+      ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  esac
+  $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG
+#
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"`
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs
+#
+# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a
+# platform-specific function to extract the name of the
+# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME.
+#
+# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending
+# on the platform and compiler that created the implib.
+#
+# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the
+# specified import library.
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+  $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null |
+    $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{
+      # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section
+      s/.*/====MARK====/
+      p
+      d
+    }
+    # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but
+    # are always uninteresting
+    /:[	 ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d
+    /^In archive [^:]*:/d
+    # Ensure marker is printed
+    /^====MARK====/p
+    # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters
+    /^.\{43\}/!d
+    # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters
+    s/^.\{43\}//' |
+    $SED -n '
+      # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line
+      /^====MARK====/ b para
+      H
+      $ b para
+      b
+      :para
+      x
+      s/\n//g
+      # Remove the marker
+      s/^====MARK====//
+      # Remove trailing dots and whitespace
+      s/[\. \t]*$//
+      # Print
+      /./p' |
+    # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified
+    # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the
+    # archive that possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate
+    # all those that have a first or second character that is
+    # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable
+    # character.) This should work for all archives with less than
+    # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually
+    # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by
+    # a '.'.
+    #
+    # Of those that remain, print the first one.
+    $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q'
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+#
+# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL
+# does not support the --identify-strict option.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+#    $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ()
+{
+  $debug_cmd
+
+  if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"; then
+    # binutils import library
+    sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"`
+  elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1"; then
+    # ms-generated import library
+    sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"`
+  else
+    # unknown
+    sharedlib_from_linklib_result=
+  fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
+func_extract_an_archive ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    f_ex_an_ar_dir=$1; shift
+    f_ex_an_ar_oldlib=$1
+    if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
+      lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock
+      until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+	func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+	sleep 2
+      done
+    fi
+    func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \
+		   'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat'
+    if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
+      $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile"
+    fi
+    if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+     :
+    else
+      func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
+    fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
+func_extract_archives ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    my_gentop=$1; shift
+    my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
+    my_oldobjs=
+    my_xlib=
+    my_xabs=
+    my_xdir=
+
+    for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
+      # Extract the objects.
+      case $my_xlib in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs=$my_xlib ;;
+	*) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
+      esac
+      func_basename "$my_xlib"
+      my_xlib=$func_basename_result
+      my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
+      while :; do
+        case " $extracted_archives " in
+	*" $my_xlib_u "*)
+	  func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
+	  extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
+	  my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
+	*) break ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
+      my_xdir=$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u
+
+      func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
+
+      case $host in
+      *-darwin*)
+	func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
+	# Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
+	$opt_dry_run || {
+	  darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
+	  cd $my_xdir || exit $?
+	  darwin_archive=$my_xabs
+	  darwin_curdir=`pwd`
+	  func_basename "$darwin_archive"
+	  darwin_base_archive=$func_basename_result
+	  darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
+	  if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
+	    darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
+	    darwin_arch=
+	    func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
+	    for darwin_arch in  $darwin_arches; do
+	      func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
+	      $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" "$darwin_archive"
+	      cd "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
+	      func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "$darwin_base_archive"
+	      cd "$darwin_curdir"
+	      $RM "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive"
+	    done # $darwin_arches
+            ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
+	    darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$sed_basename" | sort -u`
+	    darwin_file=
+	    darwin_files=
+	    for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
+	      darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+	      $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
+	    done # $darwin_filelist
+	    $RM -rf unfat-$$
+	    cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
+	  else
+	    cd $darwin_orig_dir
+	    func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+	  fi # $darwin_arches
+	} # !$opt_dry_run
+	;;
+      *)
+        func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+	;;
+      esac
+      my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+    done
+
+    func_extract_archives_result=$my_oldobjs
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
+#
+# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
+# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
+# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
+# wrapper executable.  Must ONLY be called from within
+# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
+# set therein.
+#
+# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
+# variable will take.  If 'yes', then the emitted script
+# will assume that the directory where it is stored is
+# the $objdir directory.  This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
+# behavior.
+func_emit_wrapper ()
+{
+	func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no}
+
+	$ECHO "\
+#! $SHELL
+
+# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+# libraries that it depends on are installed.
+#
+# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
+# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting.  It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
+fi
+BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
+
+# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
+if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
+  # install mode needs the following variables:
+  generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
+  notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
+else
+  # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
+  if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+    file=\"\$0\""
+
+    func_quote_arg pretty "$ECHO"
+    qECHO=$func_quote_arg_result
+    $ECHO "\
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+  eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+\$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+    ECHO=$qECHO
+  fi
+
+# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to
+# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper
+# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ that is used only on
+# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-"
+# (application programs are unlikely to have options that match
+# this pattern).
+#
+# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and
+# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help.
+#
+# The first argument to this parsing function should be the
+# script's $0 value, followed by "$@".
+lt_option_debug=
+func_parse_lt_options ()
+{
+  lt_script_arg0=\$0
+  shift
+  for lt_opt
+  do
+    case \"\$lt_opt\" in
+    --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;;
+    --lt-dump-script)
+        lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+        test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=.
+        lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
+        cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\"
+        exit 0
+      ;;
+    --lt-*)
+        \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2
+        exit 1
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  # Print the debug banner immediately:
+  if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+    echo \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\" 1>&2
+  fi
+}
+
+# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout
+# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller)
+func_lt_dump_args ()
+{
+  lt_dump_args_N=1;
+  for lt_arg
+  do
+    \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\"
+    lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\`
+  done
+}
+
+# Core function for launching the target application
+func_exec_program_core ()
+{
+"
+  case $host in
+  # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
+  *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+    $ECHO "\
+      if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+        \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2
+        func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+      fi
+      exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    $ECHO "\
+      if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+        \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2
+        func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+      fi
+      exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+    ;;
+  esac
+  $ECHO "\
+      \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+}
+
+# A function to encapsulate launching the target application
+# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and
+# launches target application with the remaining arguments.
+func_exec_program ()
+{
+  case \" \$* \" in
+  *\\ --lt-*)
+    for lt_wr_arg
+    do
+      case \$lt_wr_arg in
+      --lt-*) ;;
+      *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;;
+      esac
+      shift
+    done ;;
+  esac
+  func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"}
+}
+
+  # Parse options
+  func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+
+  # Find the directory that this script lives in.
+  thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+  test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
+
+  # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
+  file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  while test -n \"\$file\"; do
+    destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
+
+    # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
+    if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
+      case \"\$destdir\" in
+      [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
+      *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+
+    file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\`
+    file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+  done
+
+  # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
+  # the cwrapper.
+  WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1
+  if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
+    # special case for '.'
+    if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
+      thisdir=\`pwd\`
+    fi
+    # remove .libs from thisdir
+    case \"\$thisdir\" in
+    *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
+    $objdir )   thisdir=. ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+
+  # Try to get the absolute directory name.
+  absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
+  test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
+"
+
+	if test yes = "$fast_install"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+  program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+
+  if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
+     { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | $SED 1q\`; \\
+       test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
+
+    file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
+
+    if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
+      $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
+    else
+      $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+    fi"
+
+	  $ECHO "\
+
+    # relink executable if necessary
+    if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
+      if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
+      else
+	\$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
+	$RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+	exit 1
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
+    { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
+      $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
+    $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+  fi"
+	else
+	  $ECHO "\
+  program='$outputname'
+  progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+"
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+
+  if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
+
+	# fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
+	#
+	# Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to.  Do this before prepending
+	# to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled
+	# libraries must come first.
+	if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+    # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
+    PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
+"
+	fi
+
+	# Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
+	if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+	  $ECHO "\
+    # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
+    $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
+
+    # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
+    # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
+    $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\`
+
+    export $shlibpath_var
+"
+	fi
+
+	$ECHO "\
+    if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+      # Run the actual program with our arguments.
+      func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"}
+    fi
+  else
+    # The program doesn't exist.
+    \$ECHO \"\$0: error: '\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
+    \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
+    \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi\
+"
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
+# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
+# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
+func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
+{
+	cat <<EOF
+
+/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname
+   Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+
+   The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+   libraries that it depends on are installed.
+
+   This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory.
+   If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+*/
+EOF
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <direct.h>
+# include <process.h>
+# include <io.h>
+#else
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
+
+/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */
+#if defined __MINGW32__
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+int _putenv (const char *);
+# endif
+#elif defined __CYGWIN__
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+char *realpath (const char *, char *);
+int putenv (char *);
+int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
+# endif
+/* #elif defined other_platform || defined ... */
+#endif
+
+/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */
+#if defined _MSC_VER
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat    _stat
+# define chmod   _chmod
+# define getcwd  _getcwd
+# define putenv  _putenv
+# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
+#elif defined __MINGW32__
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat    _stat
+# define chmod   _chmod
+# define getcwd  _getcwd
+# define putenv  _putenv
+#elif defined __CYGWIN__
+# define HAVE_SETENV
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+/* #elif defined other platforms ... */
+#endif
+
+#if defined PATH_MAX
+# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
+#elif defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH 0
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP 0
+#endif
+
+/* path handling portability macros */
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
+# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__ || \
+  defined __OS2__
+# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+#  define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
+# endif
+# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+#  define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
+	(((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
+#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
+#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef FOPEN_WB
+# define FOPEN_WB "w"
+#endif
+#ifndef _O_BINARY
+# define _O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+#define XMALLOC(type, num)      ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
+#define XFREE(stale) do { \
+  if (stale) { free (stale); stale = 0; } \
+} while (0)
+
+#if defined LT_DEBUGWRAPPER
+static int lt_debug = 1;
+#else
+static int lt_debug = 0;
+#endif
+
+const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t num);
+char *xstrdup (const char *string);
+const char *base_name (const char *name);
+char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
+char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
+int make_executable (const char *path);
+int check_executable (const char *path);
+char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
+void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...);
+void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...);
+static const char *nonnull (const char *s);
+static const char *nonempty (const char *s);
+void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
+char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
+void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+char **prepare_spawn (char **argv);
+void lt_dump_script (FILE *f);
+EOF
+
+	    cat <<EOF
+#if __GNUC__ < 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+# define externally_visible volatile
+#else
+# define externally_visible __attribute__((externally_visible)) volatile
+#endif
+externally_visible const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe";
+const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var";
+EOF
+
+	    if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+              func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath"
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE   = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+	    else
+	      cat <<"EOF"
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE   = "";
+EOF
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+              func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:"
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE   = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+	    else
+	      cat <<"EOF"
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE   = "";
+EOF
+	    fi
+
+	    if test yes = "$fast_install"; then
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+	    else
+	      cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+	    fi
+
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+
+#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX         "--lt-"
+
+static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX;
+static const char *dumpscript_opt       = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script";
+static const char *debug_opt            = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug";
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  char **newargz;
+  int  newargc;
+  char *tmp_pathspec;
+  char *actual_cwrapper_path;
+  char *actual_cwrapper_name;
+  char *target_name;
+  char *lt_argv_zero;
+  int rval = 127;
+
+  int i;
+
+  program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0]));
+  newargz = XMALLOC (char *, (size_t) argc + 1);
+
+  /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt
+   * also, copy all non cwrapper options to newargz, except
+   * argz[0], which is handled differently
+   */
+  newargc=0;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      if (STREQ (argv[i], dumpscript_opt))
+	{
+EOF
+	    case $host in
+	      *mingw* | *cygwin* )
+		# make stdout use "unix" line endings
+		echo "          setmode(1,_O_BINARY);"
+		;;
+	      esac
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+	  lt_dump_script (stdout);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      if (STREQ (argv[i], debug_opt))
+	{
+          lt_debug = 1;
+          continue;
+	}
+      if (STREQ (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix))
+        {
+          /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+             namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and
+             have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then
+             report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe
+             they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+             namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll
+             need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option
+             or a configure.ac-settable value.
+           */
+          lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		    "unrecognized %s option: '%s'",
+                    ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]);
+        }
+      /* otherwise ... */
+      newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]);
+    }
+  newargz[++newargc] = NULL;
+
+EOF
+	    cat <<EOF
+  /* The GNU banner must be the first non-error debug message */
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\n");
+EOF
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) argv[0]: %s\n", argv[0]);
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) program_name: %s\n", program_name);
+
+  tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]);
+  if (tmp_pathspec == NULL)
+    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "couldn't find %s", argv[0]);
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+                  "(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+		  tmp_pathspec);
+
+  actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec);
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+                  "(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+		  actual_cwrapper_path);
+  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+  actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup (base_name (actual_cwrapper_path));
+  strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+  /* wrapper name transforms */
+  strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe");
+  tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1);
+  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+  actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec;
+  tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+  /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */
+  target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME));
+  strendzap (target_name, ".exe");
+  tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1);
+  XFREE (target_name);
+  target_name = tmp_pathspec;
+  tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(main) libtool target name: %s\n",
+		  target_name);
+EOF
+
+	    cat <<EOF
+  newargz[0] =
+    XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) +
+		    strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1));
+  strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path);
+  strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir");
+  strcat (newargz[0], "/");
+EOF
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */
+  tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]);
+
+  /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */
+  strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+  /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */
+  lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1);
+  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+  tmp_pathspec = NULL;
+EOF
+
+	    case $host_os in
+	      mingw*)
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  {
+    char* p;
+    while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL)
+      {
+	*p = '/';
+      }
+    while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL)
+      {
+	*p = '/';
+      }
+  }
+EOF
+	    ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+  XFREE (target_name);
+  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path);
+  XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+  lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */
+  lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1");  /* for MSK sh */
+  /* Update the DLL searchpath.  EXE_PATH_VALUE ($dllsearchpath) must
+     be prepended before (that is, appear after) LIB_PATH_VALUE ($temp_rpath)
+     because on Windows, both *_VARNAMEs are PATH but uninstalled
+     libraries must come first. */
+  lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE);
+  lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE);
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) lt_argv_zero: %s\n",
+		  nonnull (lt_argv_zero));
+  for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++)
+    {
+      lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) newargz[%d]: %s\n",
+		      i, nonnull (newargz[i]));
+    }
+
+EOF
+
+	    case $host_os in
+	      mingw*)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+  /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */
+  newargz = prepare_spawn (newargz);
+  rval = (int) _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz);
+  if (rval == -1)
+    {
+      /* failed to start process */
+      lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		      "(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": %s\n",
+		      lt_argv_zero, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+      return 127;
+    }
+  return rval;
+EOF
+		;;
+	      *)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+  execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz);
+  return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */
+EOF
+		;;
+	    esac
+
+	    cat <<"EOF"
+}
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t num)
+{
+  void *p = (void *) malloc (num);
+  if (!p)
+    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted");
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+char *
+xstrdup (const char *string)
+{
+  return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1),
+			  string) : NULL;
+}
+
+const char *
+base_name (const char *name)
+{
+  const char *base;
+
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+  /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
+  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
+    name += 2;
+#endif
+
+  for (base = name; *name; name++)
+    if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
+      base = name + 1;
+  return base;
+}
+
+int
+check_executable (const char *path)
+{
+  struct stat st;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n",
+                  nonempty (path));
+  if ((!path) || (!*path))
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+      && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
+    return 1;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+make_executable (const char *path)
+{
+  int rval = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n",
+                  nonempty (path));
+  if ((!path) || (!*path))
+    return 0;
+
+  if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+    {
+      rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
+    }
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper.  Returns
+   newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
+   Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
+*/
+char *
+find_executable (const char *wrapper)
+{
+  int has_slash = 0;
+  const char *p;
+  const char *p_next;
+  /* static buffer for getcwd */
+  char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
+  size_t tmp_len;
+  char *concat_name;
+
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n",
+                  nonempty (wrapper));
+
+  if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Absolute path? */
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+  if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
+    {
+      concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+      if (check_executable (concat_name))
+	return concat_name;
+      XFREE (concat_name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#endif
+      if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
+	{
+	  concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+	  if (check_executable (concat_name))
+	    return concat_name;
+	  XFREE (concat_name);
+	}
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+    }
+#endif
+
+  for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
+    if (*p == '/')
+      {
+	has_slash = 1;
+	break;
+      }
+  if (!has_slash)
+    {
+      /* no slashes; search PATH */
+      const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
+      if (path != NULL)
+	{
+	  for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
+	    {
+	      const char *q;
+	      size_t p_len;
+	      for (q = p; *q; q++)
+		if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
+		  break;
+	      p_len = (size_t) (q - p);
+	      p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
+	      if (p_len == 0)
+		{
+		  /* empty path: current directory */
+		  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+		    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+                              nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+		  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+		  concat_name =
+		    XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+		  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+		  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+		  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  concat_name =
+		    XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+		  memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
+		  concat_name[p_len] = '/';
+		  strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
+		}
+	      if (check_executable (concat_name))
+		return concat_name;
+	      XFREE (concat_name);
+	    }
+	}
+      /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
+    }
+  /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
+  if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+    lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+              nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+  tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+  concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+  memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+  concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+  strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+
+  if (check_executable (concat_name))
+    return concat_name;
+  XFREE (concat_name);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
+{
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+  return xstrdup (pathspec);
+#else
+  char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
+  struct stat s;
+  char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
+  char *p;
+  int has_symlinks = 0;
+  while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
+    {
+      lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		      "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
+		      tmp_pathspec);
+      if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
+	    {
+	      has_symlinks = 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
+	  p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
+	  while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+	    p--;
+	  if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+	    {
+	      /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  *p = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		    "error accessing file \"%s\": %s",
+		    tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+	}
+    }
+  XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+  if (!has_symlinks)
+    {
+      return xstrdup (pathspec);
+    }
+
+  tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
+  if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
+    {
+      lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		"could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
+    }
+  return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
+{
+  size_t len, patlen;
+
+  assert (str != NULL);
+  assert (pat != NULL);
+
+  len = strlen (str);
+  patlen = strlen (pat);
+
+  if (patlen <= len)
+    {
+      str += len - patlen;
+      if (STREQ (str, pat))
+	*str = '\0';
+    }
+  return str;
+}
+
+void
+lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  if (lt_debug)
+    {
+      (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line);
+      va_start (args, fmt);
+      (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
+      va_end (args);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file,
+	       int line, const char *mode,
+	       const char *message, va_list ap)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode);
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
+  fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
+
+  if (exit_status >= 0)
+    exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+void
+lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list ap;
+  va_start (ap, message);
+  lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap);
+  va_end (ap);
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonnull (const char *s)
+{
+  return s ? s : "(null)";
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonempty (const char *s)
+{
+  return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s);
+}
+
+void
+lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
+                  nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+  {
+#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
+    /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
+    char *str = xstrdup (value);
+    setenv (name, str, 1);
+#else
+    size_t len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
+    char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
+    sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
+    if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
+      {
+        XFREE (str);
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
+{
+  char *new_value;
+  if (orig_value && *orig_value)
+    {
+      size_t orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
+      size_t add_len = strlen (add);
+      new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
+      if (to_end)
+        {
+          strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
+          strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          strcpy (new_value, add);
+          strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      new_value = xstrdup (add);
+    }
+  return new_value;
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+                  nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+  if (name && *name && value && *value)
+    {
+      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+      /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
+      size_t len = strlen (new_value);
+      while ((len > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
+        {
+          new_value[--len] = '\0';
+        }
+      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+      XFREE (new_value);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+  lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+		  "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+                  nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+  if (name && *name && value && *value)
+    {
+      char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+      lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+      XFREE (new_value);
+    }
+}
+
+EOF
+	    case $host_os in
+	      mingw*)
+		cat <<"EOF"
+
+/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn().
+   Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter
+     (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") :
+      ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
+         GetVersionEx(&v);
+         v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
+      }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com").
+   Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls
+   CreateProcess().  We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess()
+   interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a
+   special way:
+   - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as
+     delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...".
+   - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is
+     that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal
+     characters.
+   - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special.
+   - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become
+     n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0):
+       \" -> "
+       \\\" -> \"
+       \\\\\" -> \\"
+ */
+#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+char **
+prepare_spawn (char **argv)
+{
+  size_t argc;
+  char **new_argv;
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Count number of arguments.  */
+  for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++)
+    ;
+
+  /* Allocate new argument vector.  */
+  new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
+
+  /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      const char *string = argv[i];
+
+      if (string[0] == '\0')
+	new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\"");
+      else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL)
+	{
+	  int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL);
+	  size_t length;
+	  unsigned int backslashes;
+	  const char *s;
+	  char *quoted_string;
+	  char *p;
+
+	  length = 0;
+	  backslashes = 0;
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    length++;
+	  for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+	    {
+	      char c = *s;
+	      if (c == '"')
+		length += backslashes + 1;
+	      length++;
+	      if (c == '\\')
+		backslashes++;
+	      else
+		backslashes = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    length += backslashes + 1;
+
+	  quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1);
+
+	  p = quoted_string;
+	  backslashes = 0;
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    *p++ = '"';
+	  for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+	    {
+	      char c = *s;
+	      if (c == '"')
+		{
+		  unsigned int j;
+		  for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--)
+		    *p++ = '\\';
+		}
+	      *p++ = c;
+	      if (c == '\\')
+		backslashes++;
+	      else
+		backslashes = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (quote_around)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int j;
+	      for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--)
+		*p++ = '\\';
+	      *p++ = '"';
+	    }
+	  *p = '\0';
+
+	  new_argv[i] = quoted_string;
+	}
+      else
+	new_argv[i] = (char *) string;
+    }
+  new_argv[argc] = NULL;
+
+  return new_argv;
+}
+EOF
+		;;
+	    esac
+
+            cat <<"EOF"
+void lt_dump_script (FILE* f)
+{
+EOF
+	    func_emit_wrapper yes |
+	      $SED -n -e '
+s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\
+\2/
+h
+s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g
+s/$/\\n/
+s/\([^\n]*\).*/  fputs ("\1", f);/p
+g
+D'
+            cat <<"EOF"
+}
+EOF
+}
+# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+
+# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG
+# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd
+func_win32_import_lib_p ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in
+    *import*) : ;;
+    *) false ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+# func_suncc_cstd_abi
+# !!ONLY CALL THIS FOR SUN CC AFTER $compile_command IS FULLY EXPANDED!!
+# Several compiler flags select an ABI that is incompatible with the
+# Cstd library. Avoid specifying it if any are in CXXFLAGS.
+func_suncc_cstd_abi ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case " $compile_command " in
+    *" -compat=g "*|*\ -std=c++[0-9][0-9]\ *|*" -library=stdcxx4 "*|*" -library=stlport4 "*)
+      suncc_use_cstd_abi=no
+      ;;
+    *)
+      suncc_use_cstd_abi=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+}
+
+# func_mode_link arg...
+func_mode_link ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    case $host in
+    *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+      # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
+      # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
+      # what system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
+      # flag for every libtool invocation.
+      # allow_undefined=no
+
+      # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
+      # to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not
+      # even a static library is built.  For now, we need to specify
+      # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
+      # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      allow_undefined=yes
+      ;;
+    esac
+    libtool_args=$nonopt
+    base_compile="$nonopt $@"
+    compile_command=$nonopt
+    finalize_command=$nonopt
+
+    compile_rpath=
+    finalize_rpath=
+    compile_shlibpath=
+    finalize_shlibpath=
+    convenience=
+    old_convenience=
+    deplibs=
+    old_deplibs=
+    compiler_flags=
+    linker_flags=
+    dllsearchpath=
+    lib_search_path=`pwd`
+    inst_prefix_dir=
+    new_inherited_linker_flags=
+
+    avoid_version=no
+    bindir=
+    dlfiles=
+    dlprefiles=
+    dlself=no
+    export_dynamic=no
+    export_symbols=
+    export_symbols_regex=
+    generated=
+    libobjs=
+    ltlibs=
+    module=no
+    no_install=no
+    objs=
+    os2dllname=
+    non_pic_objects=
+    precious_files_regex=
+    prefer_static_libs=no
+    preload=false
+    prev=
+    prevarg=
+    release=
+    rpath=
+    xrpath=
+    perm_rpath=
+    temp_rpath=
+    thread_safe=no
+    vinfo=
+    vinfo_number=no
+    weak_libs=
+    single_module=$wl-single_module
+    func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+    # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -shared)
+	test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
+	  && func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
+	build_old_libs=no
+	break
+	;;
+      -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+	case $arg in
+	-all-static)
+	  if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=yes
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=built
+	  ;;
+	-static-libtool-libs)
+	  if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	    dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+	  fi
+	  prefer_static_libs=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	build_libtool_libs=no
+	build_old_libs=yes
+	break
+	;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
+    test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
+
+    # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
+    while test "$#" -gt 0; do
+      arg=$1
+      shift
+      func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "$arg"
+      qarg=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+      func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_arg_result"
+
+      # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+      if test -n "$prev"; then
+	case $prev in
+	output)
+	  func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
+	  func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $prev in
+	bindir)
+	  bindir=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	dlfiles|dlprefiles)
+	  $preload || {
+	    # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
+	    func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
+	    func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
+	    preload=:
+	  }
+	  case $arg in
+	  *.la | *.lo) ;;  # We handle these cases below.
+	  force)
+	    if test no = "$dlself"; then
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  self)
+	    if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    elif test dlfiles = "$prev" && test yes != "$dlopen_self"; then
+	      dlself=yes
+	    else
+	      dlself=needless
+	      export_dynamic=yes
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+	      func_append dlfiles " $arg"
+	    else
+	      func_append dlprefiles " $arg"
+	    fi
+	    prev=
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	expsyms)
+	  export_symbols=$arg
+	  test -f "$arg" \
+	    || func_fatal_error "symbol file '$arg' does not exist"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	expsyms_regex)
+	  export_symbols_regex=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	framework)
+	  case $host in
+	    *-*-darwin*)
+	      case "$deplibs " in
+		*" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
+		*) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
+		   ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	inst_prefix)
+	  inst_prefix_dir=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	mllvm)
+	  # Clang does not use LLVM to link, so we can simply discard any
+	  # '-mllvm $arg' options when doing the link step.
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	objectlist)
+	  if test -f "$arg"; then
+	    save_arg=$arg
+	    moreargs=
+	    for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
+	    do
+#	      func_append moreargs " $fil"
+	      arg=$fil
+	      # A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	      # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	      if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+		pic_object=
+		non_pic_object=
+
+		# Read the .lo file
+		func_source "$arg"
+
+		if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+		   test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+		   test none = "$pic_object" &&
+		   test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
+		  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
+		fi
+
+		# Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+		xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+		if test none != "$pic_object"; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
+
+		  if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+		    if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
+		      func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+		      prev=
+		      continue
+		    else
+		      # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		      prev=dlprefiles
+		    fi
+		  fi
+
+		  # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+		  if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+		    # Preload the old-style object.
+		    func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
+		    prev=
+		  fi
+
+		  # A PIC object.
+		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+		  arg=$pic_object
+		fi
+
+		# Non-PIC object.
+		if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+		  # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+		  non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
+
+		  # A standard non-PIC object
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+		  if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
+		    arg=$non_pic_object
+		  fi
+		else
+		  # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+		  # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+		  non_pic_object=$pic_object
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+		fi
+	      else
+		# Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+		if $opt_dry_run; then
+		  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+		  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+		  xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+		  func_lo2o "$arg"
+		  pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+		  non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+		  func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+		  func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	        else
+		  func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "link input file '$arg' does not exist"
+	  fi
+	  arg=$save_arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	os2dllname)
+	  os2dllname=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	precious_regex)
+	  precious_files_regex=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	release)
+	  release=-$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	rpath | xrpath)
+	  # We need an absolute path.
+	  case $arg in
+	  [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test rpath = "$prev"; then
+	    case "$rpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  else
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	shrext)
+	  shrext_cmds=$arg
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	weak)
+	  func_append weak_libs " $arg"
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xassembler)
+	  func_append compiler_flags " -Xassembler $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " -Xassembler $qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " -Xassembler $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcclinker)
+	  func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xcompiler)
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	xlinker)
+	  func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg"
+	  prev=
+	  func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
+	  prev=
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      fi # test -n "$prev"
+
+      prevarg=$arg
+
+      case $arg in
+      -all-static)
+	if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+	  # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
+	  func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -allow-undefined)
+	# FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
+	func_fatal_error "'-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
+	;;
+
+      -avoid-version)
+	avoid_version=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -bindir)
+	prev=bindir
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlopen)
+	prev=dlfiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -dlpreopen)
+	prev=dlprefiles
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-dynamic)
+	export_dynamic=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
+	fi
+	if test X-export-symbols = "X$arg"; then
+	  prev=expsyms
+	else
+	  prev=expsyms_regex
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -framework)
+	prev=framework
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -inst-prefix-dir)
+	prev=inst_prefix
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
+      # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
+      -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
+	case $with_gcc/$host in
+	no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
+	  func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -L*)
+	func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg"
+	if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then
+	  if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+	    func_fatal_error "require no space between '-L' and '$1'"
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "need path for '-L' option"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	*)
+	  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+	  test -z "$absdir" && \
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
+	  dir=$absdir
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$deplibs " in
+	*" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*)
+	  # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories
+	  case $dir in
+	    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;;
+	    *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  func_append lib_search_path " $dir"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+	  testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$dir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";;
+	  esac
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -l*)
+	if test X-lc = "X$arg" || test X-lm = "X$arg"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-os2*)
+	    # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
+	    func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+	    # Causes problems with __ctype
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+	    test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	elif test X-lc_r = "X$arg"; then
+	 case $host in
+	 *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
+	   # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
+	   continue
+	   ;;
+	 esac
+	fi
+	func_append deplibs " $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -mllvm)
+	prev=mllvm
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -module)
+	module=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
+      # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
+      # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
+      -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot)
+	func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	prev=xcompiler
+	continue
+	;;
+     # Solaris ld rejects as of 11.4. Refer to Oracle bug 22985199.
+     -pthread)
+	case $host in
+	  *solaris2*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+	        *" $arg "*) ;;
+	        * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
+	    esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+      -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+      |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+	func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+	    *" $arg "*) ;;
+	    * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -multi_module)
+	single_module=$wl-multi_module
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-fast-install)
+	fast_install=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-install)
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
+	  # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
+	  # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
+	  func_warning "'-no-install' is ignored for $host"
+	  func_warning "assuming '-no-fast-install' instead"
+	  fast_install=no
+	  ;;
+	*) no_install=yes ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -no-undefined)
+	allow_undefined=no
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -objectlist)
+	prev=objectlist
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -os2dllname)
+	prev=os2dllname
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -o) prev=output ;;
+
+      -precious-files-regex)
+	prev=precious_regex
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -release)
+	prev=release
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -rpath)
+	prev=rpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R)
+	prev=xrpath
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -R*)
+	func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
+	dir=$func_stripname_result
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $dir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+	=*)
+	  func_stripname '=' '' "$dir"
+	  dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	case "$xrpath " in
+	*" $dir "*) ;;
+	*) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
+	esac
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -shared)
+	# The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -shrext)
+	prev=shrext
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+	# The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
+	# We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
+	# didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
+	# would be equivalent was wrong.  It would break on at least
+	# Digital Unix and AIX.
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -thread-safe)
+	thread_safe=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -version-info)
+	prev=vinfo
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -version-number)
+	prev=vinfo
+	vinfo_number=yes
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -weak)
+        prev=weak
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Wc,*)
+	func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+	args=$func_stripname_result
+	arg=
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+          func_quote_arg pretty "$flag"
+	  func_append arg " $func_quote_arg_result"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_arg_result"
+	done
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+	arg=$func_stripname_result
+	;;
+
+      -Wl,*)
+	func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
+	args=$func_stripname_result
+	arg=
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+	for flag in $args; do
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+          func_quote_arg pretty "$flag"
+	  func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_arg_result"
+	  func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_arg_result"
+	  func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_arg_result"
+	done
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+	func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+	arg=$func_stripname_result
+	;;
+
+      -Xassembler)
+        prev=xassembler
+        continue
+        ;;
+
+      -Xcompiler)
+	prev=xcompiler
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -Xlinker)
+	prev=xlinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      -XCClinker)
+	prev=xcclinker
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # -msg_* for osf cc
+      -msg_*)
+	func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+	;;
+
+      # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale:
+      # -64, -mips[0-9]      enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler
+      # -r[0-9][0-9]*        specify processor for the SGI compiler
+      # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler
+      # +DA*, +DD*           enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler
+      # -q*                  compiler args for the IBM compiler
+      # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC
+      # -F/path              path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
+      # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-*  profiling flags for GCC
+      # -fstack-protector*   stack protector flags for GCC
+      # @file                GCC response files
+      # -tp=*                Portland pgcc target processor selection
+      # --sysroot=*          for sysroot support
+      # -O*, -g*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization
+      # -specs=*             GCC specs files
+      # -stdlib=*            select c++ std lib with clang
+      # -fsanitize=*         Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer
+      # -fuse-ld=*           Linker select flags for GCC
+      # -Wa,*                Pass flags directly to the assembler
+      -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
+      -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \
+      -O*|-g*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin|-fstack-protector*|-stdlib=*| \
+      -specs=*|-fsanitize=*|-fuse-ld=*|-Wa,*)
+        func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+        func_append compile_command " $arg"
+        func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+        func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+        continue
+        ;;
+
+      -Z*)
+        if test os2 = "`expr $host : '.*\(os2\)'`"; then
+          # OS/2 uses -Zxxx to specify OS/2-specific options
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
+	  func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	  func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+	  case $arg in
+	  -Zlinker | -Zstack)
+	    prev=xcompiler
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  continue
+        else
+	  # Otherwise treat like 'Some other compiler flag' below
+	  func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+	  arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+        fi
+	;;
+
+      # Some other compiler flag.
+      -* | +*)
+        func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+	;;
+
+      *.$objext)
+	# A standard object.
+	func_append objs " $arg"
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# A libtool-controlled object.
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+	if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+	  pic_object=
+	  non_pic_object=
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  func_source "$arg"
+
+	  if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+	     test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+	     test none = "$pic_object" &&
+	     test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	  func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+	  xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	  test none = "$pic_object" || {
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
+
+	    if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+	      if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
+		func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+		prev=
+		continue
+	      else
+		# If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+		prev=dlprefiles
+	      fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # CHECK ME:  I think I busted this.  -Ossama
+	    if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+	      # Preload the old-style object.
+	      func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
+	      prev=
+	    fi
+
+	    # A PIC object.
+	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+	    arg=$pic_object
+	  }
+
+	  # Non-PIC object.
+	  if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+	    # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+	    non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
+
+	    # A standard non-PIC object
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	    if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
+	      arg=$non_pic_object
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+	    # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+	    non_pic_object=$pic_object
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+	  if $opt_dry_run; then
+	    # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+	    func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+	    xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	    func_lo2o "$arg"
+	    pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+	    non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+	    func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+	    func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+	  else
+	    func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.$libext)
+	# An archive.
+	func_append deplibs " $arg"
+	func_append old_deplibs " $arg"
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      *.la)
+	# A libtool-controlled library.
+
+	func_resolve_sysroot "$arg"
+	if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+	  # This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	  func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	  prev=
+	elif test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+	  # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	  func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	  prev=
+	else
+	  func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	fi
+	continue
+	;;
+
+      # Some other compiler argument.
+      *)
+	# Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
+	# to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
+	func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+	arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+	;;
+      esac # arg
+
+      # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
+      if test -n "$arg"; then
+	func_append compile_command " $arg"
+	func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+      fi
+    done # argument parsing loop
+
+    test -n "$prev" && \
+      func_fatal_help "the '$prevarg' option requires an argument"
+
+    if test yes = "$export_dynamic" && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
+      eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+      func_append compile_command " $arg"
+      func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+    fi
+
+    oldlibs=
+    # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
+    func_basename "$output"
+    outputname=$func_basename_result
+    libobjs_save=$libobjs
+
+    if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+      # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
+      eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\`
+    else
+      shlib_search_path=
+    fi
+    eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
+    eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
+
+    # Definition is injected by LT_CONFIG during libtool generation.
+    func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+    func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
+    output_objdir=$func_dirname_result$objdir
+    func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/"
+    tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result
+    # Create the object directory.
+    func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
+
+    # Determine the type of output
+    case $output in
+    "")
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
+      ;;
+    *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
+    *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
+    *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
+    *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
+    esac
+
+    specialdeplibs=
+
+    libs=
+    # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
+    # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
+    for deplib in $deplibs; do
+      if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+	case "$libs " in
+	*" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      func_append libs " $deplib"
+    done
+
+    if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+      libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
+
+      # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
+      # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
+      # not to be eliminated).
+      pre_post_deps=
+      if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
+	for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
+	  case "$pre_post_deps " in
+	  *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;;
+	  esac
+	  func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep"
+	done
+      fi
+      pre_post_deps=
+    fi
+
+    deplibs=
+    newdependency_libs=
+    newlib_search_path=
+    need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
+    notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
+    notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
+
+    case $linkmode in
+    lib)
+	passes="conv dlpreopen link"
+	for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
+	  case $file in
+	  *.la) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_fatal_help "libraries can '-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	;;
+    prog)
+	compile_deplibs=
+	finalize_deplibs=
+	alldeplibs=false
+	newdlfiles=
+	newdlprefiles=
+	passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
+	;;
+    *)  passes="conv"
+	;;
+    esac
+
+    for pass in $passes; do
+      # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
+      # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
+      if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
+	##        order, and fix it there properly
+        tmp_deplibs=
+	for deplib in $deplibs; do
+	  tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
+	done
+	deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
+      fi
+
+      if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+	 test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	libs=$deplibs
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+      if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	case $pass in
+	dlopen) libs=$dlfiles ;;
+	dlpreopen) libs=$dlprefiles ;;
+	link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      if test lib,dlpreopen = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	# Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
+	for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	  # Ignore non-libtool-libs
+	  dependency_libs=
+	  func_resolve_sysroot "$lib"
+	  case $lib in
+	  *.la)	func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+	  esac
+
+	  # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
+	  # has declared as weak libs
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    func_basename "$deplib"
+            deplib_base=$func_basename_result
+	    case " $weak_libs " in
+	    *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	done
+	libs=$dlprefiles
+      fi
+      if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
+	# Collect dlpreopened libraries
+	save_deplibs=$deplibs
+	deplibs=
+      fi
+
+      for deplib in $libs; do
+	lib=
+	found=false
+	case $deplib in
+	-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+        |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+	  if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    func_append compiler_flags " $deplib"
+	    if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+		    * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  if test lib != "$linkmode" && test prog != "$linkmode"; then
+	    func_warning "'-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
+	  name=$func_stripname_result
+	  if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+	  else
+	    searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+	  fi
+	  for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
+	    for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
+	      # Search the libtool library
+	      lib=$searchdir/lib$name$search_ext
+	      if test -f "$lib"; then
+		if test .la = "$search_ext"; then
+		  found=:
+		else
+		  found=false
+		fi
+		break 2
+	      fi
+	    done
+	  done
+	  if $found; then
+	    # deplib is a libtool library
+	    # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
+	    # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
+	    if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+	      case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+	      *" $deplib "*)
+		if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
+		  library_names=
+		  old_library=
+		  func_source "$lib"
+		  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+		    ll=$l
+		  done
+		  if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library"; then # only static version available
+		    found=false
+		    func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+		    ladir=$func_dirname_result
+		    lib=$ladir/$old_library
+		    if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+		      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+		      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+		    else
+		      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+		      test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+		    fi
+		    continue
+		  fi
+		fi
+		;;
+	      *) ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
+	    if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  ;; # -l
+	*.ltframework)
+	  if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+		case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+		    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+		    * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    test conv = "$pass" && continue
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	    func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	    func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      continue
+	    fi
+	    if test scan = "$pass"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	    func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	    func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_warning "'-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  continue
+	  ;; # -L
+	-R*)
+	  if test link = "$pass"; then
+	    func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
+	    func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	    dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	    # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
+	    case "$xrpath " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	*.la)
+	  func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+	  lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	  ;;
+	*.$libext)
+	  if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	  case $linkmode in
+	  lib)
+	    # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
+	    # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
+	    case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
+	    *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      valid_a_lib=false
+	      case $deplibs_check_method in
+		match_pattern*)
+		  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+		  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+		  if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \
+		    | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+		    valid_a_lib=:
+		  fi
+		;;
+		pass_all)
+		  valid_a_lib=:
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      if $valid_a_lib; then
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
+		$ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
+		deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	      else
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
+		echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
+		echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  prog)
+	    if test link != "$pass"; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    fi
+	    continue
+	    ;;
+	  esac # linkmode
+	  ;; # *.$libext
+	*.lo | *.$objext)
+	  if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	  elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	    if test dlpreopen = "$pass" || test yes != "$dlopen_support" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	      # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
+	      # we need to preload.
+	      func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib"
+	      compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+	      finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      func_append newdlfiles " $deplib"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	%DEPLIBS%)
+	  alldeplibs=:
+	  continue
+	  ;;
+	esac # case $deplib
+
+	$found || test -f "$lib" \
+	  || func_fatal_error "cannot find the library '$lib' or unhandled argument '$deplib'"
+
+	# Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+	func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
+	  || func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+	func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+	ladir=$func_dirname_result
+
+	dlname=
+	dlopen=
+	dlpreopen=
+	libdir=
+	library_names=
+	old_library=
+	inherited_linker_flags=
+	# If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
+	# it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
+	installed=yes
+	shouldnotlink=no
+	avoidtemprpath=
+
+
+	# Read the .la file
+	func_source "$lib"
+
+	# Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
+	if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
+	  tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
+	  for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
+	    case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+	      *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+	   test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+	   { test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; }; then
+	  test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen"
+	  test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen"
+	fi
+
+	if test conv = "$pass"; then
+	  # Only check for convenience libraries
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+	  if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	    if test -z "$old_library"; then
+	      func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
+	    fi
+	    # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
+	    func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	    func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+	  elif test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a convenience library"
+	  fi
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
+	  done
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = conv
+
+
+	# Get the name of the library we link against.
+	linklib=
+	if test -n "$old_library" &&
+	   { test yes = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
+	     test built,no = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; }; then
+	  linklib=$old_library
+	else
+	  for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+	    linklib=$l
+	  done
+	fi
+	if test -z "$linklib"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
+	fi
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlopen.
+	if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
+	  test -z "$libdir" \
+	    && func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
+	  if test -z "$dlname" ||
+	     test yes != "$dlopen_support" ||
+	     test no = "$build_libtool_libs"
+	  then
+	    # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
+	    # statically, we need to preload.  We also need to preload any
+	    # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
+	    # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
+	    func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs"
+	  else
+	    func_append newdlfiles " $lib"
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi # $pass = dlopen
+
+	# We need an absolute path.
+	case $ladir in
+	[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir=$ladir ;;
+	*)
+	  abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
+	  if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
+	    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$ladir'"
+	    func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
+	    abs_ladir=$ladir
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	func_basename "$lib"
+	laname=$func_basename_result
+
+	# Find the relevant object directory and library name.
+	if test yes = "$installed"; then
+	  if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+	    func_warning "library '$lib' was moved."
+	    dir=$ladir
+	    absdir=$abs_ladir
+	    libdir=$abs_ladir
+	  else
+	    dir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
+	    absdir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
+	  fi
+	  test yes = "$hardcode_automatic" && avoidtemprpath=yes
+	else
+	  if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+	    dir=$ladir
+	    absdir=$abs_ladir
+	    # Remove this search path later
+	    func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+	  else
+	    dir=$ladir/$objdir
+	    absdir=$abs_ladir/$objdir
+	    # Remove this search path later
+	    func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+	  fi
+	fi # $installed = yes
+	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
+	name=$func_stripname_result
+
+	# This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+	if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
+	  if test -z "$libdir" && test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	    func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
+	  fi
+	  case $host in
+	    # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs.
+	    *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+	      # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both
+	      # static and shared are present.  Therefore, ensure we extract
+	      # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present
+	      # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect).  We do
+	      # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles.
+	      # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file
+	      # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the
+	      # dlname from the la file.
+	      if test -n "$dlname"; then
+	        func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib"
+	        eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname"
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+	      else
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+	        # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+	        # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+	        test -z "$libdir" && \
+	          func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+	      fi
+	    ;;
+	    * )
+	      # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
+	      # are required to link).
+	      if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+	        # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+	        # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+	        test -z "$libdir" && \
+	          func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+	      # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
+	      elif test -n "$dlname"; then
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname"
+	      else
+	        func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+	      fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi # $pass = dlpreopen
+
+	if test -z "$libdir"; then
+	  # Link the convenience library
+	  if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	  elif test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
+	  fi
+	  continue
+	fi
+
+
+	if test prog = "$linkmode" && test link != "$pass"; then
+	  func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir"
+	  deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+
+	  linkalldeplibs=false
+	  if test no != "$link_all_deplibs" || test -z "$library_names" ||
+	     test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	    linkalldeplibs=:
+	  fi
+
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+	         func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+	         func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+		 ;;
+	    esac
+	    # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
+	    if $linkalldeplibs; then
+	      deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	    else
+	      # Need to hardcode shared library paths
+	      # or/and link against static libraries
+	      newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    fi
+	    if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
+	  done # for deplib
+	  continue
+	fi # $linkmode = prog...
+
+	if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	  if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	     { { test no = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
+	         test built,yes = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; } ||
+	       test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	    # We need to hardcode the library path
+	    if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath"; then
+	      # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
+	      case $temp_rpath: in
+	      *"$absdir:"*) ;;
+	      *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
+
+	  if $alldeplibs &&
+	     { test pass_all = "$deplibs_check_method" ||
+	       { test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" &&
+		 test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
+	    # We only need to search for static libraries
+	    continue
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
+	use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
+	if test built = "$use_static_libs" && test yes = "$installed"; then
+	  use_static_libs=no
+	fi
+	if test -n "$library_names" &&
+	   { test no = "$use_static_libs" || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*)
+	      # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
+	      func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+	      need_relink=no
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    if test no = "$installed"; then
+	      func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+	      need_relink=yes
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  # This is a shared library
+
+	  # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
+	  # systems (darwin).  Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
+	  dlopenmodule=
+	  for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
+	    if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
+	      dlopenmodule=$dlpremoduletest
+	      break
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test yes = "$shouldnotlink" && test link = "$pass"; then
+	    echo
+	    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
+	    else
+	      $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
+	    fi
+	    $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
+	  fi
+	  if test lib = "$linkmode" &&
+	     test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
+	    # Hardcode the library path.
+	    # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+	    # search path.
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$compile_rpath " in
+	      *" $absdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	    case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+	    *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  fi
+
+	  if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
+	    # figure out the soname
+	    set dummy $library_names
+	    shift
+	    realname=$1
+	    shift
+	    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+	    # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
+	    if test -n "$dlname"; then
+	      soname=$dlname
+	    elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	      # bleh windows
+	      case $host in
+	      *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*)
+	        func_arith $current - $age
+		major=$func_arith_result
+		versuffix=-$major
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	    else
+	      soname=$realname
+	    fi
+
+	    # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
+	    soroot=$soname
+	    func_basename "$soroot"
+	    soname=$func_basename_result
+	    func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
+	    newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
+
+	    # If the library has no export list, then create one now
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
+	    else
+	      func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from '$soname'"
+	      func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	    fi
+
+	    # Create $newlib
+	    if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
+	      func_verbose "generating import library for '$soname'"
+	      func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	    fi
+	    # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
+	    dir=$output_objdir
+	    linklib=$newlib
+	  fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
+
+	  if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    lib_linked=yes
+	    case $hardcode_action in
+	    immediate | unsupported)
+	      if test no = "$hardcode_direct"; then
+		add=$dir/$linklib
+		case $host in
+		  *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+		  *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+		  *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
+		    *-*-unixware7*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+		  *-*-darwin* )
+		    # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we cannot
+		    # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
+		    if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
+			 $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null; then
+		      if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
+			$ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
+			if test -z "$old_library"; then
+			  echo
+			  echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
+			  echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
+			else
+			  add=$dir/$old_library
+			fi
+		      elif test -n "$old_library"; then
+			add=$dir/$old_library
+		      fi
+		    fi
+		esac
+	      elif test no = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+		case $host in
+		*-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath=$dir ;;
+		esac
+		add_dir=-L$dir
+		add=-l$name
+	      elif test no = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+		add_shlibpath=$dir
+		add=-l$name
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    relink)
+	      if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
+	         test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
+		add=$dir/$linklib
+	      elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+		add_dir=-L$absdir
+		# Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+		if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		  case $libdir in
+		    [\\/]*)
+		      func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		      ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+		add=-l$name
+	      elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+		add_shlibpath=$dir
+		add=-l$name
+	      else
+		lib_linked=no
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *) lib_linked=no ;;
+	    esac
+
+	    if test yes != "$lib_linked"; then
+	      func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
+	      case :$compile_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
+	      *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	      if test yes != "$hardcode_direct" &&
+		 test yes != "$hardcode_minus_L" &&
+		 test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+		case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+		*":$libdir:"*) ;;
+		*) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	    add_shlibpath=
+	    add_dir=
+	    add=
+	    # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
+	    if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
+	       test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
+	      add=$libdir/$linklib
+	    elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+	      add_dir=-L$libdir
+	      add=-l$name
+	    elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+	      case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+	      *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	      *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
+	      esac
+	      add=-l$name
+	    elif test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
+		 test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"; then
+		add=$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib
+	      else
+		add=$libdir/$linklib
+	      fi
+	    else
+	      # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
+	      add_dir=-L$libdir
+	      # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+	      if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+		case $libdir in
+		  [\\/]*)
+		    func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      add=-l$name
+	    fi
+
+	    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
+	    else
+	      test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+	      test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	  # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
+	  # is not unsupported.  This is valid on all known static and
+	  # shared platforms.
+	  if test unsupported != "$hardcode_direct"; then
+	    test -n "$old_library" && linklib=$old_library
+	    compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
+	  else
+	    compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
+	    finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
+	  fi
+	elif test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	  # Not a shared library
+	  if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+	    # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
+	    # but the system doesn't support it.
+
+	    # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
+	    # that the program can be linked against the static library.
+	    echo
+	    $ECHO "*** Warning: This system cannot link to static lib archive $lib."
+	    echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+	    echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+	    echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+	    if test yes = "$module"; then
+	      echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
+	      echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
+	      echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
+	      if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+		echo
+		echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+		echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+		echo "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+		echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	      fi
+	      if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+	    link_static=yes
+	  fi
+	fi # link shared/static library?
+
+	if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+	  if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
+	     { test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" ||
+	       test yes = "$build_old_libs" ||
+	       test yes = "$link_static"; }; then
+	    # Extract -R from dependency_libs
+	    temp_deplibs=
+	    for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $libdir in
+	      -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
+	           temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
+		   case " $xrpath " in
+		   *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
+		   *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";;
+		   esac;;
+	      *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs=$temp_deplibs
+	  fi
+
+	  func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir"
+	  # Link against this library
+	  test no = "$link_static" && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
+	  # ... and its dependency_libs
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	    newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+	    case $deplib in
+              -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+                   func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";;
+              *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;;
+            esac
+	    if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+	      case "$tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*)
+                func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	    func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+	  done
+
+	  if test no != "$link_all_deplibs"; then
+	    # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      path=
+	      case $deplib in
+	      -L*) path=$deplib ;;
+	      *.la)
+	        func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+	        deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+	        func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
+		dir=$func_dirname_result
+		# We need an absolute path.
+		case $dir in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir=$dir ;;
+		*)
+		  absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+		  if test -z "$absdir"; then
+		    func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
+		    absdir=$dir
+		  fi
+		  ;;
+		esac
+		if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
+		case $host in
+		*-*-darwin*)
+		  depdepl=
+		  eval deplibrary_names=`$SED -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  if test -n "$deplibrary_names"; then
+		    for tmp in $deplibrary_names; do
+		      depdepl=$tmp
+		    done
+		    if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"; then
+		      depdepl=$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl
+		      darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+                      if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
+                          darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL64 -L $depdepl  | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+                      fi
+		      func_append compiler_flags " $wl-dylib_file $wl$darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
+		      func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file $darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
+		      path=
+		    fi
+		  fi
+		  ;;
+		*)
+		  path=-L$absdir/$objdir
+		  ;;
+		esac
+		else
+		  eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+		  test -z "$libdir" && \
+		    func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		  test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
+		    func_warning "'$deplib' seems to be moved"
+
+		  path=-L$absdir
+		fi
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      case " $deplibs " in
+	      *" $path "*) ;;
+	      *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  fi # link_all_deplibs != no
+	fi # linkmode = lib
+      done # for deplib in $libs
+      if test link = "$pass"; then
+	if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+	  compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
+	  finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
+	else
+	  compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	fi
+      fi
+      dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
+      if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
+	# Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
+	for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
+	  deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+	done
+      fi
+      if test dlopen != "$pass"; then
+	test conv = "$pass" || {
+	  # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
+	  lib_search_path=
+	  for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
+	    case "$lib_search_path " in
+	    *" $dir "*) ;;
+	    *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  newlib_search_path=
+	}
+
+	if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+	  vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
+	else
+	  vars=deplibs
+	fi
+	for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
+	  # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
+	  eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
+	  new_libs=
+	  for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
+	    # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
+	    #        that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
+	    #        broken:
+	    #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
+	    # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
+	    # practice:
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	    -R*) ;;
+	    *)
+	      # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
+	      # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
+	      # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
+	      # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
+	      # occurrences thereof are not removed.  Compare this
+	      # with having the same library being listed as a
+	      # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
+	      # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
+	      # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
+	      # last copy.  This is not always right, but it is rare
+	      # enough that we require users that really mean to play
+	      # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
+	      # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
+	      # for duplicate removal.
+	      case " $specialdeplibs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+	      *)
+		case " $new_libs " in
+		*" $deplib "*) ;;
+		*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+		esac
+		;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  tmp_libs=
+	  for deplib in $new_libs; do
+	    case $deplib in
+	    -L*)
+	      case " $tmp_libs " in
+	      *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      ;;
+	    *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	  eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
+	done # for var
+      fi
+
+      # Add Sun CC postdeps if required:
+      test CXX = "$tagname" && {
+        case $host_os in
+        linux*)
+          case `$CC -V 2>&1 | $SED 5q` in
+          *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9
+            func_suncc_cstd_abi
+
+            if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
+              func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+            fi
+            ;;
+          esac
+          ;;
+
+        solaris*)
+          func_cc_basename "$CC"
+          case $func_cc_basename_result in
+          CC* | sunCC*)
+            func_suncc_cstd_abi
+
+            if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
+              func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+            fi
+            ;;
+          esac
+          ;;
+        esac
+      }
+
+      # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
+      # (they stay in deplibs)
+      tmp_libs=
+      for i in $dependency_libs; do
+	case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
+	*" $i "*)
+	  i=
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	if test -n "$i"; then
+	  func_append tmp_libs " $i"
+	fi
+      done
+      dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
+    done # for pass
+    if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+      dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+    fi
+    if test prog = "$linkmode" || test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+      dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+    fi
+
+    case $linkmode in
+    oldlib)
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+	func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
+      fi
+
+      case " $deplibs" in
+      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+	func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
+      esac
+
+      test -n "$rpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$xrpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-R' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "'-release' is ignored for archives"
+
+      test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
+	func_warning "'-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      build_libtool_libs=no
+      oldlibs=$output
+      func_append objs "$old_deplibs"
+      ;;
+
+    lib)
+      # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form 'libNAME.la'.
+      case $outputname in
+      lib*)
+	func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
+	name=$func_stripname_result
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	;;
+      *)
+	test no = "$module" \
+	  && func_fatal_help "libtool library '$output' must begin with 'lib'"
+
+	if test no != "$need_lib_prefix"; then
+	  # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
+	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+	  name=$func_stripname_result
+	  eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	  eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+	else
+	  func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+	  libname=$func_stripname_result
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      if test -n "$objs"; then
+	if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library '$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
+	else
+	  echo
+	  $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
+	  $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
+	  func_append libobjs " $objs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      test no = "$dlself" \
+	|| func_warning "'-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
+
+      set dummy $rpath
+      shift
+      test 1 -lt "$#" \
+	&& func_warning "ignoring multiple '-rpath's for a libtool library"
+
+      install_libdir=$1
+
+      oldlibs=
+      if test -z "$rpath"; then
+	if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	  # Building a libtool convenience library.
+	  # Some compilers have problems with a '.al' extension so
+	  # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
+	  # archive normally would.
+	  oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
+	  build_libtool_libs=convenience
+	  build_old_libs=yes
+	fi
+
+	test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	  func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+
+	test -n "$release" && \
+	  func_warning "'-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+      else
+
+	# Parse the version information argument.
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=:
+	set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
+	shift
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+
+	test -n "$7" && \
+	  func_fatal_help "too many parameters to '-version-info'"
+
+	# convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
+	# this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
+	# to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
+
+	case $vinfo_number in
+	yes)
+	  number_major=$1
+	  number_minor=$2
+	  number_revision=$3
+	  #
+	  # There are really only two kinds -- those that
+	  # use the current revision as the major version
+	  # and those that subtract age and use age as
+	  # a minor version.  But, then there is irix
+	  # that has an extra 1 added just for fun
+	  #
+	  case $version_type in
+	  # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+	  darwin|freebsd-elf|linux|midnightbsd-elf|osf|windows|none)
+	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+	    current=$func_arith_result
+	    age=$number_minor
+	    revision=$number_revision
+	    ;;
+	  freebsd-aout|qnx|sunos)
+	    current=$number_major
+	    revision=$number_minor
+	    age=0
+	    ;;
+	  irix|nonstopux)
+	    func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+	    current=$func_arith_result
+	    age=$number_minor
+	    revision=$number_minor
+	    lt_irix_increment=no
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	no)
+	  current=$1
+	  revision=$2
+	  age=$3
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
+	case $current in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "CURRENT '$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $revision in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "REVISION '$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	case $age in
+	0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+	*)
+	  func_error "AGE '$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
+	  func_error "AGE '$age' is greater than the current interface number '$current'"
+	  func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+	fi
+
+	# Calculate the version variables.
+	major=
+	versuffix=
+	verstring=
+	case $version_type in
+	none) ;;
+
+	darwin)
+	  # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
+	  # verstring for coding it into the library header
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+	  # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
+	  func_arith $current + 1
+	  minor_current=$func_arith_result
+	  xlcverstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
+	  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+          # On Darwin other compilers
+          case $CC in
+              nagfor*)
+                  verstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
+                  ;;
+              *)
+                  verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+                  ;;
+          esac
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-aout)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	freebsd-elf | midnightbsd-elf)
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	irix | nonstopux)
+	  if test no = "$lt_irix_increment"; then
+	    func_arith $current - $age
+	  else
+	    func_arith $current - $age + 1
+	  fi
+	  major=$func_arith_result
+
+	  case $version_type in
+	    nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
+	    *)         verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
+	  esac
+	  verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$revision
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$revision
+	  while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
+	    func_arith $revision - $loop
+	    iface=$func_arith_result
+	    func_arith $loop - 1
+	    loop=$func_arith_result
+	    verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring
+	  done
+
+	  # Before this point, $major must not contain '.'.
+	  major=.$major
+	  versuffix=$major.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	osf)
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=.$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=.$current.$age.$revision
+	  verstring=$current.$age.$revision
+
+	  # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+	  loop=$age
+	  while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
+	    func_arith $current - $loop
+	    iface=$func_arith_result
+	    func_arith $loop - 1
+	    loop=$func_arith_result
+	    verstring=$verstring:$iface.0
+	  done
+
+	  # Make executables depend on our current version.
+	  func_append verstring ":$current.0"
+	  ;;
+
+	qnx)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current
+	  ;;
+
+	sco)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current
+	  ;;
+
+	sunos)
+	  major=.$current
+	  versuffix=.$current.$revision
+	  ;;
+
+	windows)
+	  # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
+	  # extension on DOS 8.3 file systems.
+	  func_arith $current - $age
+	  major=$func_arith_result
+	  versuffix=-$major
+	  ;;
+
+	*)
+	  func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type '$version_type'"
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
+	if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
+	  major=
+	  case $version_type in
+	  darwin)
+	    # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
+	    # problems, so we reset it completely
+	    verstring=
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    verstring=0.0
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  if test no = "$need_version"; then
+	    versuffix=
+	  else
+	    versuffix=.0.0
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	# Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
+	if test yes,no = "$avoid_version,$need_version"; then
+	  major=
+	  versuffix=
+	  verstring=
+	fi
+
+	# Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
+	if test yes = "$allow_undefined"; then
+	  if test unsupported = "$allow_undefined_flag"; then
+	    if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	      func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries; building static only"
+	      build_libtool_libs=no
+	    else
+	      func_fatal_error "can't build $host shared library unless -no-undefined is specified"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	else
+	  # Don't allow undefined symbols.
+	  allow_undefined_flag=$no_undefined_flag
+	fi
+
+      fi
+
+      func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" :
+      func_append libobjs " $symfileobj"
+      test " " = "$libobjs" && libobjs=
+
+      if test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
+	# Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
+	# may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
+	removelist=
+	tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
+	for p in $tempremovelist; do
+	  case $p in
+	    *.$objext | *.gcno)
+	       ;;
+	    $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/$libname$release.*)
+	       if test -n "$precious_files_regex"; then
+		 if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
+		 then
+		   continue
+		 fi
+	       fi
+	       func_append removelist " $p"
+	       ;;
+	    *) ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	test -n "$removelist" && \
+	  func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
+      fi
+
+      # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+      if test yes = "$build_old_libs" && test convenience != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+
+	# Transform .lo files to .o files.
+	oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      # Eliminate all temporary directories.
+      #for path in $notinst_path; do
+      #	lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"`
+      #	deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+      #	dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+      #done
+
+      if test -n "$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	temp_xrpath=
+	for libdir in $xrpath; do
+	  func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+	  func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	if test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	  dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
+      old_dlfiles=$dlfiles
+      dlfiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
+	case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
+      old_dlprefiles=$dlprefiles
+      dlprefiles=
+      for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
+	case "$dlprefiles " in
+	*" $lib "*) ;;
+	*) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+
+      if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	if test -n "$rpath"; then
+	  case $host in
+	  *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
+	    # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	    # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
+	    func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-netbsd*)
+	    # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
+	    # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+	    # Causes problems with __ctype
+	    ;;
+	  *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+	    # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
+	    if test yes = "$build_libtool_need_lc"; then
+	      func_append deplibs " -lc"
+	    fi
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+
+	# Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
+	name_save=$name
+	libname_save=$libname
+	release_save=$release
+	versuffix_save=$versuffix
+	major_save=$major
+	# I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly.  I think
+	# release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
+	# add it in twice.  Is that correct?
+	release=
+	versuffix=
+	major=
+	newdeplibs=
+	droppeddeps=no
+	case $deplibs_check_method in
+	pass_all)
+	  # Don't check for shared/static.  Everything works.
+	  # This might be a little naive.  We might want to check
+	  # whether the library exists or not.  But this is on
+	  # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
+	  # implementing what was already the behavior.
+	  newdeplibs=$deplibs
+	  ;;
+	test_compile)
+	  # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
+	  # limits. Maybe even breaks it.  We compile a program, linking it
+	  # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library.  Then we can check
+	  # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
+	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
+	  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+	  int main() { return 0; }
+EOF
+	  $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+	  if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then
+	    ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+	    for i in $deplibs; do
+	      case $i in
+	      -l*)
+		func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+		name=$func_stripname_result
+		if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		  case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		  *" $i "*)
+		    func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		    i=
+		    ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+		if test -n "$i"; then
+		  libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		  deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+		  set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+		  deplib_match=$1
+		  if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then
+		    func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		  else
+		    droppeddeps=yes
+		    echo
+		    $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+		    echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		    echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		    echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
+		    echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
+		    echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
+		  fi
+		fi
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  else
+	    # Error occurred in the first compile.  Let's try to salvage
+	    # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
+	    for i in $deplibs; do
+	      case $i in
+	      -l*)
+		func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+		name=$func_stripname_result
+		$opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+		if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then
+		  ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+		  if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		    case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		    *" $i "*)
+		      func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		      i=
+		      ;;
+		    esac
+		  fi
+		  if test -n "$i"; then
+		    libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		    deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+		    set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+		    deplib_match=$1
+		    if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then
+		      func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		    else
+		      droppeddeps=yes
+		      echo
+		      $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+		      echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		      echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		      echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		      echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
+		      echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
+		    fi
+		  fi
+		else
+		  droppeddeps=yes
+		  echo
+		  $ECHO "*** Warning!  Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
+		  echo "*** make it link in!  You will probably need to install it or some"
+		  echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
+		  echo "*** functional.  Installing it before continuing would be even better."
+		fi
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	file_magic*)
+	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+	  file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	    case $a_deplib in
+	    -l*)
+	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+	      name=$func_stripname_result
+	      if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		*" $a_deplib "*)
+		  func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+		  a_deplib=
+		  ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		if test -n "$file_magic_glob"; then
+		  libnameglob=`func_echo_all "$libname" | $SED -e $file_magic_glob`
+		else
+		  libnameglob=$libname
+		fi
+		test yes = "$want_nocaseglob" && nocaseglob=`shopt -p nocaseglob`
+		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+		  if test yes = "$want_nocaseglob"; then
+		    shopt -s nocaseglob
+		    potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		    $nocaseglob
+		  else
+		    potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		  fi
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		      # Follow soft links.
+		      if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
+			 $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
+			continue
+		      fi
+		      # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
+		      # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
+		      # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
+		      # loop can be closed while we follow links,
+		      # but so what?
+		      potlib=$potent_lib
+		      while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
+			potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | $SED 's/.* -> //'`
+			case $potliblink in
+			[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib=$potliblink;;
+			*) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's|[^/]*$||'`"$potliblink";;
+			esac
+		      done
+		      if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
+			 $SED -e 10q |
+			 $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+			func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+			a_deplib=
+			break 2
+		      fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib"; then
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
+		else
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	match_pattern*)
+	  set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+	  match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+	  for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	    case $a_deplib in
+	    -l*)
+	      func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+	      name=$func_stripname_result
+	      if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+		case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+		*" $a_deplib "*)
+		  func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+		  a_deplib=
+		  ;;
+		esac
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+		for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+		  potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+		  for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+		    potlib=$potent_lib # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
+		    if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \
+		       $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+		      func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+		      a_deplib=
+		      break 2
+		    fi
+		  done
+		done
+	      fi
+	      if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+		droppeddeps=yes
+		echo
+		$ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+		echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+		echo "*** you link to this library.  But I can only do this if you have a"
+		echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+		echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+		if test -z "$potlib"; then
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
+		else
+		  $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+		  $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
+		fi
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      # Add a -L argument.
+	      func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+	      ;;
+	    esac
+	  done # Gone through all deplibs.
+	  ;;
+	none | unknown | *)
+	  newdeplibs=
+	  tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
+	  if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+	    for i in $predeps $postdeps; do
+	      # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
+	      tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s|$i||"`
+	    done
+	  fi
+	  case $tmp_deplibs in
+	  *[!\	\ ]*)
+	    echo
+	    if test none = "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+	      echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
+	    else
+	      echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
+	    fi
+	    echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
+	    droppeddeps=yes
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	versuffix=$versuffix_save
+	major=$major_save
+	release=$release_save
+	libname=$libname_save
+	name=$name_save
+
+	case $host in
+	*-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	  # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
+	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test yes = "$droppeddeps"; then
+	  if test yes = "$module"; then
+	    echo
+	    echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
+	    $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname.  Therefore, libtool will create"
+	    echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
+	    echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
+	    if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+	      echo
+	      echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+	      echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+	      echo "*** not find such a program.  So, this module is probably useless."
+	      echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+	    fi
+	    if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	      oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
+	      build_libtool_libs=module
+	      build_old_libs=yes
+	    else
+	      build_libtool_libs=no
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
+	    echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
+	    echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
+
+	    if test no = "$allow_undefined"; then
+	      echo
+	      echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
+	      echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
+	      echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
+	      echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
+	      if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+		oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
+		build_libtool_libs=module
+		build_old_libs=yes
+	      else
+		build_libtool_libs=no
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	# Done checking deplibs!
+	deplibs=$newdeplibs
+      fi
+      # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+      case $host in
+	*-*-darwin*)
+	  newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+
+      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+      new_libs=
+      for path in $notinst_path; do
+	case " $new_libs " in
+	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case " $deplibs " in
+	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+	    func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      for deplib in $deplibs; do
+	case $deplib in
+	-L*)
+	  case " $new_libs " in
+	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      deplibs=$new_libs
+
+      # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
+      library_names=
+      old_library=
+      dlname=
+
+      # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
+      if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	# Remove $wl instances when linking with ld.
+	# FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable.
+	case $archive_cmds in
+	  *\$LD\ *) wl= ;;
+        esac
+	if test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
+	  # Hardcode the library paths
+	  hardcode_libdirs=
+	  dep_rpath=
+	  rpath=$finalize_rpath
+	  test relink = "$opt_mode" || rpath=$compile_rpath$rpath
+	  for libdir in $rpath; do
+	    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+		func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+		libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result
+		if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+		  hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+		else
+		  # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+		  case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+		  *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		    ;;
+		  *)
+		    func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		    ;;
+		  esac
+		fi
+	      else
+		eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+		func_append dep_rpath " $flag"
+	      fi
+	    elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	      case "$perm_rpath " in
+	      *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	      *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	     test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	    libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+	    eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	    # We should set the runpath_var.
+	    rpath=
+	    for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	      func_append rpath "$dir:"
+	    done
+	    eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
+	  fi
+	  test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
+	fi
+
+	shlibpath=$finalize_shlibpath
+	test relink = "$opt_mode" || shlibpath=$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath
+	if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
+	  eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
+	fi
+
+	# Get the real and link names of the library.
+	eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+	eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
+	set dummy $library_names
+	shift
+	realname=$1
+	shift
+
+	if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+	  eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+	else
+	  soname=$realname
+	fi
+	if test -z "$dlname"; then
+	  dlname=$soname
+	fi
+
+	lib=$output_objdir/$realname
+	linknames=
+	for link
+	do
+	  func_append linknames " $link"
+	done
+
+	# Use standard objects if they are pic
+	test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+
+	delfiles=
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
+	  export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.uexp
+	  func_append delfiles " $export_symbols"
+	fi
+
+	orig_export_symbols=
+	case $host_os in
+	cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    # exporting using user supplied symfile
+	    func_dll_def_p "$export_symbols" || {
+	      # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
+	      # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
+	      # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
+	      # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
+	      # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
+	      # include_expsyms logic still works.
+	      orig_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+	      export_symbols=
+	      always_export_symbols=yes
+	    }
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+
+	# Prepare the list of exported symbols
+	if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+	  if test yes = "$always_export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+	    func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
+	    export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
+	    $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+	    cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
+	    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+	    for cmd1 in $cmds; do
+	      IFS=$save_ifs
+	      # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch
+	      # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed.
+	      case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in
+		*~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*)
+		  try_normal_branch=yes
+		  eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+		  func_len " $cmd"
+		  len=$func_len_result
+		  ;;
+		*)
+		  try_normal_branch=no
+		  ;;
+	      esac
+	      if test yes = "$try_normal_branch" \
+		 && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \
+		      || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; }
+	      then
+		func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+		skipped_export=false
+	      elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then
+		func_basename "$output"
+		output_la=$func_basename_result
+		save_libobjs=$libobjs
+		save_output=$output
+		output=$output_objdir/$output_la.nm
+		func_to_tool_file "$output"
+		libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result
+		func_append delfiles " $output"
+		func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output"
+		for obj in $save_libobjs; do
+		  func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+		  $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+		done > "$output"
+		eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+		func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+		output=$save_output
+		libobjs=$save_libobjs
+		skipped_export=false
+	      else
+		# The command line is too long to execute in one step.
+		func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
+		skipped_export=:
+		# Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
+		# set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
+		break
+	      fi
+	    done
+	    IFS=$save_ifs
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test : != "$skipped_export"; then
+	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	  tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+	  test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+	fi
+
+	if test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+	  # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+	  func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+	  # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+	  # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+	  # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+	  # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+	  # isn't a blessed tool.
+	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+	  func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+	  export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+	  $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+	fi
+
+	tmp_deplibs=
+	for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
+	  case " $convenience " in
+	  *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
+	  *)
+	    func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+	deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
+
+	if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
+	    test yes = "$compiler_needs_object" &&
+	    test -z "$libobjs"; then
+	    # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
+	    # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
+	    whole_archive_flag_spec=
+	  fi
+	  if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  else
+	    gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	    func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	    func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+	    func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test yes = "$thread_safe" && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
+	  func_append linker_flags " $flag"
+	fi
+
+	# Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
+	if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
+	fi
+
+	# Do each of the archive commands.
+	if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$module_cmds
+	  fi
+	else
+	  if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	  else
+	    eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
+	    cmds=$archive_cmds
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test : != "$skipped_export" &&
+	   func_len " $test_cmds" &&
+	   len=$func_len_result &&
+	   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  :
+	else
+	  # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
+	  # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
+	  # script.
+
+	  # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
+	  # use them later.  If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
+	  # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
+	  # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
+	  # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
+	  # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
+	  # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
+	  # the spec.
+	  if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    save_libobjs=$libobjs
+	  fi
+	  save_output=$output
+	  func_basename "$output"
+	  output_la=$func_basename_result
+
+	  # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
+	  # initialize k to one.
+	  test_cmds=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  objlist=
+	  last_robj=
+	  k=1
+
+	  if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+	    output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnkscript
+	    func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
+	    echo 'INPUT (' > $output
+	    for obj in $save_libobjs
+	    do
+	      func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+	      $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+	    done
+	    echo ')' >> $output
+	    func_append delfiles " $output"
+	    func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	    output=$func_to_tool_file_result
+	  elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$file_list_spec"; then
+	    output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnk
+	    func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
+	    : > $output
+	    set x $save_libobjs
+	    shift
+	    firstobj=
+	    if test yes = "$compiler_needs_object"; then
+	      firstobj="$1 "
+	      shift
+	    fi
+	    for obj
+	    do
+	      func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+	      $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+	    done
+	    func_append delfiles " $output"
+	    func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	    output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\"
+	  else
+	    if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
+	      func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
+	      output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+	      eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+	      func_len " $test_cmds"
+	      len0=$func_len_result
+	      len=$len0
+
+	      # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
+	      for obj in $save_libobjs
+	      do
+		func_len " $obj"
+		func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+		len=$func_arith_result
+		if test -z "$objlist" ||
+		   test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+		  func_append objlist " $obj"
+		else
+		  # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
+		  # command to the queue.
+		  if test 1 -eq "$k"; then
+		    # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
+		    reload_objs=$objlist
+		    eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+		  else
+		    # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
+		    # the last one created.
+		    reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+		    eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+		  fi
+		  last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+		  func_arith $k + 1
+		  k=$func_arith_result
+		  output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+		  objlist=" $obj"
+		  func_len " $last_robj"
+		  func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
+		  len=$func_arith_result
+		fi
+	      done
+	      # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
+	      # reloadable object file.  All subsequent reloadable object
+	      # files will link in the last one created.
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$reload_cmds\"
+	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+	        eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+	      fi
+	      func_append delfiles " $output"
+
+	    else
+	      output=
+	    fi
+
+	    ${skipped_export-false} && {
+	      func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
+	      export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
+	      $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+	      libobjs=$output
+	      # Append the command to create the export file.
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
+	      if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+		eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+	      fi
+	    }
+
+	    test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
+	      func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
+
+	    # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
+	    save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+	    for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
+	      IFS=$save_ifs
+	      $opt_quiet || {
+		  func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$cmd"
+		  eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+	      }
+	      $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+		lt_exit=$?
+
+		# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+		if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+		  ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+		    $RM "${realname}T" && \
+		    $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+		fi
+
+		exit $lt_exit
+	      }
+	    done
+	    IFS=$save_ifs
+
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
+	      func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+	      func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+          ${skipped_export-false} && {
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+	      tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+	      test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
+	      $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+	      # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+	      func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+	      # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+	      # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+	      # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+	      # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+	      # isn't a blessed tool.
+	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+	      func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+	      export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+	      $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+	    fi
+	  }
+
+	  libobjs=$output
+	  # Restore the value of output.
+	  output=$save_output
+
+	  if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	    eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	    test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	  fi
+	  # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
+	  # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
+
+	  # Do each of the archive commands.
+	  if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+	      cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+	    else
+	      cmds=$module_cmds
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+	      cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+	    else
+	      cmds=$archive_cmds
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$delfiles"; then
+	  # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
+	  eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
+	fi
+
+	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+	  func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+	  test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+	fi
+
+	save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+	for cmd in $cmds; do
+	  IFS=$sp$nl
+	  eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+	  IFS=$save_ifs
+	  $opt_quiet || {
+	    func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$cmd"
+	    eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+	  }
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+	    lt_exit=$?
+
+	    # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+	    if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	      ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+	        $RM "${realname}T" && \
+		$MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+	    fi
+
+	    exit $lt_exit
+	  }
+	done
+	IFS=$save_ifs
+
+	# Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+	if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+	  $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
+
+	  if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	    if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	      func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	    fi
+	  fi
+
+	  exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+	fi
+
+	# Create links to the real library.
+	for linkname in $linknames; do
+	  if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
+	    func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
+	  fi
+	done
+
+	# If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
+	if test yes = "$module" || test yes = "$export_dynamic"; then
+	  # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
+	  dlname=$soname
+	fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+
+    obj)
+      if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+	func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
+      fi
+
+      case " $deplibs" in
+      *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+	func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
+      esac
+
+      test -n "$rpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$xrpath" && \
+	func_warning "'-R' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for objects"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "'-release' is ignored for objects"
+
+      case $output in
+      *.lo)
+	test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
+	  func_fatal_error "cannot build library object '$output' from non-libtool objects"
+
+	libobj=$output
+	func_lo2o "$libobj"
+	obj=$func_lo2o_result
+	;;
+      *)
+	libobj=
+	obj=$output
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      # Delete the old objects.
+      $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
+
+      # Objects from convenience libraries.  This assumes
+      # single-version convenience libraries.  Whenever we create
+      # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
+      # the extraction.
+      reload_conv_objs=
+      gentop=
+      # if reload_cmds runs $LD directly, get rid of -Wl from
+      # whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with turning comma
+      # into space.
+      case $reload_cmds in
+        *\$LD[\ \$]*) wl= ;;
+      esac
+      if test -n "$convenience"; then
+	if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+	  eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+	  test -n "$wl" || tmp_whole_archive_flags=`$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'`
+	  reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ $tmp_whole_archive_flags
+	else
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${obj}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+	  reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs
+      test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || libobjs=$non_pic_objects
+
+      # Create the old-style object.
+      reload_objs=$objs$old_deplibs' '`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`' '$reload_conv_objs
+
+      output=$obj
+      func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+
+      # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
+      if test -z "$libobj"; then
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	fi
+
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      fi
+
+      test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || {
+	if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	  func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+	fi
+
+	# Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
+	# accidentally link it into a program.
+	# $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
+	# $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      }
+
+      if test -n "$pic_flag" || test default != "$pic_mode"; then
+	# Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
+	reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
+	output=$libobj
+	func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      if test -n "$gentop"; then
+	func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+      fi
+
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      ;;
+
+    prog)
+      case $host in
+	*cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+	          output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
+      esac
+      test -n "$vinfo" && \
+	func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for programs"
+
+      test -n "$release" && \
+	func_warning "'-release' is ignored for programs"
+
+      $preload \
+	&& test unknown,unknown,unknown = "$dlopen_support,$dlopen_self,$dlopen_self_static" \
+	&& func_warning "'LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
+
+      case $host in
+      *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+	# On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
+	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+	;;
+      esac
+
+      case $host in
+      *-*-darwin*)
+	# Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
+	# But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
+	if test CXX = "$tagname"; then
+	  case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
+	    10.[0123])
+	      func_append compile_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
+	      func_append finalize_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	# Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+	compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+	;;
+      esac
+
+
+      # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+      # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+      new_libs=
+      for path in $notinst_path; do
+	case " $new_libs " in
+	*" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+	*)
+	  case " $compile_deplibs " in
+	  *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+	    func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
+	case $deplib in
+	-L*)
+	  case " $new_libs " in
+	  *" $deplib "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	*) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      compile_deplibs=$new_libs
+
+
+      func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs"
+      func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs"
+
+      if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
+	# If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+	for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
+	  # This is the magic to use -rpath.
+	  case "$finalize_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	done
+      fi
+
+      # Now hardcode the library paths
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    func_append rpath " $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	case $host in
+	*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+	  testbindir=`$ECHO "$libdir" | $SED -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";;
+	  esac
+	  case :$dllsearchpath: in
+	  *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+	  ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+	  *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      compile_rpath=$rpath
+
+      rpath=
+      hardcode_libdirs=
+      for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
+	if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+	  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+	    if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	      hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+	    else
+	      # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+	      case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+	      *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+		;;
+	      *)
+		func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    fi
+	  else
+	    eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+	    func_append rpath " $flag"
+	  fi
+	elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	  case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
+	  *" $libdir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+      done
+      # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+      if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+	 test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+	libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+	eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      fi
+      finalize_rpath=$rpath
+
+      if test -n "$libobjs" && test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+	# Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
+	compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+	finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+      fi
+
+      func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" false
+
+      # template prelinking step
+      if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
+	func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      wrappers_required=:
+      case $host in
+      *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*)
+        # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway.
+        wrappers_required=false
+        ;;
+      *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+        test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || wrappers_required=false
+        ;;
+      *)
+        if test no = "$need_relink" || test yes != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+          wrappers_required=false
+        fi
+        ;;
+      esac
+      $wrappers_required || {
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	link_command=$compile_command$compile_rpath
+
+	# We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
+	exit_status=0
+	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
+
+	if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+	  func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	  postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+	  func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+
+	# Delete the generated files.
+	if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"; then
+	  func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"'
+	fi
+
+	exit $exit_status
+      }
+
+      if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
+      fi
+      if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+	finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
+      fi
+
+      compile_var=
+      finalize_var=
+      if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+	if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+	    func_append rpath "$dir:"
+	  done
+	  compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+	if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
+	  # We should set the runpath_var.
+	  rpath=
+	  for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
+	    func_append rpath "$dir:"
+	  done
+	  finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      if test yes = "$no_install"; then
+	# We don't need to create a wrapper script.
+	link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+	# Replace the output file specification.
+	link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+	# Delete the old output file.
+	$opt_dry_run || $RM $output
+	# Link the executable and exit
+	func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+	if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+	  func_to_tool_file "$output"
+	  postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+	  func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+	fi
+
+	exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      fi
+
+      case $hardcode_action,$fast_install in
+        relink,*)
+	  # Fast installation is not supported
+	  link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+	  relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
+
+	  func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
+	  func_warning "'$output' will be relinked during installation"
+	  ;;
+        *,yes)
+	  link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
+	  relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
+          ;;
+	*,no)
+	  link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+	  relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
+          ;;
+	*,needless)
+	  link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
+	  relink_command=
+          ;;
+      esac
+
+      # Replace the output file specification.
+      link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
+
+      # Delete the old output files.
+      $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
+
+      func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+      if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+	func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname"
+	postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+	func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+      fi
+
+      # Now create the wrapper script.
+      func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+      # Quote the relink command for shipping.
+      if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	# Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+	for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	  if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	    relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	  elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	    relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  else
+	    func_quote_arg pretty "$var_value"
+	    relink_command="$var=$func_quote_arg_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+	  fi
+	done
+	func_quote eval cd "`pwd`"
+	func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "($func_quote_result; $relink_command)"
+	relink_command=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+      fi
+
+      # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
+      $opt_dry_run || {
+	# win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
+	# a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
+	case $output in
+	  *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+	         output=$func_stripname_result ;;
+	esac
+	# test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin*)
+	    exeext=.exe
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
+	    outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
+	  *) exeext= ;;
+	esac
+	case $host in
+	  *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+	    func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
+	    output_name=$func_basename_result
+	    output_path=$func_dirname_result
+	    cwrappersource=$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c
+	    cwrapper=$output_path/$output_name.exe
+	    $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
+	    trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+	    func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
+
+	    # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
+	    # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
+	    # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
+	    # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
+	      $STRIP $cwrapper
+	    }
+
+	    # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
+	    func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
+	    $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	    trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+	    $opt_dry_run || {
+	      # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
+	      if test "x$build" = "x$host"; then
+		$cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      else
+		func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      fi
+	    }
+	  ;;
+	  * )
+	    $RM $output
+	    trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+	    func_emit_wrapper no > $output
+	    chmod +x $output
+	  ;;
+	esac
+      }
+      exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+      ;;
+    esac
+
+    # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
+    for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
+
+      case $build_libtool_libs in
+        convenience)
+	  oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
+	  addlibs=$convenience
+	  build_libtool_libs=no
+	  ;;
+	module)
+	  oldobjs=$libobjs_save
+	  addlibs=$old_convenience
+	  build_libtool_libs=no
+          ;;
+	*)
+	  oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
+	  $preload && test -f "$symfileobj" \
+	    && func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj"
+	  addlibs=$old_convenience
+	  ;;
+      esac
+
+      if test -n "$addlibs"; then
+	gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
+	func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+      fi
+
+      # Do each command in the archive commands.
+      if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+	cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
+      else
+
+	# Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+	if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+	  func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+	  func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+	fi
+
+	# POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives.  We have
+	# to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
+	# might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
+	# static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
+	# the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
+	# not supported by libtool).
+	if (for obj in $oldobjs
+	    do
+	      func_basename "$obj"
+	      $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
+	    done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+	  :
+	else
+	  echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
+	  gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+	  func_append generated " $gentop"
+	  func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
+	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+	  oldobjs=
+	  counter=1
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_basename "$obj"
+	    objbase=$func_basename_result
+	    case " $oldobjs " in
+	    " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
+	    *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
+	      while :; do
+		# Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
+		# overlaps.
+		newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
+		func_arith $counter + 1
+		counter=$func_arith_result
+		case " $oldobjs " in
+		*[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
+		*) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
+		esac
+	      done
+	      func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
+	      func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj"
+	      ;;
+	    *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;;
+	    esac
+	  done
+	fi
+	func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+	tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+	eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+
+	func_len " $cmds"
+	len=$func_len_result
+	if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+	elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then
+	  func_verbose "using command file archive linking..."
+	  for obj in $oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+	    $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+	  done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd
+	  func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd"
+	  oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result"
+	  cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+	else
+	  # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
+	  func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
+	  save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+	  RANLIB=:
+	  objlist=
+	  concat_cmds=
+	  save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+	  oldobjs=
+	  # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    last_oldobj=$obj
+	  done
+	  eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+	  func_len " $test_cmds"
+	  len0=$func_len_result
+	  len=$len0
+	  for obj in $save_oldobjs
+	  do
+	    func_len " $obj"
+	    func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+	    len=$func_arith_result
+	    func_append objlist " $obj"
+	    if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+	      :
+	    else
+	      # the above command should be used before it gets too long
+	      oldobjs=$objlist
+	      if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj"; then
+		RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	      fi
+	      test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+	      eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$old_archive_cmds\"
+	      objlist=
+	      len=$len0
+	    fi
+	  done
+	  RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+	  oldobjs=$objlist
+	  if test -z "$oldobjs"; then
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
+	  else
+	    eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
+	  fi
+	fi
+      fi
+      func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
+    done
+
+    test -n "$generated" && \
+      func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
+
+    # Now create the libtool archive.
+    case $output in
+    *.la)
+      old_library=
+      test yes = "$build_old_libs" && old_library=$libname.$libext
+      func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+      # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+      for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+	if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+	  relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+	elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+	  relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+	else
+	  func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "$var_value"
+	  relink_command="$var=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+	fi
+      done
+      # Quote the link command for shipping.
+      func_quote eval cd "`pwd`"
+      relink_command="($func_quote_result; $SHELL \"$progpath\" $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
+      func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "$relink_command"
+      relink_command=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+      if test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
+	relink_command=
+      fi
+
+      # Only create the output if not a dry run.
+      $opt_dry_run || {
+	for installed in no yes; do
+	  if test yes = "$installed"; then
+	    if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
+	      break
+	    fi
+	    output=$output_objdir/${outputname}i
+	    # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
+	    newdependency_libs=
+	    for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+	      case $deplib in
+	      *.la)
+		func_basename "$deplib"
+		name=$func_basename_result
+		func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+		eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      -L*)
+		func_stripname -L '' "$deplib"
+		func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+		func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+		;;
+	      -R*)
+		func_stripname -R '' "$deplib"
+		func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+		func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+		;;
+	      *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
+	    newdlfiles=
+
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+	      *.la)
+	        func_basename "$lib"
+		name=$func_basename_result
+		eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+	      *.la)
+		# Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
+		# eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
+		# didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
+		# the library:
+		func_basename "$lib"
+		name=$func_basename_result
+		eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+		test -z "$libdir" && \
+		  func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+		func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+		;;
+	      esac
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+	  else
+	    newdlfiles=
+	    for lib in $dlfiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      func_append newdlfiles " $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+	    newdlprefiles=
+	    for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+	      case $lib in
+		[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
+		*) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+	      esac
+	      func_append newdlprefiles " $abs"
+	    done
+	    dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+	  fi
+	  $RM $output
+	  # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
+	  # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target
+	  # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables
+	  # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH,
+	  # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting
+	  # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it
+	  # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE
+	  # object format with DLL files.  See the long comment at the top of
+	  # tests/bindir.at for full details.
+	  tdlname=$dlname
+	  case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
+	    *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll)
+	      # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there.
+	      if test -n "$bindir"; then
+		func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir"
+		tdlname=$func_relative_path_result/$dlname
+	      else
+		# Otherwise fall back on heuristic.
+		tdlname=../bin/$dlname
+	      fi
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  $ECHO > $output "\
+# $outputname - a libtool library file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# The name that we can dlopen(3).
+dlname='$tdlname'
+
+# Names of this library.
+library_names='$library_names'
+
+# The name of the static archive.
+old_library='$old_library'
+
+# Linker flags that cannot go in dependency_libs.
+inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
+
+# Libraries that this one depends upon.
+dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
+
+# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
+weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
+
+# Version information for $libname.
+current=$current
+age=$age
+revision=$revision
+
+# Is this an already installed library?
+installed=$installed
+
+# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
+shouldnotlink=$module
+
+# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
+dlopen='$dlfiles'
+dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
+
+# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
+libdir='$install_libdir'"
+	  if test no,yes = "$installed,$need_relink"; then
+	    $ECHO >> $output "\
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
+	  fi
+	done
+      }
+
+      # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
+      # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
+      func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
+      ;;
+    esac
+    exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+if test link = "$opt_mode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+  func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+
+# func_mode_uninstall arg...
+func_mode_uninstall ()
+{
+    $debug_cmd
+
+    RM=$nonopt
+    files=
+    rmforce=false
+    exit_status=0
+
+    # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+    # than running their programs.
+    libtool_install_magic=$magic
+
+    for arg
+    do
+      case $arg in
+      -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=: ;;
+      -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;;
+      *) func_append files " $arg" ;;
+      esac
+    done
+
+    test -z "$RM" && \
+      func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
+
+    rmdirs=
+
+    for file in $files; do
+      func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+      dir=$func_dirname_result
+      if test . = "$dir"; then
+	odir=$objdir
+      else
+	odir=$dir/$objdir
+      fi
+      func_basename "$file"
+      name=$func_basename_result
+      test uninstall = "$opt_mode" && odir=$dir
+
+      # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
+      if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+	case " $rmdirs " in
+	  *" $odir "*) ;;
+	  *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+
+      # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
+      if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+	 { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+	 test -f "$file"; then
+	:
+      elif test -d "$file"; then
+	exit_status=1
+	continue
+      elif $rmforce; then
+	continue
+      fi
+
+      rmfiles=$file
+
+      case $name in
+      *.la)
+	# Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
+	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+	  func_source $dir/$name
+
+	  # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
+	  for n in $library_names; do
+	    func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n"
+	  done
+	  test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library"
+
+	  case $opt_mode in
+	  clean)
+	    case " $library_names " in
+	    *" $dlname "*) ;;
+	    *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;;
+	    esac
+	    test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i"
+	    ;;
+	  uninstall)
+	    if test -n "$library_names"; then
+	      # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
+	      func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
+	    fi
+
+	    if test -n "$old_library"; then
+	      # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
+	      func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
+	    fi
+	    # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *.lo)
+	# Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
+	if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+
+	  # Read the .lo file
+	  func_source $dir/$name
+
+	  # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$pic_object" && test none != "$pic_object"; then
+	    func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object"
+	  fi
+
+	  # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+	  if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+	    func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+
+      *)
+	if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+	  noexename=$name
+	  case $file in
+	  *.exe)
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+	    file=$func_stripname_result
+	    func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
+	    noexename=$func_stripname_result
+	    # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
+	    # add $file without .exe
+	    func_append rmfiles " $file"
+	    ;;
+	  esac
+	  # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
+	  if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
+	    if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+	      func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+	      relink_command=
+	      func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+	      func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+	    else
+	      relink_command=
+	      func_source $dir/$noexename
+	    fi
+
+	    # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
+	    # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
+	    func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.$objext"
+	    if test yes = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+	      func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name"
+	    fi
+	    if test "X$noexename" != "X$name"; then
+	      func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$noexename.c"
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	;;
+      esac
+      func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
+    done
+
+    # Try to remove the $objdir's in the directories where we deleted files
+    for dir in $rmdirs; do
+      if test -d "$dir"; then
+	func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
+      fi
+    done
+
+    exit $exit_status
+}
+
+if test uninstall = "$opt_mode" || test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+  func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+test -z "$opt_mode" && {
+  help=$generic_help
+  func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
+}
+
+test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
+  func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
+
+if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
+  eval exec "$exec_cmd"
+  exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+fi
+
+exit $exit_status
+
+
+# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
+# where we disable both kinds of libraries.  Given conflicting
+# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
+# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
+# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
+# them.  This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
+# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
+# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
+# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
+# configuration.  But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+build_libtool_libs=no
+build_old_libs=yes
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode:shell-script
+# sh-indentation:2
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/mdate-sh b/build-aux/mdate-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6947add
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/mdate-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1995-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No file.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
+
+Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format:
+1 January 1970
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+error ()
+{
+  echo "$0: $1" >&2
+  exit 1
+}
+
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+# Use UTC to get reproducible result.
+TZ=UTC0
+export TZ
+
+# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
+# variable.  Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this
+# variable to its documented default.
+if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
+  TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
+  export TIME_STYLE
+fi
+
+save_arg1=$1
+
+# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
+else
+  ls_command='ls -l -d'
+fi
+# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
+if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ls_command="$ls_command -n"
+fi
+
+# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
+#  drwxrwx---        0 Aug 11  2001 foo
+# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
+#  drwxrwx---   2 root  root      4096 Aug 11  2001 foo
+#
+# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
+# until we find a month.  This cannot work with files whose owner is a
+# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc.  However, it's unlikely that '/'
+# will be owned by a user whose name is a month.  So we first look at
+# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
+# words should be skipped to get the date.
+
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+set x`$ls_command /`
+
+# Find which argument is the month.
+month=
+command=
+until test $month
+do
+  test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
+  shift
+  # Add another shift to the command.
+  command="$command shift;"
+  case $1 in
+    Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+    Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+    Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+    Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+    May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+    Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+    Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+    Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+    Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+    Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+    Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+    Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+  esac
+done
+
+test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""`
+
+# Remove all preceding arguments
+eval $command
+
+# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
+#
+# On a POSIX system, we should have
+#
+# $# = 5
+# $1 = file size
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = day
+# $4 = year or time
+# $5 = filename
+#
+# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
+#
+# $# = 4
+# $1 = day
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = year or time
+# $4 = filename
+
+# Get the month.
+case $2 in
+  Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+  Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+  Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+  Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+  May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+  Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+  Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+  Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+  Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+  Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+  Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+  Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+esac
+
+case $3 in
+  ???*) day=$1;;
+  *) day=$3; shift;;
+esac
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+  *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+       case $2 in
+	 Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+	 Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+	 Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+	 Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+	 May) nummonthtod=5;;
+	 Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+	 Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+	 Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+	 Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+	 Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+	 Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+	 Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+       esac
+       # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+       # be used for files modified in the last year.
+       if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+       then
+	 year=`expr $year - 1`
+       fi;;
+  *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/missing b/build-aux/missing
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1fe1611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+case $1 in
+
+  --is-lightweight)
+    # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
+    # script is modern enough.
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  --run)
+    # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
+    shift
+    ;;
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
+to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal   autoconf  autoheader   autom4te  automake  makeinfo
+  bison     yacc      flex         lex       help2man
+
+Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
+'g' are ignored when checking the name.
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
+"$@"; st=$?
+
+# If it succeeded, we are done.
+test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
+
+# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
+# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
+# program is present and works.
+case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
+
+# Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens when the user
+# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
+# minimum version.
+if test $st -eq 63; then
+  msg="probably too old"
+elif test $st -eq 127; then
+  # Program was missing.
+  msg="missing on your system"
+else
+  # Program was found and executed, but failed.  Give up.
+  exit $st
+fi
+
+perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
+flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
+gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
+
+program_details ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    aclocal|automake)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+    autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+give_advice ()
+{
+  # Normalize program name to check for.
+  normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
+    s/^gnu-//; t
+    s/^gnu//; t
+    s/^g//; t'`
+
+  printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
+
+  configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
+  case $normalized_program in
+    autoconf*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
+      echo "or m4 files included by it."
+      program_details 'autoconf'
+      ;;
+    autoheader*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'autoheader'
+      ;;
+    automake*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'automake'
+      ;;
+    aclocal*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'aclocal'
+      ;;
+   autom4te*)
+      echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
+      echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
+      program_details 'autom4te'
+      ;;
+    bison*|yacc*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
+      ;;
+    lex*|flex*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
+      echo "<$flex_URL>"
+      ;;
+    help2man*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
+           "of a man page."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
+    ;;
+    makeinfo*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
+      echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
+      echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
+      echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
+      echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
+      echo "want to install GNU make:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
+      echo "tools for further handling them.  Check the 'README' file, it"
+      echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
+      echo "this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
+      echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
+                       -e '2,$s/^/         /' >&2
+
+# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
+# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
+exit $st
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/mktempd b/build-aux/mktempd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e18cf76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/mktempd
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Create a temporary directory, much like mktemp -d does.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+# Usage: mktempd /tmp phoey.XXXXXXXXXX
+
+# First, try to use the mktemp program.
+# Failing that, we'll roll our own mktemp-like function:
+#  - try to get random bytes from /dev/urandom
+#  - failing that, generate output from a combination of quickly-varying
+#      sources and gzip.  Ignore non-varying gzip header, and extract
+#      "random" bits from there.
+#  - given those bits, map to file-name bytes using tr, and try to create
+#      the desired directory.
+#  - make only $MAX_TRIES attempts
+
+ME=`basename "$0"`
+die() { echo >&2 "$ME: $@"; exit 1; }
+
+MAX_TRIES=4
+
+rand_bytes()
+{
+  n=$1
+
+  chars=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
+
+  dev_rand=/dev/urandom
+  if test -r "$dev_rand"; then
+    # Note: 256-length($chars) == 194; 3 copies of $chars is 186 + 8 = 194.
+    dd ibs=$n count=1 if="$dev_rand" 2>/dev/null \
+      | tr -c $chars 01234567$chars$chars$chars
+    return
+  fi
+
+  cmds='date; date +%N; free; who -a; w; ps auxww; ps -ef'
+  data=` (eval "$cmds") 2>&1 | gzip `
+
+  n_plus_50=`expr $n + 50`
+
+  # Ensure that $data has length at least 50+$n
+  while :; do
+    len=`echo "$data"|wc -c`
+    test $n_plus_50 -le $len && break;
+    data=` (echo "$data"; eval "$cmds") 2>&1 | gzip `
+  done
+
+  echo "$data" \
+    | dd bs=1 skip=50 count=$n 2>/dev/null \
+    | tr -c $chars 01234567$chars$chars$chars
+}
+
+mktempd()
+{
+  case $# in
+  2);;
+  *) die "Usage: $ME DIR TEMPLATE";;
+  esac
+
+  destdir=$1
+  template=$2
+
+  # Disallow any trailing slash on specified destdir:
+  # it would subvert the post-mktemp "case"-based destdir test.
+  case $destdir in
+  /) ;;
+  */) die "invalid destination dir: remove trailing slash(es)";;
+  esac
+
+  case $template in
+  *XXXX) ;;
+  *) die "invalid template: $template (must have a suffix of at least 4 X's)";;
+  esac
+
+  fail=0
+
+  # First, try to use mktemp.
+  d=`env -u TMPDIR mktemp -d -t -p "$destdir" "$template" 2>/dev/null` \
+    || fail=1
+
+  # The resulting name must be in the specified directory.
+  case $d in "$destdir"*);; *) fail=1;; esac
+
+  # It must have created the directory.
+  test -d "$d" || fail=1
+
+  # It must have 0700 permissions.  Handle sticky "S" bits.
+  perms=`ls -dgo "$d" 2>/dev/null|tr S -` || fail=1
+  case $perms in drwx------*) ;; *) fail=1;; esac
+
+  test $fail = 0 && {
+    echo "$d"
+    return
+  }
+
+  # If we reach this point, we'll have to create a directory manually.
+
+  # Get a copy of the template without its suffix of X's.
+  base_template=`echo "$template"|sed 's/XX*$//'`
+
+  # Calculate how many X's we've just removed.
+  template_length=`echo "$template" | wc -c`
+  nx=`echo "$base_template" | wc -c`
+  nx=`expr $template_length - $nx`
+
+  err=
+  i=1
+  while :; do
+    X=`rand_bytes $nx`
+    candidate_dir="$destdir/$base_template$X"
+    err=`mkdir -m 0700 "$candidate_dir" 2>&1` \
+      && { echo "$candidate_dir"; return; }
+    test $MAX_TRIES -le $i && break;
+    i=`expr $i + 1`
+  done
+  die "$err"
+}
+
+mktempd "$@"
diff --git a/build-aux/test-driver b/build-aux/test-driver
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..be73b80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/test-driver
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error.  This
+# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
+set -u
+
+usage_error ()
+{
+  echo "$0: $*" >&2
+  print_usage >&2
+  exit 2
+}
+
+print_usage ()
+{
+  cat <<END
+Usage:
+  test-driver --test-name NAME --log-file PATH --trs-file PATH
+              [--expect-failure {yes|no}] [--color-tests {yes|no}]
+              [--enable-hard-errors {yes|no}] [--]
+              TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS]
+
+The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory.
+See the GNU Automake documentation for information.
+END
+}
+
+test_name= # Used for reporting.
+log_file=  # Where to save the output of the test script.
+trs_file=  # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
+expect_failure=no
+color_tests=no
+enable_hard_errors=yes
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+  case $1 in
+  --help) print_usage; exit $?;;
+  --version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+  --test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
+  --log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
+  --trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
+  --color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
+  --expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
+  --enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;;
+  --) shift; break;;
+  -*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
+   *) break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+missing_opts=
+test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name"
+test x"$log_file"  = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file"
+test x"$trs_file"  = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file"
+if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then
+  usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts"
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  usage_error "missing argument"
+fi
+
+if test $color_tests = yes; then
+  # Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'.
+  red='' # Red.
+  grn='' # Green.
+  lgn='' # Light green.
+  blu='' # Blue.
+  mgn='' # Magenta.
+  std=''     # No color.
+else
+  red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std=
+fi
+
+do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st'
+trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1
+trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2
+trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13
+trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+# Test script is run here. We create the file first, then append to it,
+# to ameliorate tests themselves also writing to the log file. Our tests
+# don't, but others can (automake bug#35762).
+: >"$log_file"
+"$@" >>"$log_file" 2>&1
+estatus=$?
+
+if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
+  tweaked_estatus=1
+else
+  tweaked_estatus=$estatus
+fi
+
+case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in
+  0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+  0:*)   col=$grn res=PASS  recheck=no  gcopy=no;;
+  77:*)  col=$blu res=SKIP  recheck=no  gcopy=yes;;
+  99:*)  col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+  *:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no  gcopy=yes;;
+  *:*)   col=$red res=FAIL  recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+esac
+
+# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can
+# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log'
+# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs'
+# file (automake bug#11814).
+echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>"$log_file"
+
+# Report outcome to console.
+echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
+
+# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
+echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
+echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
+echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
+echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/texinfo.tex b/build-aux/texinfo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..204caf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/texinfo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11848 @@
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2023-03-21.06}
+%
+% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+% License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+%
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+%   https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
+%   https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
+%   https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   texindex foo.??
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% LaTeX's \typeout.  This ensures that the messages it is used for
+% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
+
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexsp=\sp
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptexsup=\sup
+\let\ptext=\t
+\let\ptextop=\top
+{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putworderror\undefined     \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined       \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined   \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+
+% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
+
+% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
+\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
+
+\chardef\dashChar  = `\-
+\chardef\slashChar = `\/
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{
+  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+  ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+  par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+  spell-ing spell-ings
+  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+  wide-spread wrap-around
+}
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+  \tracingstats2
+  \tracingpages1
+  \tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
+  \tracingparagraphs1
+  \tracingoutput1
+  \tracingmacros2
+  \tracingrestores1
+  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+  \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+    \tracingscantokens1
+    \tracingifs1
+    \tracinggroups1
+    \tracingnesting2
+    \tracingassigns1
+  \fi
+  \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
+  \errorcontextlines16
+}%
+
+% @errormsg{MSG}.  Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
+% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
+% after all.
+%
+\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
+\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% Output routine
+%
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
+
+% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
+% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
+% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
+%
+% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
+% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
+%
+% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
+% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
+
+% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
+% mark before the section break, and one after.
+%   In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs,
+% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs.
+%   Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
+% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
+% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
+%   @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
+%
+% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
+\def\domark{%
+  \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}%
+  \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}%
+  \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
+  \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
+  \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}%
+  \mark{%
+                   \the\toks0 \the\toks2  % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
+      \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6  % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
+    \noexpand\else \the\toks8             % 2: color marks
+  }%
+}
+
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
+% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
+%
+% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
+% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
+% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
+% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
+% first @chapter.
+\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
+  \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi
+  \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
+}
+\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
+\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi}
+
+% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
+\def\currentchapterdefs{}
+\def\currentsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentsection{}
+\def\prevchapterdefs{}
+\def\prevsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentcolordefs{}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
+
+% Main output routine.
+%
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\newtoks\defaultoutput
+\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine
+% is run several times, hiding the original value of \topmark.  Hence, save
+% \topmark at the beginning.
+%
+\newtoks\savedtopmark
+\newif\iftopmarksaved
+\topmarksavedtrue
+\def\savetopmark{%
+  \iftopmarksaved\else
+    \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}%
+    \global\topmarksavedtrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
+% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
+% and footnote.  This also causes index entries for this page to be written
+% to the auxiliary files.
+%
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+  \hoffset=\normaloffset
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+  %
+  \checkchapterpage
+  %
+  % Make the heading and footing.  \makeheadline and \makefootline
+  % use the contents of \headline and \footline.
+  \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
+  \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
+  \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
+  \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
+  \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}%
+  %
+  {%
+    % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
+    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+    % before the \shipout runs.
+    %
+    \atdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
+    \turnoffactive
+    \shipout\vbox{%
+      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+      %
+      \unvbox\headlinebox
+      \pagebody{#1}%
+      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
+        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+        \vskip 24pt
+        \unvbox\footlinebox
+      \fi
+      %
+    }%
+  }%
+  \global\topmarksavedfalse
+  \advancepageno
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+% Main part of page, including any footnotes
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter.  Used for printing headings.
+\newif\ifchapterpage
+\def\checkchapterpage{%
+  % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page
+  \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi
+  \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
+  \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
+  %
+  \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
+    \chapterpagefalse
+  \else
+    \chapterpagetrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Argument parsing
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
+%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+  \def\argtorun{#2}%
+  \begingroup
+    \obeylines
+    \spaceisspace
+    #1%
+    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
+}
+
+{\obeylines %
+  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+  }%
+}
+
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.  Pass the result on to
+% \argcheckspaces.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+
+% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+%    @end itemize  @c foo
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+  \def\temp{#3}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty
+    % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
+    \let\temp\finishparsearg
+  \else
+    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+  \fi
+  % Put the space token in:
+  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
+}
+
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
+% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
+%
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+
+% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
+%
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+%	is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+  \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
+  \obeyspaces
+  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+  % should produce a line of output anyway.
+  %
+  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
+%
+%   \envdef\foo{...}
+%   \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group.  (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
+
+
+% At run-time, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
+
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\long\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
+  \else
+    \badenverr
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
+  \errhelp = \EMsimple
+  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+  \ifx#1\empty
+    outside of any environment%
+  \else
+    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo.
+\parseargdef\end{%
+  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+  \else
+    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
+    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+    \csname E#1\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @- allows explicit insertion of hyphenation points
+\def\-{\discretionary{\normaldash}{}{}}%
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\envdef\group{%
+  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
+    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+  \fi
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
+    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
+    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+    \comment
+}
+%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above.  But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
+  \addgroupbox
+  \prevdepth = \dimen1
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+\def\addgroupbox{
+  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+  \dimen2 = \txipageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+  % group, force a page break.
+  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
+      \page
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \box\groupbox
+}
+
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
+
+\parseargdef\need{%
+  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+  % paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+  \dimen0 = #1\mil
+  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+    % This is similar to the 'needspace' module in LaTeX.
+    % The first penalty allows a break if the end of the page is
+    % not too far away.  Following penalties and skips are discarded.
+    % Otherwise, require at least \dimen0 of vertical space.
+    %
+    % (We used to use a \vtop to reserve space, but this had spacing issues
+    % when followed by a section heading, as it was not a "discardable item".
+    % This also has the benefit of providing glue before the page break if
+    % there isn't enough space.)
+    \vskip0pt plus \dimen0
+    \penalty-100
+    \vskip0pt plus -\dimen0
+    \vskip \dimen0
+    \penalty9999
+    \vskip -\dimen0
+    \penalty0\relax % this hides the above glue from \safewhatsit and \dobreak
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.  Not documented, written for gawk manual.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}
+
+% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+  \pushthisfilestack
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable  % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
+    \turnoffactive        % and allow special characters in the expansion
+    \indexnofonts         % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+    \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
+    \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
+    %
+    % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
+    % definitions, etc.
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp
+  \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  \catcode`~=\other
+  \catcode`^=\other
+  \catcode`_=\other
+  \catcode`|=\other
+  \catcode`<=\other
+  \catcode`>=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other
+  \catcode`-=\other
+  \catcode`\`=\other
+  \catcode`\'=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
+%
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\parseargdef\center{%
+  \ifhmode
+    \let\centersub\centerH
+  \else
+    \let\centersub\centerV
+  \fi
+  \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+  \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
+}
+\def\centerH#1{{%
+  \hfil\break
+  \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \line{#1}%
+  \break
+}}
+%
+\newcount\centerpenalty
+\def\centerV#1{%
+  % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
+  % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
+  % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
+  % prevent a page break here.
+  \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
+  \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
+  \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
+  \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
+}
+
+% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
+%
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
+
+
+\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\cxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+%
+\let\comment\c
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \defaultparindent = 0pt
+    \else
+      \defaultparindent = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+    \else
+      \lispnarrowing = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\noneword
+    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+  \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+  \gdef\indent  {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
+  \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
+  \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
+}
+%
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+  \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
+  \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
+  \global\everypar = {}%
+}
+
+% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent
+\gdef\imageindent{%
+  \toks0=\everypar
+  \everypar={}%
+  \ptexnoindent
+  \global\everypar=\toks0
+}
+
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
+\let\setfilename=\comment
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newbox\boxB
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+%
+% For LuaTeX
+%
+
+\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
+\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
+
+\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+\else
+  % Use Unicode destination names
+  \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+  % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\%=12
+    \directlua{
+      function UTF16oct(str)
+        tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
+        for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
+          if c < 0x10000 then
+            tex.sprint(
+              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+                            math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256)))
+          else
+            c = c - 0x10000
+            local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
+            local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
+            tex.sprint(
+              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+                            string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+                            math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256),
+                            math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256)))
+          end
+        end
+      end
+    }
+  \endgroup
+  \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+  % Escape PDF strings without converting
+  \begingroup
+    \directlua{
+      function PDFescstr(str)
+        for c in string.bytes(str) do
+          if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
+            tex.sprint(-2,
+              string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+                            c))
+          else
+            tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c))
+          end
+        end
+      end
+    }
+    % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12
+    % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See
+    % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html
+    %
+  \endgroup
+  \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+  \ifnum\luatexversion>84
+    % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
+    \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
+    \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
+    \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
+    \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
+    \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
+    \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
+    \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
+    \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
+    \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
+    \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
+    \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
+    \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
+    \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
+    \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
+    \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
+    \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
+    \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
+    \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
+  \fi
+\fi
+
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
+\else
+  \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+  \else
+    \ifcase\pdfoutput
+    \else
+      \pdftrue
+    \fi
+  \fi
+\fi
+
+\newif\ifpdforxetex
+\pdforxetexfalse
+\ifpdf
+  \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else
+  \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+
+
+% Output page labels information.
+% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1.
+\ifpdf
+\def\pagelabels{%
+  \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}%
+  \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}%
+  \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}%
+  %
+  % Page label ranges must be increasing.  Remove any duplicates.
+  % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is
+  % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.)
+  %
+  \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi
+  \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}%
+  \else
+    \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount
+    \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax
+  \else
+    \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax
+  \fi
+}
+\else
+  \let\pagelabels\relax
+\fi
+
+\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0
+\newcount\romancount \romancount=0
+\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0
+\ifpdf
+  \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno
+  \def\advancepageno{%
+    \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1
+  }
+\fi
+
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
+%
+% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
+% related messages.  The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
+% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do.  pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
+% do this reliably, so we use it.
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
+% which we \xdef.
+\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
+  \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
+    % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
+    % Many times it won't matter.
+    \xdef#1{#1}%
+  \else
+    % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
+    % backslashes, and other special chars.
+    \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
+  \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
+    % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
+    \txiescapepdf{#1}%
+  \else
+    \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
+with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found.  (.eps cannot
+be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
+output) for that.)}
+
+\ifpdf
+  %
+  % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
+  % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
+  % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
+  % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
+  % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.  We use
+  % black by default, though.
+  \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+  \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+  %
+  % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
+  % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
+  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg  #1 RG}}
+  %
+  % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+  % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+  \def\curcolor{0 0 0}%
+  \def\setcolor#1{%
+    \ifx#1\curcolor\else
+      \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+      \domark
+      \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+      \xdef\curcolor{#1}%
+    \fi
+  }
+  %
+  \let\maincolor\rgbBlack
+  \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+  \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+  \def\currentcolordefs{}
+  %
+  \def\makefootline{%
+    \baselineskip24pt
+    \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\makeheadline{%
+    \vbox to 0pt{%
+      \vskip-22.5pt
+      \line{%
+        \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+        % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+        \getcolormarks
+        % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+        \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+      }%
+      \vss
+    }%
+    \nointerlineskip
+  }
+  %
+  %
+  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
+  %
+  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+    \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+    %
+    % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+    % others).  Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+    % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+    % bitmap.
+    \let\pdfimgext=\empty
+    \begingroup
+      \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+        \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+          \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+            \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+              \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+                \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+                  \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
+                  \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
+                \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
+                \fi
+              \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
+              \fi
+            \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
+            \fi
+          \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
+          \fi
+        \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
+        \fi
+      \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
+      \fi
+      \closein 1
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+    % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+      \immediate\pdfimage
+    \else
+      \immediate\pdfximage
+    \fi
+      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
+      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
+      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+         #1.\pdfimgext
+       \else
+         {#1.\pdfimgext}%
+       \fi
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+    \fi}
+  %
+  \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \turnoffactive
+    \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+      \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+        % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+        % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
+      \else
+        \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+          % Pass through Unicode characters.
+        \else
+          % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+          \passthroughcharsfalse
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \else
+      % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+      \passthroughcharsfalse
+    \fi
+    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+    \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+  }}
+  %
+  \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+    \indexnofonts
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \turnoffactive
+    \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+      % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
+      % strings.  See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
+      % the "PDFDocEncoding".
+      \passthroughcharstrue
+      % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+      %   LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
+      %   pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+      \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+    \else
+      \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+        \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+          % For pdfTeX  with UTF-8.
+          % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
+          % but the code for this isn't done yet.
+          % Use ASCII approximations.
+          \passthroughcharsfalse
+          \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+        \else
+          % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
+          % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
+          \passthroughcharstrue
+          \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+        \fi
+      \else
+        % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
+        % Use ASCII approximations.
+        \passthroughcharsfalse
+        \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
+    % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+    \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
+  }}
+  %
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+    \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+  }
+  %
+  % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
+  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+  %
+  % by default, use black for everything.
+  \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \let\linkcolor\rgbBlack
+  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+  %
+  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+  % come from Petr Olsak
+  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+    \advance\tempnum by 1
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+  %
+  % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+  % outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
+  % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+  % #4 is the page number
+  %
+  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
+    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+    % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
+    \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+    \setpdfdestname{#3}
+    \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+      \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+    \begingroup
+      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+      \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissecnum{0}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+      }%
+      \def\thischapnum{0}%
+      \def\thissecnum{0}%
+      \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      %
+      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+      % al. a second time, below.
+      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \readdatafile{toc}%
+      %
+      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+      %
+      % We use the node names as the destinations.
+      %
+      % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
+      % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
+      % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+      %
+      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
+      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
+      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+      %
+      % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Too
+      % much work for too little return.  Just use the ASCII equivalents
+      % we use for the index sort strings.
+      %
+      \indexnofonts
+      \setupdatafile
+      % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+      % Texinfo index files.  So set that up.
+      \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+      \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+      \input \tocreadfilename
+    \endgroup
+  }
+  {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+   \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+   \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+   \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+  ]
+  %
+  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+      \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+      \advance\filenamelength by 1
+    \fi
+    \nextsp}
+  \def\getfilename#1{%
+    \filenamelength=0
+    % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+    % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+    \edef\temp{#1}%
+    \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+  }
+  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+  \else
+    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+  \fi
+  % make a live url in pdf output.
+  \def\pdfurl#1{%
+    \begingroup
+      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+      % people have actually reported a problem with.
+      %
+      \normalturnoffactive
+      \def\@{@}%
+      \let\/=\empty
+      \makevalueexpandable
+      % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+      % special-casing \var here?
+      \def\var##1{##1}%
+      %
+      \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+    \endgroup}
+  % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink.  #1 may
+  % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
+  % entry.
+  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+  \def\maketoks{%
+    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+    \ifx\first0\adn0
+    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+    \else
+      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+        \let\next=\maketoks
+        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \next}
+  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+  \def\pdflink#1{\pdflinkpage{#1}{#1}}%
+  \def\pdflinkpage#1#2{%
+    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+    \setcolor{\linkcolor}#2\endlink}
+  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\else
+  % non-pdf mode
+  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+  \let\endlink = \relax
+  \let\setcolor = \gobble
+  \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
+  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+%
+% For XeTeX
+%
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+\else
+  %
+  % XeTeX version check
+  %
+  \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
+    % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
+    % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
+    % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
+    % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+    \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
+    % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
+    % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
+    \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+  \else
+    % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
+    % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+    % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
+    % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
+    %
+    % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
+    % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
+    % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+    \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Color support
+  %
+  \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+  \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+  %
+  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
+  %
+  % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+  % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+  \def\setcolor#1{%
+    \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+    \domark
+    \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+  \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+  \def\currentcolordefs{}
+  %
+  \def\makefootline{%
+    \baselineskip24pt
+    \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\makeheadline{%
+    \vbox to 0pt{%
+      \vskip-22.5pt
+      \line{%
+        \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+        % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+        \getcolormarks
+        % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+        \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+      }%
+      \vss
+    }%
+    \nointerlineskip
+  }
+  %
+  % PDF outline support
+  %
+  % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
+  \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
+    \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \turnoffactive
+    \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+      % Pass through Unicode characters.
+    \else
+      % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+      \passthroughcharsfalse
+    \fi
+    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+    \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+  }}
+  %
+  \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+    \turnoffactive
+    % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
+    \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+    % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
+    % So we do not convert.
+    \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
+  }}
+  %
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+    \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+  }
+  %
+  % by default, use black for everything.
+  \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
+  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+  %
+  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+    \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+    \setpdfdestname{#3}
+    \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+      \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
+      << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+    \begingroup
+      %
+      % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
+      % Therefore, we read toc only once.
+      %
+      % We use node names as destinations.
+      %
+      % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
+      % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
+      % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
+      \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
+      %
+      \let\appentry\numchapentry%
+      \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
+      \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+      \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+      \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
+      \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+      \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+      %
+      % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
+      % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
+      %
+      \indexnofonts
+      \setupdatafile
+      % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+      % Texinfo index files.  So set that up.
+      \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+      \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+      \input \tocreadfilename
+    \endgroup
+  }
+  {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+   \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+   \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+   \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+  ]
+
+  \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
+  % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
+  % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
+  % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
+  % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
+  % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+%
+  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+      \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+      \advance\filenamelength by 1
+    \fi
+    \nextsp}
+  \def\getfilename#1{%
+    \filenamelength=0
+    % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+    % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+    \edef\temp{#1}%
+    \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+  }
+  % make a live url in pdf output.
+  \def\pdfurl#1{%
+    \begingroup
+      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+      % people have actually reported a problem with.
+      %
+      \normalturnoffactive
+      \def\@{@}%
+      \let\/=\empty
+      \makevalueexpandable
+      % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+      % special-casing \var here?
+      \def\var##1{##1}%
+      %
+      \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+      \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+        /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
+    \endgroup}
+  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
+  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+  \def\maketoks{%
+    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+    \ifx\first0\adn0
+    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+    \else
+      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+        \let\next=\maketoks
+        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \next}
+  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+  \def\pdflink#1{\pdflinkpage{#1}{#1}}%
+  \def\pdflinkpage#1#2{%
+    \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+      /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
+    \setcolor{\linkcolor}#2\endlink}
+  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+%
+  %
+  % @image support
+  %
+  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+  \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
+    \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+    %
+    % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+    % others).  Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+    % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+    % bitmap.
+    \let\xeteximgext=\empty
+    \begingroup
+      \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+        \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+          \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+            \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+              \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+                \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+                  \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
+                \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
+                \fi
+              \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
+              \fi
+            \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
+            \fi
+          \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
+          \fi
+        \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
+        \fi
+      \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
+      \fi
+      \closein 1
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line
+    % after the image.
+    \hbox\bgroup
+      \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
+      \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+        \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+      \else
+        \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
+        \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+          \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+        \else
+          \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+        \fi
+      \fi
+      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
+      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
+    \egroup
+  }
+\fi
+
+
+%
+\message{fonts,}
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
+\def\baselinefactor{1}
+%
+\newdimen\textleading
+\def\setleading#1{%
+  \dimen0 = #1\relax
+  \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
+  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+  \normalbaselines
+  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+  }%
+}
+
+% PDF CMaps.  See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
+%
+% do nothing with this by default.
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
+
+% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
+% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
+% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
+\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<23> <26> <0023>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+40 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+    }\endgroup
+  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
+    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+  }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1IT
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1IT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<25> <26> <0025>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+42 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<23> <0023>
+<24> <00A3>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+    }\endgroup
+  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
+    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+  }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1TT
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1TT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+5 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<21> <26> <0021>
+<28> <5F> <0028>
+<61> <7E> <0061>
+endbfrange
+32 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <2191>
+<0C> <2193>
+<0D> <0027>
+<0E> <00A1>
+<0F> <00BF>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<20> <2423>
+<27> <2019>
+<60> <2018>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+    }\endgroup
+  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
+    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+  }%
+\fi\fi
+%
+% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
+\let\cmap\gobble
+%
+% (end of cmaps)
+
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
+% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
+% Example:
+% #1 = \textrm
+% #2 = \rmshape
+% #3 = 10
+% #4 = \mainmagstep
+% #5 = OT1
+%
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
+  \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
+  \ifx#2\ttshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi
+  \ifx#2\ttbshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi
+  \ifx#2\ttslshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi
+}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx}               % where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  (The default in Texinfo.)
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1095}
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+\def\chapecsize{1728}
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\sececsize{1440}
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+\def\ssececsize{1200}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+\def\reducedecsize{1000}
+
+\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
+\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
+\rm
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
+
+
+% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
+% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit.  This is for the GNU
+% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual.  Maybe other manuals in the
+% future.  Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizex{%
+% Text fonts (10pt).
+\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1000}
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
+
+% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\chapbf\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\chapecsize{1440}
+
+% Section fonts (12pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
+\def\sececsize{1200}
+
+% Subsection fonts (10pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi10
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
+\def\ssececsize{1000}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi9
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
+\def\reducedecsize{0900}
+
+\divide\parskip by 2  % reduce space between paragraphs
+\textleading = 12pt   % line spacing for 10pt CM
+\textfonts            % reset the current fonts
+\rm
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}  % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+
+
+% We provide the user-level command
+%   @fonttextsize 10
+% (or 11) to redefine the text font size.  pt is assumed.
+%
+\def\xiword{11}
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xwordpt{10pt}
+%
+\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
+  \def\textsizearg{#1}%
+  %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+  %
+  % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
+  % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
+  %
+ \begingroup \globaldefs=1
+  \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
+  \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
+  \else
+    \errhelp=\EMsimple
+    \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
+  \fi\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+%
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+  \csname #1font\endcsname  % change the current font
+}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
+% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+  \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
+  \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
+  \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
+  %
+  % Fonts for superscript.  Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
+  % of the current font size.
+  \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
+  \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
+  \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
+  \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
+}
+
+
+
+% \defineassignfonts{SIZE} -
+%   Define sequence \assignfontsSIZE, which switches between font sizes
+% by redefining the meanings of \STYLEfont.  (Just \STYLE additionally sets
+% the current \fam for math mode.)
+%
+\def\defineassignfonts#1{%
+  \expandafter\edef\csname assignfonts#1\endcsname{%
+    \let\noexpand\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\sffont  \csname #1sf\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\ifont   \csname #1i\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\syfont  \csname #1sy\endcsname
+    \let\noexpand\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
+  }
+}
+
+\def\assignfonts#1{%
+  \csname assignfonts#1\endcsname
+}
+
+\newif\ifrmisbold
+
+% Select smaller font size with the current style.  Used to change font size
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.  If we are using bold fonts for
+% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
+\def\switchtolllsize{%
+   \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
+   \ifrmisbold
+     \let\rmfont\bffont
+   \fi
+   \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\switchtolsize{%
+   \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
+   \ifrmisbold
+     \let\rmfont\bffont
+   \fi
+   \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+% Define the font-changing commands (all called \...fonts).
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% Note: The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics"  (\itfont is for
+% italics in regular text).  \syfont is also used in math mode only.
+%
+\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \defineassignfonts{#1}%
+\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
+  \def\curfontsize{#1}%
+  \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
+  \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
+  \csname assignfonts#1\endcsname
+  \resetmathfonts
+  \setleading{#4}%
+}}
+
+\definefontsetatsize{text}   {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{title}  {chap}   {subsec} {27pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{chap}   {sec}    {text}   {19pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{sec}    {subsec} {reduced}{17pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{ssec}   {text}   {small}  {15pt}  {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small}  {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{small}  {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
+
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+
+% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\definetextfontsizexi
+
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter. #1 is what to
+% print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print otherwise.
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+
+% Check if internal flag is clear, i.e. has not been @set.
+\def\ifflagclear#1#2#3{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+  #2\else#3\fi
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\'=\active
+\catcode`\`=\active
+
+\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright}
+\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq}
+}
+\setregularquotes
+
+% output for ' in @code
+% in tt font hex 0D (undirected) or 27 (curly right quote)
+%
+\def\codequoteright{%
+  \ifusingtt
+      {\ifflagclear{txicodequoteundirected}%
+          {\ifflagclear{codequoteundirected}%
+              {'}%
+              {\char"0D }}%
+          {\char"0D }}%
+      {'}%
+}
+
+% output for ` in @code
+% in tt font hex 12 (grave accent) or 60 (curly left quote)
+% \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+%
+\def\codequoteleft{%
+  \ifusingtt
+      {\ifflagclear{txicodequotebacktick}%
+          {\ifflagclear{codequotebacktick}%
+              {\relax`}%
+              {\char"12 }}%
+          {\char"12 }}%
+      {\relax`}%
+}
+
+% Commands to set the quote options.
+%
+\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+      = t%
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+      = t%
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Turn them on by default
+\let\SETtxicodequoteundirected = t
+\let\SETtxicodequotebacktick = t
+
+
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Font commands.
+
+% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
+% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
+% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
+\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
+  \ifusingtt
+    {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
+    {\def\next{{#1#2}\smartitaliccorrection}}%
+  \next
+}
+\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
+\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
+
+% Output an italic correction unless the following character is such as
+% not to need one.
+\def\smartitaliccorrection{\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrectionx}
+\def\smartitaliccorrectionx{%
+  \ifx\next,%
+  \else\ifx\next-%
+  \else\ifx\next.%
+  \else\ifx\next\.%
+  \else\ifx\next\comma%
+  \else\ptexslash
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \aftersmartic
+}
+
+% @cite unconditionally uses \sl with \smartitaliccorrection.
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\smartitaliccorrection}
+
+% @var unconditionally uses \sl.  This gives consistency for
+% parameter names whether they are in @def, @table @code or a
+% regular paragraph.
+%  To get ttsl font for @var when used in code context, @set txicodevaristt.
+% The \null is to reset \spacefactor.
+\def\aftersmartic{}
+\def\var#1{%
+  \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
+  \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
+  %
+  \ifflagclear{txicodevaristt}%
+    {\def\varnext{{{\sl #1}}\smartitaliccorrection}}%
+    {\def\varnext{\smartslanted{#1}}}%
+  \varnext
+}
+
+% To be removed after next release
+\def\SETtxicodevaristt{}% @set txicodevaristt
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+
+% @r for roman font, used for code comment
+\def\r#1{{%
+  \usenormaldash % get --, --- ligatures even if in @code
+  \defcharsdefault  % in case on def line
+  \rm #1}}
+{\catcode`-=\active \gdef\usenormaldash{\let-\normaldash}}
+
+% @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
+
+% @b, explicit bold.  Also @strong.
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
+\newif\iffrenchspacing
+\frenchspacingfalse
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+  \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
+    \iffrenchspacing\else
+      \frenchspacingtrue
+      \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
+      \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
+      \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+    \fi
+  }
+  \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+    \iffrenchspacing
+      \frenchspacingfalse
+       \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+       \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+       \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
+    \fi
+  }
+\catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+%
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\let\frenchspacingsetting\plainnonfrenchspacing % used in output routine
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword \let\frenchspacingsetting\plainfrenchspacing
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword \let\frenchspacingsetting\plainnonfrenchspacing
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+  \frenchspacingsetting
+}
+
+
+% @t, explicit typewriter.
+\def\t#1{%
+  {\tt \defcharsdefault \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+  \null
+}
+
+% @samp.
+\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
+
+% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
+\let\indicateurl=\samp
+
+% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
+% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
+% This is a subroutine for that.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+  {%
+    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+    %
+    % Switch to typewriter.
+    \tt
+    %
+    % `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+    %
+    \plainfrenchspacing
+    #1%
+  }%
+  \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
+}
+
+% This is for LuaTeX: It is not sufficient to disable hyphenation at
+% explicit dashes by setting `\hyphenchar` to -1.
+\def\dashnobreak{%
+  \normaldash
+  \penalty 10000 }
+
+% We must turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+% We explicitly allow hyphenation at these characters
+% using \discretionary.
+%
+% Hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words was turned off
+% by default for the tt fonts using the \hyphenchar parameter of TeX.
+{
+  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
+  \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq  % default definitions
+  %
+  \global\def\code{\begingroup
+    \setcodequotes
+    \catcode\dashChar=\active  \catcode\underChar=\active
+    \ifallowcodebreaks
+     \let-\codedash
+     \let_\codeunder
+    \else
+     \let-\dashnobreak
+     \let_\realunder
+    \fi
+    \codex
+  }
+  %
+  \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
+  \gdef\codedashfinish{%
+    \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
+    %
+    % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
+    % (a) the next character is a -, or
+    % (b) the preceding character is a -, or
+    % (c) we are at the start of the string.
+    % In both cases (b) and (c), \codedashnobreak should be set to \codedash.
+    %
+    % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
+    % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
+    \ifx\next\codedash \else
+      \ifx\codedashnobreak\codedash
+      \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
+    \fi
+    % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
+    % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise.  As in @code{- a}.
+    \global\let\codedashnobreak= \next
+  }
+}
+\def\normaldash{-}
+%
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{%
+  % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
+  % after the -.  \codedashnobreak is set to the first character in
+  % @code.
+  \futurelet\codedashnobreak\relax
+  #1%
+}\endgroup}
+
+\def\codeunder{%
+  % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
+  % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+  % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+  % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+  \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+               \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+             \else\normalunderscore \fi
+             \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+            {\_}%
+}
+
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is bad.
+% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
+% and _ on and off.
+%
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
+
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
+
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+    \allowcodebreakstrue
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+    \allowcodebreaksfalse
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
+% so use \code rather than \samp.
+\let\command=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\file=\code
+\let\option=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
+% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
+% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
+% addition to) the url itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.
+
+% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
+% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
+\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
+
+% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in
+% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking.  Set it to
+% a negative value for this paragraph only.  Hopefully this does not
+% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere.
+\def\nopretolerance{%
+\pretolerance=-1
+\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}%
+}
+
+% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
+% places within the url.
+\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
+\let\uref=\urefbreak
+%
+\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
+\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
+  \unsepspaces
+  \pdfurl{#1}%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+  \else
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
+    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+      \ifpdf
+        % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+        \ifurefurlonlylink
+          % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+          \unhbox0
+        \else
+          % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+          % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+          \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+        \fi
+      \else
+        \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+          \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
+        \else
+          % For XeTeX
+          \ifurefurlonlylink
+            % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+            \unhbox0
+          \else
+            % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+            % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+            \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
+\def\urefcatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
+  \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+  \catcode`\/=\active
+}
+{
+  \urefcatcodes
+  %
+  \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
+    \setcodequotes
+    \urefcatcodes
+    \let&\urefcodeamp
+    \let.\urefcodedot
+    \let#\urefcodehash
+    \let?\urefcodequest
+    \let/\urefcodeslash
+    \codex
+  }
+  %
+  % By default, they are just regular characters.
+  \global\def&{\normalamp}
+  \global\def.{\normaldot}
+  \global\def#{\normalhash}
+  \global\def?{\normalquest}
+  \global\def/{\normalslash}
+}
+
+\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
+{
+  \catcode`\/=\active
+  \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
+    \urefprebreak \slashChar
+    % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
+    % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
+    \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi
+  }
+}
+
+% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to
+% break before the special chars, so allow that.  Also allow no breaking at
+% all, for manual control.
+%
+\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
+    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
+    \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
+    \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak}
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\wordafter{after}
+\def\wordbefore{before}
+\def\wordnone{none}
+
+% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's.  There can
+% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in
+% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added
+% at the end of the line, or no break at all here.
+%   Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how
+% preferable one choice is over the other.
+\def\urefallowbreak{%
+  \penalty0\relax
+  \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax
+  \penalty1000\relax
+  \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax
+}
+
+\urefbreakstyle after
+
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdforxetex
+  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+    \unsepspaces
+    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+    \endlink
+  \endgroup}
+\else
+  \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct'.
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\kbd#1{%
+  \tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes#1}%
+}
+
+% definition of @key that produces a lozenge.  Doesn't adjust to text size.
+%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+%\font\keysy=cmsy9
+%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+%  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+%    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+%     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+%    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+%  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+
+% definition of @key with no lozenge.
+%
+\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes \tt #1}\null}
+
+% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
+\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
+
+% @clickstyle @arrow   (by default)
+\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
+\def\click{\arrow}
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+%
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\switchtolsize #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+%
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+  \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+    \catcode`\_=\active
+    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+  }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
+% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+  \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
+    \tex
+    \mathunderscore
+    \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+    \mathactive
+    % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+    \let\"=\ddot
+    \let\'=\acute
+    \let\==\bar
+    \let\^=\hat
+    \let\`=\grave
+    \let\u=\breve
+    \let\v=\check
+    \let\~=\tilde
+    \let\dotaccent=\dot
+    % have to provide another name for sup operator
+    \let\mathopsup=\sup
+  $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+  \catcode`^ = \active
+  \catcode`< = \active
+  \catcode`> = \active
+  \catcode`+ = \active
+  \catcode`' = \active
+  \gdef\mathactive{%
+    \let^ = \ptexhat
+    \let< = \ptexless
+    \let> = \ptexgtr
+    \let+ = \ptexplus
+    \let' = \ptexquoteright
+  }
+}
+
+% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
+% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
+% into text mode, with smaller fonts.  This is a different font than the
+% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
+% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
+%
+\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
+\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+%
+\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
+\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+
+% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common
+\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}}
+
+% @displaymath.
+% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and
+% \end tex.  Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex.
+{\obeylines
+\globaldefs=1
+\envdef\displaymath{%
+\tex%
+\def\thisenv{\displaymath}%
+\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend%
+$$%
+}
+
+\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}%
+
+\def\Edisplaymath{%
+\def\thisenv{\tex}%
+\end tex
+}}
+
+
+% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
+% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
+% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
+%
+\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
+%
+\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+  \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+}
+%
+% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
+% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
+\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+  \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
+}
+%
+% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
+% setting catcodes prematurely.  Doing it this way means that, for
+% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
+% ignored.  But this isn't important because if people want a literal
+% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
+% well use a command to get a left brace too.  We could re-use the
+% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
+%
+\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
+\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
+\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
+  \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+  \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
+}
+
+% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
+  \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
+  \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+
+\message{glyphs,}
+% and logos.
+
+% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
+\def\@{\char64 }
+\let\atchar=\@
+
+% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
+\def\lbracechar{{\ifusingtt{\char123}{\ensuremath\lbrace}}}
+\def\rbracechar{{\ifusingtt{\char125}{\ensuremath\rbrace}}}
+\let\{=\lbracechar
+\let\}=\rbracechar
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \ptexc
+\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \ptext
+\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
+  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
+  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+  L\kern-.36em
+  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
+     \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
+       % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+       % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
+       \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
+     \else
+       \ifx\curfontsize\smallword
+         % For footnotes and indices
+         \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
+       \else
+         % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
+         \switchtolllsize A%
+       \fi
+     \fi
+     }%
+     \vss
+  }}%
+  \kern-.15em
+  \TeX
+}
+\def\smallword{small}
+
+% Some math mode symbols.  Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
+% unless we are already there.  Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
+% but safer, and can't hurt.
+\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
+\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
+%
+\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
+\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
+\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
+\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+    \dimen0 = \wd0
+  \else
+    \dimen0 = 1.5em
+  \fi
+  \hbox to \dimen0{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+  }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+  \dots
+  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+   \vbox{%
+      \hrule height\dimen2
+      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
+         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+      \hrule height\dimen2}
+    \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
+\def\pounds{{\ifusingtt{\ecfont\char"BF}{\it\$}}}
+
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+%
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+%
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+%
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+%
+% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+%
+%
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+  % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+  % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+  % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+  % font installed.
+  %
+  % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+  % that to the current nominal size.
+  %
+  % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+  % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+  %
+  \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+  %
+  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+    % bold:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+  \else
+    % regular:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+  \fi
+  \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% Glyphs from the EC fonts.  We don't use \let for the aliases, because
+% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
+% the redefinition.
+%
+% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
+\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
+\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
+\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
+\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
+%
+\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
+\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
+\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
+\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
+\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
+\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
+\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
+\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
+%
+\def\L{{\ecfont \char"8A}} % L with stroke
+\def\l{{\ecfont \char"AA}} % l with stroke
+%
+% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
+% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases.  We put the
+% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
+% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
+%
+% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
+% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
+% the same EC font.
+\def\ogonek#1{{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
+  \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
+  \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
+  \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
+  \else
+    \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+    \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
+    \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
+    \fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  }%
+}
+\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
+\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
+\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
+\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
+%
+% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
+% for non-CM glyphs.  That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
+% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding).  Both are part of the ec
+% package and follow the same conventions.
+%
+\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
+\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
+%
+\def\etcfont#1{%
+  % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
+  % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
+  % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
+  % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
+  \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
+  \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+  \ifusingtt
+      % typewriter:
+     {\font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize}%
+  % else
+     {\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+        % bold:
+        \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+      \else
+        % regular:
+        \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+      \fi}%
+  \thisecfont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
+               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+    }$%
+}
+
+% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
+%
+\def\textdegree{%
+   \ifmmode ^\circ
+   \else {\tcfont \char 176}%
+   \fi}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+%
+\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+% Quotes.
+\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
+\chardef\quoteright=`\'
+
+% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using
+% \ecfont unless necessary.
+\def\quotedblleft{%
+  \ifusingtt{{\ecfont\char"10}}{{\char"5C}}%
+}
+
+\def\quotedblright{%
+  \ifusingtt{{\ecfont\char"11}}{{\char`\"}}%
+}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
+% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
+\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+  \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+              command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
+              after the title page.}}%
+\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+  \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+              command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
+              want the contents after the title page.}}%
+
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
+  {\headingsoff \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+  \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}\pageone}
+
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+    \headingsoff
+    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+    \finishedtitlepagetrue
+    %
+    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+    \let\oldpage = \page
+    \def\page{%
+      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	 \finishtitlepage
+      \fi
+      \let\page = \oldpage
+      \page
+      \null
+    }%
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	\finishtitlepage
+    \fi
+    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+    \oldpage
+    \pageone
+  \endgroup
+  %
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+  \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
+% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right.  This should be used
+% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
+% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
+%
+\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
+  \rm
+  \hyphenpenalty=10000
+  \parindent=0pt
+  \tolerance=5000
+  \ptexraggedright
+}
+
+% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
+  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+  \finishedtitlepagefalse
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+  \def\temp{\quotation}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
+    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+  \else
+    \checkenv\titlepage
+    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+    {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter
+\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter
+\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm\frenchspacingsetting
+            \ifchapterpage
+              \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi
+            \else
+              \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi
+            \fi}}
+
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm\frenchspacingsetting
+            \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}%
+           \HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+  \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
+  \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline}
+
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+  \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+  \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline}
+
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+  %
+  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
+  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+  \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
+  \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+% @evenheadingmarks top     \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
+% @evenheadingmarks bottom  \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
+%
+% The same set of arguments for:
+%
+% @oddheadingmarks
+% @evenfootingmarks
+% @oddfootingmarks
+% @everyheadingmarks
+% @everyfootingmarks
+
+% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
+% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
+%
+\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
+\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
+\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
+\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
+\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+                          \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
+\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+                          \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
+% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
+\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
+  \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
+}
+
+\everyheadingmarks bottom
+\everyfootingmarks bottom
+
+% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off         turns them off.
+% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
+  \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}%
+   \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}%
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
+
+% Set the page number to 1.
+\def\pageone{
+  \global\pageno=1
+  \global\arabiccount = \pagecount
+}
+
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} % defined by \CHAPPAGon
+
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdouble}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsingle}
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% for @setchapternewpage off
+\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline
+\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\thisisundefined
+\def\today{%
+  \number\day\space
+  \ifcase\month
+  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+  \fi
+  \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+  \itemindex{#1}%
+  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+  %
+  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+    %
+    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+    % but leave it ragged-right.
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
+      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+    %
+    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
+    % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+    % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+    % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
+    % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+    % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
+    %
+    \penalty 10001
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+  \else
+    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
+    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+    \noindent
+    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+    % eventually be printed.
+    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+    \unhbox0
+    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\envdef\table{%
+  \let\itemindex\gobble
+  \tablecheck{table}%
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{ftable}%
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{vtable}%
+}
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+  \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+    \endgroup
+    \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+      that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+    \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \let\next\tablex
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+  \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+  \itemmax=\tableindent
+  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+  \exdentamount=\tableindent
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \parskip = \smallskipamount
+  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  \let\item = \internalBitem
+  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
+
+\def\doitemize#1{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \itemmax=\itemindent
+  \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+  \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+  \exdentamount=\itemindent
+  \parindent=0pt
+  \parskip=\smallskipamount
+  \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  %
+  % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
+  % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
+  % right away at the @itemize.  It's not the best error message in the
+  % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item.  This means if
+  % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
+  \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
+  %
+  % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+  \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+  %
+  \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
+  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+  {%
+   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
+   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
+   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
+   % that's the theory.
+   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+   \noindent
+   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+   %
+   \ifinner\else
+     \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
+   \fi
+   % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
+   % @itemize looks awful there.
+  }%
+  \flushcr
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+  \def\thearg{#1}%
+  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+  %
+  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
+  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+  \ifx\rest\empty
+    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
+    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+    %   not equal to itself.
+    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+    %
+    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+    % continuing to look for a <number>.
+    %
+    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+    \else
+      % It's a letter.
+      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+      \else
+        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
+    \numericenumerate
+  \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \thearg
+  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}%
+    \fi
+    \char\lccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}
+    \fi
+    \char\uccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+  \advance\itemno by -1
+  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
+}
+
+
+% @multitable macros
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
+  \global\advance\colcount by 1
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
+  \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+  \def\firstarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+    \let\go = \relax
+  \else
+    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+      \global\setpercenttrue
+    \else
+      \ifsetpercent
+         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+      \else
+         \global\advance\colcount by 1
+         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+                   % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+    \else
+      \let\go = \setuptable
+    \fi%
+  \fi
+  \go
+}
+
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.  Assignments
+% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
+% alignment entry.  \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
+% undo it ourselves.
+\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
+\def\headitem{%
+  \crcr % must appear first
+  \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
+  \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
+  \the\everytab % for the first item
+}%
+%
+% default for tables with no headings.
+\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
+%
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
+
+\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
+  \vskip\parskip
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+  % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+  % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+  % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+  \def\item{\crcr}%
+  %
+  \tolerance=9500
+  \hbadness=9500
+  \parskip=0pt
+  \parindent=6pt
+  \overfullrule=0pt
+  \global\colcount=0
+  %
+  \everycr = {%
+    \noalign{%
+      \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
+      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+      %
+      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
+      \checkinserts
+      %
+      % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
+      \headitemcrhook
+      \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
+    }%
+  }%
+  %
+  \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
+  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+  %
+  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+  \halign\bgroup &%
+    \global\advance\colcount by 1
+    \strut
+    \vtop{%
+      \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip
+      % Find the correct column width
+      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+      %
+      \advance\rightskip by -1\rightskip % Zero leaving only any stretch
+      \ifnum\colcount=1
+        \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text
+      \else
+        % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other.
+        \leftskip=12pt
+        \ifsetpercent \else
+          % If a template has been used
+          \advance\hsize by \leftskip
+        \fi
+      \fi
+      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut
+    }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+  \crcr
+  \egroup % end the \halign
+  \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotlatex, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
+}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotlatex}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\iflatex{\doignore{iflatex}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\latex{\doignore{latex}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+  \obeylines
+  \catcode`\@ = \other
+  \catcode`\{ = \other
+  \catcode`\} = \other
+  %
+  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+  \spaceisspace
+  %
+  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+  \doignorecount = 0
+  %
+  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+  \dodoignore{#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+  \obeylines %
+  %
+  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+    % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
+    %
+    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+      \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
+    %
+    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
+    %
+    % And now expand that command.
+    \doignoretext ^^M%
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
+    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
+    \advance\doignorecount by 1
+    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
+    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+  \fi
+  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
+    \let\next\enddoignore
+  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
+    \advance\doignorecount by -1
+    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+{ \obeylines%
+  % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+  % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+  % would result in a blank line in the output.
+  \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+%
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\temp{#2}%
+    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+    \ifx\temp\empty
+      \next{}%
+    \else
+      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+  }%
+}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+{
+  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+  %
+  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+    \let\value = \expandablevalue
+    % We don't want these characters active, ...
+    \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+    \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
+  }
+}
+
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+    \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
+% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX).  Used when
+% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
+% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
+% will be set by the time it is read back in.
+%
+% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
+\def\dummyvalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    \string\value{#1}%
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
+% if possible, otherwise sort late.
+\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    ZZZZZZZ%
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
+% \makecond and then redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \let\next=\empty
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+    \fi
+    \expandafter
+  }\next
+}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
+%
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+
+% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
+% without the @) is in fact defined.  We can only feasibly check at the
+% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
+% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
+%
+\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
+\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
+%
+\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \let\next=\empty
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
+      #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
+    \fi
+    \expandafter
+  }\next
+}
+\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
+
+% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
+\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
+\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
+  \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
+\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
+
+% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
+% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
+\set txicommandconditionals
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
+
+% \newindex {IX} defines an index named IX.
+% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
+% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
+% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is IX.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+  \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
+    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+  \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+% The default indices:
+\newindex{cp}%      concepts,
+\newcodeindex{fn}%  functions,
+\newcodeindex{vr}%  variables,
+\newcodeindex{tp}%  types,
+\newcodeindex{ky}%  keys
+\newcodeindex{pg}%  and programs.
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
+\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
+\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+
+% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+% preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control words,
+% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+% from whatever follows.
+%
+% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+% those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+%
+% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+% space.
+%
+\def\definedummyword  #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
+\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
+
+% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo
+% commands.  Most of the commands are controlled through the
+% \ifdummies conditional.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+  \dummiestrue
+  %
+  \definedummyletter\@%
+  \definedummyletter\ %
+  \definedummyletter\{%
+  \definedummyletter\}%
+  \definedummyletter\&%
+  %
+  \definedummyletter\_%
+  \definedummyletter\-%
+  %
+  \definedummyword\subentry
+  %
+  % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+  \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
+  \macrolist
+  \let\value\dummyvalue
+  %
+  \turnoffactive
+}
+
+\newif\ifdummies
+\newif\ifindexnofonts
+
+\def\commondummyletter#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \noexpand\ifindexnofonts
+      % empty expansion
+    \noexpand\else
+      \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1%
+      \noexpand\else
+        \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname
+      \noexpand\fi
+    \noexpand\fi}%
+}
+
+\def\commondummyaccent#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \noexpand\ifindexnofonts
+      \noexpand\expandafter % dispose of \else ... \fi
+      \noexpand\asis
+    \noexpand\else
+      \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1%
+      \noexpand\else
+        \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname
+      \noexpand\fi
+    \noexpand\fi}%
+}
+
+% Like \commondummyaccent but add a \space at the end of the dummy expansion
+% #2 is the expansion used for \indexnofonts.  #2 is always followed by
+% \asis to remove a pair of following braces.
+\def\commondummyword#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1%
+  \expandafter\def\csname\string#1:ixnf\endcsname{#2\asis}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \noexpand\ifindexnofonts
+      \noexpand\expandafter % dispose of \else ... \fi
+      \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:ixnf\endcsname
+    \noexpand\else
+      \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1\space
+      \noexpand\else
+        \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi \fi
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname
+      \noexpand\fi
+    \noexpand\fi}%
+}
+\def\jumptwofi#1\fi\fi{\fi\fi#1}
+
+% For \atdummies and \indexnofonts.  \atdummies sets
+% \dummiestrue and \indexnofonts sets \indexnofontstrue.
+\def\definedummies{
+  % @-sign is always an escape character when reading auxiliary files
+  \escapechar = `\@
+  %
+  \commondummyletter\!%
+  \commondummyaccent\"%
+  \commondummyaccent\'%
+  \commondummyletter\*%
+  \commondummyaccent\,%
+  \commondummyletter\.%
+  \commondummyletter\/%
+  \commondummyletter\:%
+  \commondummyaccent\=%
+  \commondummyletter\?%
+  \commondummyaccent\^%
+  \commondummyaccent\`%
+  \commondummyaccent\~%
+  %
+  % Control letters and accents.
+  \commondummyword\u          {}%
+  \commondummyword\v          {}%
+  \commondummyword\H          {}%
+  \commondummyword\dotaccent  {}%
+  \commondummyword\ogonek     {}%
+  \commondummyword\ringaccent {}%
+  \commondummyword\tieaccent  {}%
+  \commondummyword\ubaraccent {}%
+  \commondummyword\udotaccent {}%
+  \commondummyword\dotless    {}%
+  %
+  % Texinfo font commands.
+  \commondummyword\b          {}%
+  \commondummyword\i          {}%
+  \commondummyword\r          {}%
+  \commondummyword\sansserif  {}%
+  \commondummyword\sc         {}%
+  \commondummyword\slanted    {}%
+  \commondummyword\t          {}%
+  %
+  % Commands that take arguments.
+  \commondummyword\abbr       {}%
+  \commondummyword\acronym    {}%
+  \commondummyword\anchor     {}%
+  \commondummyword\cite       {}%
+  \commondummyword\code       {}%
+  \commondummyword\command    {}%
+  \commondummyword\dfn        {}%
+  \commondummyword\dmn        {}%
+  \commondummyword\email      {}%
+  \commondummyword\emph       {}%
+  \commondummyword\env        {}%
+  \commondummyword\file       {}%
+  \commondummyword\image      {}%
+  \commondummyword\indicateurl{}%
+  \commondummyword\inforef    {}%
+  \commondummyword\kbd        {}%
+  \commondummyword\key        {}%
+  \commondummyword\math       {}%
+  \commondummyword\option     {}%
+  \commondummyword\pxref      {}%
+  \commondummyword\ref        {}%
+  \commondummyword\samp       {}%
+  \commondummyword\strong     {}%
+  \commondummyword\tie        {}%
+  \commondummyword\U          {}%
+  \commondummyword\uref       {}%
+  \commondummyword\url        {}%
+  \commondummyword\var        {}%
+  \commondummyword\verb       {}%
+  \commondummyword\w          {}%
+  \commondummyword\xref       {}%
+  %
+  \commondummyword\AA               {AA}%
+  \commondummyword\AE               {AE}%
+  \commondummyword\DH               {DZZ}%
+  \commondummyword\L                {L}%
+  \commondummyword\O                {O}%
+  \commondummyword\OE               {OE}%
+  \commondummyword\TH               {TH}%
+  \commondummyword\aa               {aa}%
+  \commondummyword\ae               {ae}%
+  \commondummyword\dh               {dzz}%
+  \commondummyword\exclamdown       {!}%
+  \commondummyword\l                {l}%
+  \commondummyword\o                {o}%
+  \commondummyword\oe               {oe}%
+  \commondummyword\ordf             {a}%
+  \commondummyword\ordm             {o}%
+  \commondummyword\questiondown     {?}%
+  \commondummyword\ss               {ss}%
+  \commondummyword\th               {th}%
+  %
+  \commondummyword\LaTeX            {LaTeX}%
+  \commondummyword\TeX              {TeX}%
+  %
+  % Assorted special characters.
+  \commondummyword\ampchar          {\normalamp}%
+  \commondummyword\atchar           {\@}%
+  \commondummyword\arrow            {->}%
+  \commondummyword\backslashchar    {\realbackslash}%
+  \commondummyword\bullet           {bullet}%
+  \commondummyword\comma            {,}%
+  \commondummyword\copyright        {copyright}%
+  \commondummyword\dots             {...}%
+  \commondummyword\enddots          {...}%
+  \commondummyword\entrybreak       {}%
+  \commondummyword\equiv            {===}%
+  \commondummyword\error            {error}%
+  \commondummyword\euro             {euro}%
+  \commondummyword\expansion        {==>}%
+  \commondummyword\geq              {>=}%
+  \commondummyword\guillemetleft    {<<}%
+  \commondummyword\guillemetright   {>>}%
+  \commondummyword\guilsinglleft    {<}%
+  \commondummyword\guilsinglright   {>}%
+  \commondummyword\lbracechar       {\{}%
+  \commondummyword\leq              {<=}%
+  \commondummyword\mathopsup        {sup}%
+  \commondummyword\minus            {-}%
+  \commondummyword\pounds           {pounds}%
+  \commondummyword\point            {.}%
+  \commondummyword\print            {-|}%
+  \commondummyword\quotedblbase     {"}%
+  \commondummyword\quotedblleft     {"}%
+  \commondummyword\quotedblright    {"}%
+  \commondummyword\quoteleft        {`}%
+  \commondummyword\quoteright       {'}%
+  \commondummyword\quotesinglbase   {,}%
+  \commondummyword\rbracechar       {\}}%
+  \commondummyword\registeredsymbol {R}%
+  \commondummyword\result           {=>}%
+  \commondummyword\sub              {}%
+  \commondummyword\sup              {}%
+  \commondummyword\textdegree       {o}%
+}
+
+\let\indexlbrace\relax
+\let\indexrbrace\relax
+\let\indexatchar\relax
+\let\indexbackslash\relax
+
+{\catcode`\@=0
+\catcode`\\=13
+  @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\<=13
+\catcode`\-=13
+\catcode`\`=13
+  \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
+    \ifflagclear{txiindexlquoteignore}{}{%
+      % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+      % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
+      \let`=\empty
+    }%
+    %
+    \ifflagclear{txiindexbackslashignore}{}{%
+      \backslashdisappear
+    }%
+    \ifflagclear{txiindexhyphenignore}{}{%
+      \def-{}%
+    }%
+    \ifflagclear{txiindexlessthanignore}{}{%
+      \def<{}%
+    }%
+    \ifflagclear{txiindexatsignignore}{}{%
+      \def\@{}%
+    }%
+  }
+
+  \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
+    \let-\normaldash
+    \let<\normalless
+  }
+}
+
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+  \indexnofontstrue
+  %
+  \def\ { }%
+  \def\@{@}%
+  \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+  \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
+  %
+  \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
+  \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
+  \let\lbracechar\{%
+  \let\rbracechar\}%
+  %
+  %
+  % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+  % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+  %
+  % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+  % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
+  % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+  %
+  \def\commondummyword##1{\let##1\asis}%
+  \macrolist
+  \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
+}
+
+
+
+
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{%
+  \iflinks
+  {%
+    %
+    \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
+    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+    %
+    \def\indextext{#2}%
+    \safewhatsit\doindwrite
+  }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Same as \doind, but for code indices
+\def\docind#1#2{%
+  \iflinks
+  {%
+    %
+    \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
+    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+    %
+    \def\indextext{#2}%
+    \safewhatsit\docindwrite
+  }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
+\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
+\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
+  \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+  \edef\suffix{#1}%
+  % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
+  % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
+  \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
+  % Open the file
+  \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
+  % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
+  % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
+  % preceding skips.
+  \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
+\fi}
+\def\indexisfl{fl}
+
+% Definition for writing index entry sort key.
+{
+\catcode`\-=13
+\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
+  \begingroup
+  \indexnonalnumreappear
+  \indexwritesortasxxx}
+\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
+  \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
+}
+
+\def\indexwriteseealso#1{
+  \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}%
+}
+\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{
+  \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}%
+}
+
+% The default definitions
+\def\sortas#1{}%
+\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also}
+\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+
+
+% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}":
+%   * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}"
+%   * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ"
+%   * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext
+%
+\def\splitindexentry#1{%
+  \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}%
+  \xdef\bracedtext{}%
+  \def\sep{}%
+  \def\seealso##1{}%
+  \def\seeentry##1{}%
+  \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry
+}
+
+% append the results from the next segment
+\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{%
+  \def\segment{#1}%
+  \ifx\segment\isfinish
+  \else
+    %
+    % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and
+    % trim spaces.
+    \edef\trimmed{\segment}%
+    \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+    \ifincodeindex
+      \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}%
+    %
+    % Get the string to sort by.  Process the segment with all
+    % font commands turned off.
+    \bgroup
+      \let\sortas\indexwritesortas
+      \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso
+      \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry
+      \indexnofonts
+      % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex.
+      \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}%
+      \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}%
+      \let\{=\lbracechar
+      \let\}=\rbracechar
+      \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}%
+      \def\atchar##1{\@}%
+      \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}%
+      \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}%
+      %
+      \let\indexsortkey\empty
+      \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty
+      % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output.  This executes
+      % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment.
+      \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}%
+      \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{%
+        \indexnonalnumdisappear
+        \xdef\trimmed{\segment}%
+        \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+        \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}%
+        \ifx\indexsortkey\empty
+          \message{Empty index sort key near line \the\inputlineno}%
+          \xdef\indexsortkey{ }%
+        \fi
+      }\fi
+      %
+      % Append to \fullindexsortkey.
+      \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{%
+                  \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}%
+      \tmp
+    \egroup
+    \def\sep{\subentry}%
+    %
+    \expandafter\doindexsegment
+  \fi
+}
+\def\isfinish{\finish}%
+\newbox\dummybox % used above
+
+\let\subentry\relax
+
+% Use \ instead of @ in index files.  To support old texi2dvi and texindex.
+% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux
+% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses
+% the current value of \escapechar.
+\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\}
+
+% Use \ in index files by default.  texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape
+% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry").  When
+% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then
+% the escape character can change back to @ again.  This should be an easy
+% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in
+% index files, never standing for themselves.
+%
+\set txiindexescapeisbackslash
+
+% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file.
+%
+
+\newif\ifincodeindex
+\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex}
+\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex}
+
+\def\doindwritex{%
+  \maybemarginindex
+  %
+  \atdummies
+  %
+  \ifflagclear{txiindexescapeisbackslash}{}{\escapeisbackslash}%
+  %
+  % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
+  \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
+  \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
+  \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}%
+  %
+  % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index
+  % sort key.
+  \splitindexentry\indextext
+  %
+  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+  % sorted result.
+  %
+  \edef\temp{%
+    \write\writeto{%
+      \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}%
+        {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}%
+        \bracedtext}%
+  }%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented).
+\def\maybemarginindex{%
+  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}%
+  \fi
+}
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax
+
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that
+% sequences like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+\newskip\whatsitskip
+\newcount\whatsitpenalty
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
+  #1%
+ \else
+  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+  \whatsitskip = \lastskip
+  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+  \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
+  %
+  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+  % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+  \else
+    \vskip-\whatsitskip
+  \fi
+  %
+  #1%
+  %
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+    % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+    % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
+    % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+    % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+    % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
+    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
+    %   @vindex index-whatever
+    %   Description.
+    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+    % and the "Description." paragraph.
+    \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
+  \else
+    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+    \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
+  \fi
+\fi}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+%  \initial {c}
+%     before the first topic whose initial is c
+%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
+%  \primary {topic}
+%  \entry {topic}{}
+%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+%     for each subtopic.
+%  \secondary {subtopic}{}
+%     for a subtopic with sub-subtopics
+%  \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist}
+%     for each sub-subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
+  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  \tolerance = 9500
+  \plainfrenchspacing
+  \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+  %
+  % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
+  \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
+  %
+  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+  \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
+  \ifeof 1
+    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+    % there is some text.
+    \putwordIndexNonexistent
+    \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
+  \else
+    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+    \read 1 to \thisline
+    \ifeof 1
+      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+    \else
+      \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index
+% file altogether.  If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have
+% old index files using \ as the escape character.  Reading this would
+% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error.
+\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{%
+  \ifflagclear{txiindexescapeisbackslash}{%
+    \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1
+      \ifflagclear{txiskipindexfileswithbackslash}{%
+\errmessage{%
+ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped.
+To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi'
+or 'texi2pdf' to that at <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo>.
+If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo
+distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0).
+You may be able to typeset the index if you run
+'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself.
+You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by
+running a command like
+'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'.  If you do
+this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format.
+If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again
+might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')%
+}%
+      }{%
+        (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format)
+      }%
+    \else
+      \begindoublecolumns
+      \input \jobname.\indexname s
+      \enddoublecolumns
+    \fi
+  }{%
+    \begindoublecolumns
+    \catcode`\\=0\relax
+    %
+    % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work.  This
+    % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files.
+    %\catcode`\@=12\relax
+    \catcode`\@=0\relax
+    \input \jobname.\indexname s
+    \enddoublecolumns
+  }%
+}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
+\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
+\catcode`\$=3
+\gdef\initialglyphs{%
+  % special control sequences used in the index sort key
+  \let\indexlbrace\{%
+  \let\indexrbrace\}%
+  \let\indexatchar\@%
+  \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
+  %
+  % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters.  Using the glyphs from the
+  % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
+  % for these characters.
+  \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}}
+  %
+  % In case @\ is used for backslash
+  \uppercase{\let\\=~}
+  % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
+  \catcode`\/=13
+  \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
+  \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
+  \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
+  \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
+  \def\_{%
+     \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
+  \def|{$\vert$}%
+  \def<{$\less$}%
+  \def>{$\gtr$}%
+  \def+{$\normalplus$}%
+}}
+
+\def\initial{%
+  \bgroup
+  \initialglyphs
+  \initialx
+}
+
+\def\initialx#1{%
+  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+  \removelastskip
+  %
+  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+  % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
+  % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+  \penalty -300
+  \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
+  %
+  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
+  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+  %
+  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
+  \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
+  % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
+  % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
+  % \leftline creates.
+  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+  \egroup % \initialglyphs
+}
+
+\newdimen\entryrightmargin
+\entryrightmargin=0pt
+
+% for PDF output, whether to make the text of the entry a link to the page
+% number.  set for @contents and @shortcontents where there is only one
+% page number.
+\newif\iflinkentrytext
+
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+\def\entry{%
+  \begingroup
+    %
+    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+    % affect previous text.
+    \par
+    %
+    % No extra space above this paragraph.
+    \parskip = 0in
+    %
+    % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
+    % from @* into spaces.  The user might give these in long section
+    % titles, for instance.
+    \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+    \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
+    %
+    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+    \afterassignment\doentry
+    \let\temp =
+}
+\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+\def\doentry{%
+    % Save the text of the entry in \boxA
+    \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
+    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+      \noindent
+      \aftergroup\finishentry
+      % And now comes the text of the entry.
+      % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
+      % with catcodes occurring.
+}
+{\catcode`\@=11
+% #1 is the page number
+\gdef\finishentry#1{%
+    \egroup % end \boxA
+    \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
+    % add any leaders and page number to \boxA.
+    \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
+      \ifpdforxetex
+        \iflinkentrytext
+          \pdflinkpage{#1}{\unhbox\boxA}%
+        \else
+          \unhbox\boxA
+        \fi
+      \else
+        \unhbox\boxA
+      \fi
+      %
+      % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
+      % leaders if they are present.
+      \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
+      \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+        \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
+      \else
+        %
+        \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+        %
+        \ifpdforxetex
+          \pdfgettoks#1.%
+          \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
+        \else
+          \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \egroup % end \boxA
+    %
+    % now output
+    \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+      \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par
+      \nobreak
+    \else\bgroup
+      % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
+      % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
+      %
+      \parindent = 0pt
+      \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+      \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
+      \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
+      \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+      % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
+      % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
+      \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
+      %
+      \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
+      % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
+      % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H  GNU Free Documentation License" to
+      % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
+      \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
+        \dimen@i=2.1em
+      \else
+        \dimen@i=0em
+      \fi
+      \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
+      %
+      \dimen@ii = \hsize
+      \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
+      \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
+      \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
+      \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
+      \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii   % due to long index text
+        % Try to split the text roughly evenly.  \dimen@ will be the length of
+        % the first line.
+        \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
+        \dimen@ii = \hsize
+        \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
+          % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
+          % two lines), use all the space in the first line.
+          \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
+        \fi
+        \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
+        \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
+        \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
+        % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
+        % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
+        % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
+        %
+        % Indent all lines but the first one.
+        \advance\leftskip by 1em
+        \advance\parindent by -1em
+      \fi\fi
+      \indent % start paragraph
+      \unhbox\boxA
+      %
+      % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+      \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+      %
+      % Word spacing - no stretch
+      \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
+      %
+      \linepenalty=1000  % Discourage line breaks.
+      \hyphenpenalty=5000  % Discourage hyphenation.
+      %
+      \par % format the paragraph
+    \egroup % The \vbox
+    \fi
+  \endgroup
+}}
+
+\newskip\thinshrinkable
+\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
+
+% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
+% the page number to the right.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
+
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}}
+\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}}
+
+\def\indententry#1#2#3{%
+  \bgroup
+  \leftskip=#1
+  \entry{#2}{#3}%
+  \egroup
+}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11  % private names
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+  % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
+  \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
+  %
+  % Grab any single-column material above us.
+  \output = {%
+    \savetopmark
+    %
+    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+      % Unvbox the main output page.
+      \unvbox\PAGE
+      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+    }%
+  }%
+  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+  %
+  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+  %
+  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
+  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
+  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+  %
+  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
+  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+  %
+  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+  % been clobbered.
+  %
+  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  %
+  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+  % previous page.
+  \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
+  \vsize = 2\vsize
+  %
+  % For the benefit of balancing columns
+  \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+  %
+  \savetopmark
+  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+  \dimen@ = \vsize
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  %
+  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+  \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
+  \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
+  \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called
+  \unvbox\PAGE
+  \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+  \unvbox\partialpage
+  %
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+  \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+
+
+% Finished with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+  % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
+  % _before_ we change the output routine.  This is necessary in the
+  % following situation:
+  %
+  % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
+  % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
+  % break occurs before the last section starts.  However, the last
+  % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
+  % fit on the page and has to be broken off.  Without the following
+  % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
+  % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
+  % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
+  % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
+  % is wrong:  The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
+  % the broken-off section in the recent contributions.  As soon as
+  % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
+  % break.  The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
+  % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
+  % goal.  When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
+  % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
+  % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
+  % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
+  % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
+  %
+  % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
+  % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
+  \penalty0
+  %
+  \output = {%
+    % Split the last of the double-column material.
+    \savetopmark
+    \balancecolumns
+  }%
+  \eject % call the \output just set
+  \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
+    % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+    % definition right away.
+    \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
+    %
+    \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+    % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
+    % page break.
+    \box\balancedcolumns
+    %
+    % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+    % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
+    % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
+    \global\vsize = \txipageheight %
+    \pagegoal = \txipageheight %
+  \else
+    % We had some left-over material.  This might happen when \doublecolumnout
+    % is called in \balancecolumns.  Try again.
+    \expandafter\enddoublecolumns
+  \fi
+}
+\newbox\balancedcolumns
+\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
+%
+% Only called for the last of the double column material.  \doublecolumnout
+% does the others.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+  \dimen@ = \ht0
+  \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip
+    % Don't split a short final column in two.
+    \setbox2=\vbox{}%
+    \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+  \else
+    % double the leading vertical space
+    \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+    \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+    \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+    \dimen@ii = \dimen@
+    \splittopskip = \topskip
+    % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
+    {%
+      \vbadness = 10000
+      \loop
+        \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+        \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+      \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
+        \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+      \repeat
+    }%
+    % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
+    %
+    % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
+    % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
+    % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
+    \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
+      % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
+      % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
+      \setbox\PAGE=\box0
+      \doublecolumnout
+    \else
+      % Compare the heights of the two columns.
+      \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
+        % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
+        % flush with each other.
+        \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
+        \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
+      \else
+        % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
+        \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
+        \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
+      \fi
+      \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% Let's start with @part.
+\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
+\def\partzzz#1{%
+  \chapoddpage
+  \null
+  \vskip.3\vsize  % move it down on the page a bit
+  \begingroup
+    \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
+    \let\lastnode=\empty      % no node to associate with
+    \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
+    \headingsoff              % no headline or footline on the part page
+    % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
+    % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
+    \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
+    \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+    \chapoddpage
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron.  But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno        \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
+  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+  \else\char\the\appendixno
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
+% and name of the chapter.  Page headings and footings can use
+% these.  @section does likewise.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thischapternum{}
+\def\thischaptername{}
+\def\thissection{}
+\def\thissectionnum{}
+\def\thissectionname{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+  % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+  \absseclevel=#2
+  \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+  % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+  \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+    \absseclevel = 0
+  \else
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+      \absseclevel = 3
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  % The heading type:
+  \def\headtype{#1}%
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
+      \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Check for appendix sections:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+      \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+    \else
+      \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+      \fi\fi
+    \fi
+    % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
+      \def\headtype{U}%
+    \else
+      \chardef\unnlevel = 3
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  % Now print the heading:
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifcase\absseclevel
+	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \if \headtype A%
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
+      \or \seczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+  % as an @include file.
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\chapno by 1
+  %
+  % Used for \float.
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
+  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
+  \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % Write the actual heading.
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+  \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
+%
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
+  \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
+  \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+  %
+  \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+  %
+  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+  % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+  % expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+  % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+  % to be executed, not expanded).
+  %
+  % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+  % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
+  % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+  % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
+  % the toc entries.)
+  \toks0 = {#1}%
+  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+  %
+  \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+  \unnmhead0{#1}%
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
+% Sections.
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+
+% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+%
+% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+%
+% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+  {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+  \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
+  \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+
+% Start a new page
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
+% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
+% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong.  But we don't
+% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
+\def\chapoddpage{%
+  \chappager
+  \ifodd\pageno \else
+    \begingroup
+      \headingsoff
+      \null
+      \chappager
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname\HEADINGSon}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\setchapternewpage on
+
+% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+% Not used for @heading series.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+%
+%
+% Definitions for @thischapter. These can be overridden in translation
+% files.
+\def\thischapterAppendix{%
+  \putwordAppendix{} \thischapternum: \thischaptername}
+
+\def\thischapterChapter{%
+  \putwordChapter{} \thischapternum: \thischaptername}
+%
+%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
+    \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
+  \fi
+  % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+  \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+  \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+  \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+                        \gdef\thissection{}}%
+  %
+  \def\temptype{#2}%
+  \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+    \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+                          \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
+  \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+    \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+                          \gdef\thischapter{}}%
+  \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
+      \let\noexpand\thischapter\noexpand\thischapterAppendix
+    }%
+  \else
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
+      \let\noexpand\thischapter\noexpand\thischapterChapter
+    }%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+  %
+  % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+  % the preceding space.
+  \safewhatsit\domark
+  %
+  % Insert the chapter heading break.
+  \pchapsepmacro
+  %
+  % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
+  % between here and the heading.
+  \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+  \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+  \domark
+  %
+  {%
+    \chapfonts \rm
+    \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
+    %
+    % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the
+    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
+    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+    \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+    %
+    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{numchap}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
+    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+    %
+    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+    \donoderef{#2}%
+    %
+    % Typeset the actual heading.
+    \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
+    \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+  }%
+  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+  \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerparameters{%
+  \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+  \leftskip = \rightskip
+  \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
+
+
+% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+% Definition for @thissection. This can be overridden in translation
+% files.
+\def\thissectionDef{%
+  \putwordSection{} \thissectionnum: \thissectionname}
+%
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text of the title,
+% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
+% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
+% #4 is the section number.
+%
+\def\seckeyword{sec}
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+  {%
+    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+    \def\temptype{#3}%
+    %
+    % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
+    % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
+    % dubious), but not the others.
+    \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
+      \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
+    \fi
+    \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
+    %
+    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+    %
+    % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+    \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+        \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+                              \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
+      \fi
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      % Don't redefine \thissection.
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+        \toks0={#1}%
+        \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+          \let\noexpand\thissection\noexpand\thissectionDef
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+        \toks0={#1}%
+        \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+          \let\noexpand\thissection\noexpand\thissectionDef
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Go into vertical mode.  Usually we'll already be there, but we
+    % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
+    % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
+    \par
+    %
+    % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+    % the preceding space.
+    \safewhatsit\domark
+    %
+    % Insert space above the heading.
+    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+    %
+    % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
+    % between here and the heading.
+    \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+    \domark
+    %
+    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unn}%
+      \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+      % and don't redefine \currentsection.
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+      \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{num}%
+      \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+    %
+    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+    % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
+    \donoderef{#3}%
+    %
+    % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+    % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+    % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+    % \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
+    % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+    % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
+    \nobreak
+    %
+    % Output the actual section heading.
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
+          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
+          \unhbox0 #1}%
+  }%
+  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+  % Don't allow stretch, though.
+  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+  %
+  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+  % was followed by glue.
+  \nobreak
+  %
+  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+  % discardable item.)  However, when a paragraph is not started next
+  % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
+  % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
+  % obscuring the section heading with something else.
+  \vskip-\parskip
+  %
+  % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
+  % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
+  % and do the needful.
+  \penalty 10001
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+    \iftocfileopened\else
+      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+    \fi
+    %
+    \iflinks
+      {\atdummies
+       \edef\temp{%
+         \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+       \temp
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
+  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+  % `1', and two named `2'.
+  \ifpdforxetex
+    \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+%
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\"=\active
+  \catcode`\$=\active
+  \catcode`\<=\active
+  \catcode`\>=\active
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+  \catcode`\^=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\|=\active
+  \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+  \setupdatafile
+  \activecatcodes
+  \input \tocreadfilename
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.
+  \contentsalignmacro
+  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+  %
+  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+  %
+  \savepageno = \pageno
+  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+    \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+    \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+    %
+    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+    \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings
+    % Record where the Roman numerals started.
+    \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi
+    \linkentrytexttrue
+}
+
+% \raggedbottom in plain.tex hardcodes \topskip so override it
+\catcode`\@=11
+\def\raggedbottom{\advance\topskip by 0pt plus60pt \r@ggedbottomtrue}
+\catcode`\@=\other
+
+% redefined for the two-volume lispref.  We always output on
+% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
+%
+\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+%
+\def\contents{%
+  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \pdfmakeoutlines
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup
+  \contentsendroman
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+    %
+    \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
+    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+    \secfonts
+    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+    \rm
+    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+  \endgroup
+  \contentsendroman
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again
+\def\contentsendroman{%
+  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+  \global\pageno = \savepageno
+  %
+  % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the
+  % document.  Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for
+  % the page numbers.
+  \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi
+}
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+  % But use \hss just in case.
+  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+  %
+  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
+  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+  % there are before deciding ...
+  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Parts, in the main contents.  Replace the part number, which doesn't
+% exist, with an empty box.  Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
+% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
+\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
+\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
+  % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
+  % part heading, before a following chapter heading.
+  \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+  \penalty-300
+  \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
+  \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
+}
+%
+% Parts, in the short toc.
+\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  \penalty-300
+  \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
+  \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
+}
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{#4}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+   \begingroup
+     % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
+     \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
+     \chapentryfonts
+     \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+   \endgroup
+   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
+
+\envdef\tex{%
+  \setregularquotes
+  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+  \catcode `\%=14
+  \catcode `\+=\other
+  \catcode `\"=\other
+  \catcode `\|=\other
+  \catcode `\<=\other
+  \catcode `\>=\other
+  \catcode `\`=\other
+  \catcode `\'=\other
+  %
+  % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000).  So reset it, and all our
+  % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
+  \mathactive
+  %
+  % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
+  \let\b=\ptexb
+  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+  \let\c=\ptexc
+  \let\,=\ptexcomma
+  \let\.=\ptexdot
+  \let\dots=\ptexdots
+  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+  \let\!=\ptexexclam
+  \let\i=\ptexi
+  \let\indent=\ptexindent
+  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+  \let\+=\tabalign
+  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+  \let\/=\ptexslash
+  \let\sp=\ptexsp
+  \let\*=\ptexstar
+  %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
+  \let\t=\ptext
+  \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop  % we've made it outer
+  \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
+  %
+  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+  \def\@{@}%
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+  % \sectionheading, q.v.
+  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
+      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+        % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
+        % often leads into it.
+        \penalty100
+      \fi
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}
+
+\def\afterenvbreak{{%
+  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+  % \sectionheading, q.v.
+  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
+      % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+      % or better ...
+      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used
+\def\cartouchefontdefs{%
+  \font\circle=lcircle10\relax
+  \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+}
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+
+\envparseargdef\cartouche{%
+  \cartouchefontdefs
+  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+  \startsavinginserts
+  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+  %
+  % Set paragraph width for text inside cartouche.  There are
+  % left and right margins of 3pt each plus two vrules 0.4pt each.
+  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+  \advance\cartinner by -6.8pt
+  %
+  % For drawing top and bottom of cartouche.  Each corner char
+  % adds 6pt and we take off the width of a rule to line up with the
+  % right boundary perfectly.
+  \cartouter=\hsize
+  \advance\cartouter by 11.6pt
+  %
+  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+  %
+  % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
+  % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
+  % collide with the section heading.
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
+  %
+  \setbox\groupbox=\vtop\bgroup
+      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+      \carttop
+      \hbox\bgroup
+          \hskip\lskip
+          \vrule\kern3pt
+          \vbox\bgroup
+              \hsize=\cartinner
+              \baselineskip=\normbskip
+              \lineskip=\normlskip
+              \parskip=\normpskip
+              \def\arg{#1}%
+              \ifx\arg\empty\else
+                \centerV{\hfil \bf #1 \hfil}%
+              \fi
+              \kern3pt
+              \vskip -\parskip
+}
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+              \ifhmode\par\fi
+	      \kern3pt
+	  \egroup
+	  \kern3pt\vrule
+	  \hskip\rskip
+      \egroup
+      \cartbot
+  \egroup
+  \addgroupbox
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\newdimen\nonfillparindent
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
+  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
+  % the normal \indent.
+  \nonfillparindent=\parindent
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \let\indent\nonfillindent
+  %
+  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces
+% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
+% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
+% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
+% @indent.
+\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
+\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
+\ifx\temp %
+\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
+\else%
+\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
+\fi%
+}%
+\endgroup
+\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
+\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+    % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
+    % line.  This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
+    % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
+    % to change the fonts afterward.
+    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
+  \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+  \else
+    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
+  \fi
+}
+
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it in one command.  #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
+\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+}
+
+% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
+\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
+  \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
+  \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
+}
+%
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
+% @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+%
+\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \tt\setcodequotes
+  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+  \parsearg\gobble
+}
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{display}{%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{format}{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\envdef\flushright{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
+  \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
+% justification.  From plain.tex.
+\envdef\raggedright{%
+  \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+}
+\let\Eraggedright\par
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
+%
+\def\quotationstart{%
+  \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+  \fi
+  \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+  \par
+  \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
+    % indent a bit.
+    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+  \fi
+  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    {\bf #1: }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
+% has no optional argument.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
+%
+\def\indentedblockstart{%
+  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+  \parindent=0pt
+  %
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Eindentedblock{%
+  \par
+  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+  \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+  % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
+  % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
+  % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
+  %\do\`\do\'%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \setcodequotes
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion.
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
+% tabs.
+\newbox\verbbox
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
+%
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox
+      \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+
+% start the verbatim environment.
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}%
+  \tabexpand
+  \setcodequotes
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count.
+  % Must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \obeylines %
+  % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+  % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
+  % line in the output.
+  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{%
+    \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+  % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in
+  % the block.
+\endgroup
+%
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+    \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \setupverbatim
+    {%
+      \indexnofonts       % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+      \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
+      \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 }
+      \expandafter
+    }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup
+    \afterenvbreak
+  }%
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\macrobodyctxt\docopying}
+{\catcode`\ =\other
+\gdef\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+}
+
+\def\insertcopying{%
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+    \scanexp\copyingtext
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+\newcount\defunpenalty
+
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+    \medbreak
+    \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
+                        % following @def command, see below.
+  \else
+    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+    % break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+    % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+    % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+    % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+    %
+    % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+    % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
+    % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
+    % @def command.
+    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+    %
+    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+    % But do insert the glue.
+    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+  \fi
+  %
+  \parindent=0in
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+% Called as \printdefunline \deffooheader{text}
+%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    \plainfrenchspacing
+    % call \deffooheader:
+    #1#2 \endheader
+    % common ending:
+    \interlinepenalty = 10000
+    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
+    \endgraf
+    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+    \penalty\defunpenalty  % signal to \startdefun and \deffoox
+    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
+    \checkparencounts
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+
+% @defblock, @defline do not automatically create index entries
+\envdef\defblock{%
+  \startdefun
+}
+\let\Edefblock\Edefun
+
+\def\defline{%
+  \doingtypefnfalse
+  \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline\deflineheader}%
+}
+\def\deflineheader#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+  \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\magicamp\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+\def\deftypeline{%
+  \doingtypefntrue
+  \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline\deflineheader}%
+}
+
+% \makedefun{deffoo} (\deffooheader parameters) { (\deffooheader expansion) }
+%
+% Define \deffoo, \deffoox  \Edeffoo and \deffooheader.
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+  \temp
+}
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+  \envdef#1{%
+    \startdefun
+    \doingtypefnfalse    % distinguish typed functions from all else
+    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+  }%
+  \def#2{%
+    % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+    \checkenv#1%
+    %
+    % As in \startdefun, allow line break if we have multiple x headers
+    % in a row.  It's not a great place, though.
+    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+    %
+    \doingtypefnfalse    % distinguish typed functions from all else
+    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+  }%
+  \def#3% definition of \deffooheader follows
+}
+
+\newif\ifdoingtypefn       % doing typed function?
+\newif\ifrettypeownline    % typeset return type on its own line?
+
+% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
+% are printed on their own line.  This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
+% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
+%
+\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+      = \empty
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
+                must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Untyped functions:
+
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+  \doind{fn}{\code{#2}}%
+  \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\magicamp\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% @defop category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopheaderx{#1\ \putwordon}}
+\def\defopheaderx#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+  \doind{fn}{\code{#3}\space\putwordon\ \code{#2}}%
+  \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Typed functions:
+
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}#1 #2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+  \doind{fn}{\code{#3}}%
+  \doingtypefntrue
+  \printdefname{#1}{#2}{#3}\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopheaderx{#1\ \putwordon}}
+\def\deftypeopheaderx#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \doind{fn}{\code{#4}\space\putwordon\ \code{#1\ \code{#2}}}%
+  \doingtypefntrue
+  \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Typed variables:
+
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}#1 #2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+  \doind{vr}{\code{#3}}%
+  \printdefname{#1}{#2}{#3}\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvheaderx{#1\ \putwordof}}
+\def\deftypecvheaderx#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \doind{vr}{\code{#4}\space\putwordof\ \code{#2}}%
+  \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Untyped variables:
+
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvheaderx{#1\ \putwordof}}
+\def\defcvheaderx#1#2 {\deftypecvheaderx{#1}#2 {} }
+
+% Types:
+
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+  \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopheaderx\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopheaderx\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvheaderx\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvheaderx\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+
+% \printdefname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
+%
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+%
+\def\printdefname#1#2#3{%
+  \par
+  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+  %
+  % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
+  % on a line by itself.
+  \rettypeownlinefalse
+  \ifdoingtypefn  % doing a typed function specifically?
+    % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
+    \ifflagclear{txideftypefnnl}{}{\rettypeownlinetrue}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  % How we'll format the category name.  Putting it in brackets helps
+  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+  % just below it.
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+  %
+  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.  We'll always have at
+  % least two.
+  \tempnum = 2
+  %
+  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+  %
+  % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
+  \ifrettypeownline
+    \advance\tempnum by 1
+    \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
+  \else
+    \def\maybeshapeline{}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  % The continuations:
+  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+  %
+  % The final paragraph shape:
+  \parshape \tempnum  0in \dimen0  \maybeshapeline  \defargsindent \dimen2
+  %
+  % Put the category name at the right margin.
+  \noindent
+  \hbox to 0pt{%
+    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+    \kern\leftskip
+    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+  }%
+  %
+  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  {%
+    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
+    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
+    \df \tt
+    \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
+    \ifx\temp\empty\else
+      \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
+      \ifrettypeownline
+        % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
+        \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
+      \else
+        \space  % type on same line, so just followed by a space
+      \fi
+    \fi           % no return type
+    #3% output function name
+  }%
+  \ifflagclear{txidefnamenospace}{%
+    {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
+  }{}%
+  %
+  \boldbrax
+  % arguments will be output next, if any.
+}
+
+% Print arguments.  Use slanted for @def*, typewriter for @deftype*.
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+  \bgroup
+    \df \ifdoingtypefn \tt \else \sl \fi
+    \ifflagclear{txicodevaristt}{}%
+       {\def\var##1{{\setregularquotes \ttsl ##1}}}%
+    #1%
+  \egroup
+}
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+  \catcode`\&=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+  \activeparens
+  \gdef\defcharsdefault{%
+    \let(=\lparen \let)=\rparen
+    \let[=\lbrack \let]=\rbrack
+    \let& = \&%
+  }
+  \globaldefs=1 \defcharsdefault
+
+  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
+\let\ampchar\&
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\rm\&#1 }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+  \ifampseen
+    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+    % otherwise use the default font.
+    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+  \else
+    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+    \sf
+  \fi
+}
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+  \ifampseen
+    \ifnum\parencount=1
+      #1%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
+
+\def\opnr{%
+  \global\advance\parencount by 1
+  {\parenfont(}%
+  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
+}
+\def\clnr{%
+  {\parenfont)}%
+  \infirstlevel \sl
+  \global\advance\parencount by -1
+}
+
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+  {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+  {\bf]}%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
+
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
+% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
+\def\badparencount{%
+  \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
+  \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+  \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
+  \global\brackcount=0
+}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+  \newwrite\macscribble
+  \def\scantokens#1{%
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+    \input \jobname.tmp
+  }
+\fi
+
+\let\E=\expandafter
+
+% Used at the time of macro expansion.
+% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+  \newlinechar`\^^M
+  % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading
+  % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result.
+  \def\xeatspaces##1{%
+    \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1%
+  }}%
+  \def\xempty##1{}%
+  %
+  % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
+  \scantokens{#1@comment}%
+  %
+  % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
+  % can be noticed by \parsearg.  Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla
+  % in math mode.
+}
+
+% Used for copying and captions
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+  \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
+}
+
+\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+%    \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
+     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
+
+% Utility routines.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+%
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\let
+  \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+  \csname#2\endcsname
+}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}%
+% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument
+% or for an empty argument
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
+% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
+%
+% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
+% them to avoid their expansion.  Must do this non-globally, to
+% confine the change to the current group.
+%
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+%
+\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\+=\other
+  \catcode`\<=\other
+  \catcode`\>=\other
+  \catcode`\^=\other
+  \catcode`\_=\other
+  \catcode`\|=\other
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+  \catcode`\@=\other
+  \catcode`\^^M=\other
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+  \passthroughcharstrue
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions and @copying
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\ =\other
+  \catcode`\{=\other
+  \catcode`\}=\other
+}
+
+% Used when scanning braced macro arguments.  Note, however, that catcode
+% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
+% an argument to another Texinfo command.
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+}
+
+\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\{=\other
+  \catcode`\}=\other
+}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+%
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+  \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
+     \paramno=0\relax
+  \else
+     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+     \if\paramno>256\relax
+       \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+         \errhelp = \EMsimple
+         \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
+       \fi
+     \fi
+  \fi
+  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+     \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+     \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
+  \fi
+  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \usembodybackslash
+  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+  \fi}
+
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
+  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+    \begingroup
+      \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+      \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
+      \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+  \ifx #1\relax
+    % remove this
+  \else
+    \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line.  Set \macname to
+% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
+% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
+% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
+% three-param macro.)  Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
+% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded.  If there are
+% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
+% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
+%
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+%
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
+% \parsemmanyargdef.
+%
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
+  \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+  \let\hash\relax
+  % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
+  \let\xeatspaces\relax
+  \let\xempty\relax
+  \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
+  \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
+    \paramno0\relax
+    \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
+  \fi
+}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+    \advance\paramno by 1
+    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}%
+    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+  \fi\next}
+% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an
+% empty macro argument.
+
+% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
+%
+% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
+% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+%
+% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
+% body to be transformed.
+% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \macrodef.
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\macrodef}}%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\macrodef}}%
+
+% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only   %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
+%
+% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
+\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+  \else
+    \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
+    \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
+    \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
+       \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
+    % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
+    % don't want \the  to be expanded in the \parsermacbody  as it uses an
+    % \xdef .
+    \expandafter\edef\tempa
+      {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
+    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+  \fi\next}
+
+
+\let\endargs@\relax
+\let\nil@\relax
+\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
+\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
+
+% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
+% definition.  It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
+% macarg.ARGNAME
+%
+% #1 is the macro name
+% #2 is the list of argument names
+% #3 is the list of argument values
+\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
+  \def\macargdeflist@{}%
+  \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
+  \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
+  \def\macroname{#1}%
+  \begingroup
+  \macroargctxt
+  \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
+  \def\@tempa{#3}%
+  \ifx\@tempa\empty
+    \setemptyargvalues@
+  \else
+    \getargvals@@
+  \fi
+}
+\def\getargvals@@{%
+  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+      % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
+      \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+      \else
+        \errhelp = \EMsimple
+        \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
+      \fi
+      \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+  \else
+    \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+       % No more arguments values passed to macro.  Set remaining named-arg
+       % macros to empty.
+       \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+    \else
+      % pop current arg name into \@tempb
+      \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
+      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
+       % pop current argument value into \@tempc
+      \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
+      \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
+       % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
+       % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
+       \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+       \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
+       \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
+         \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
+       \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
+       \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
+       \let\next\getargvals@@
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+\def\push@#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+  \expandafter#1#2}%
+}
+
+% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
+% in macro \@tempa.
+%
+\def\macvalstoargs@{%
+  %  To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
+  % within an \edef  expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
+  % values into respective token registers.
+  %
+  % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
+  \begingroup
+    \paramno0\relax
+    % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
+    % value into a new token list register \toks#N
+    \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
+    % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
+    % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
+    % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
+    \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
+    % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
+    % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
+    % group.
+    \expandafter
+  \endgroup
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+  }
+
+% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+%
+\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
+  \expandafter
+  \endgroup
+  \macargdeflist@
+  % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
+  % is in \@tempa .
+  \macvalstoargs@
+  % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
+  % with \@tempb .
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
+  % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
+  % \egroup .
+  \ifx\@tempb\gobble
+     \let\@tempc\relax
+  \else
+     \let\@tempc\egroup
+  \fi
+  % And now we do the real job:
+  \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
+  \@tempd
+}
+
+\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next\relax
+  \else
+    \let\next\putargsintokens@
+    % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
+    % alias \@tempb .
+    \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
+    % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
+    \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+    \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
+%
+\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
+  \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+    \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+  \else
+    \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
+    \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
+    \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
+  \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
+  \def\paramlist{#2}%
+}
+
+% #1 is the element target macro
+% #2 is the list macro
+% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
+\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+   \def#1{#3}%
+   \def#2{#4}%
+}
+\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+   \long\def#1{#3}%
+   \long\def#2{#4}%
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
+%    \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
+% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
+%    \paramno is the number of parameters
+%    \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
+% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
+%
+\def\macrodef{%
+  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+  \ifnum\paramno=1
+    \long\def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
+    % We don't use \xeatspaces for single-argument macros, because we
+    % want to keep ends of lines.  This definition removes \xeatspaces
+    % when \macrobody is expanded below.
+  \else
+    \def\xeatspaces{\string\xeatspaces}%
+    % This expands \xeatspaces as a sequence of character tokens, which
+    % stops \scantokens inserting an extra space after the control sequence.
+  \fi
+  \ifcase\paramno
+  % 0
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+      \begingroup
+        \noexpand\spaceisspace
+        \noexpand\endlineisspace
+        \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
+      \endgroup
+      \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+  \or % 1
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+       \begingroup
+       \noexpand\braceorline
+       \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+      \endgroup
+      \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
+      }%
+  \else % at most 9
+    \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+      % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
+      % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
+      % comma.
+      % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
+      % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \begingroup
+        \noexpand\expandafter  % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
+        \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
+        \noexpand\expandafter
+        \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+          \noexpand\passargtomacro
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+        \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+          \endgroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+    \else % 10 or more:
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+      }%
+      \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
+      \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13  % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
+@catcode`@_=11  % private names
+@catcode`@!=11  % used as argument separator
+
+% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
+% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
+% compressed to one.
+%
+% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
+% \def or similar).  This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
+% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
+% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
+%
+% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
+% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
+%
+% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN  (... rest of input)
+%
+% where:
+% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
+% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
+% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
+% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
+
+@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
+  @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
+}
+@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 used to look ahead
+%
+% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
+% otherwise, remove the next token.
+@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
+  @ifx#4\%
+   @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
+  @else
+   @expandafter@add_segment
+  @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
+% #5 looks ahead
+%
+% Double backslash found.  Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
+@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
+  @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
+}
+
+@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 is input stream until next backslash
+%
+% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
+% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
+% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
+% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
+% the next backslash.  PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
+% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
+% added to ARG_RESULT.
+@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
+@ifx#3@_finish
+  @call_the_macro#1!%
+@else
+  % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
+  @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
+  % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
+  % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
+  % long #4 is.
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO
+% #2 - ARG_RESULT
+% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
+% conditional.
+@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
+
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC.  It checks
+% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {.  It sets the context
+% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases).  Then,
+% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
+% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
+%
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+  \ifx\nchar\bgroup
+    \macroargctxt
+    \expandafter\passargtomacro
+  \else
+    \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
+  \fi \macnamexxx}
+
+
+% @linemacro
+
+\parseargdef\linemacro{%
+  \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+  \ifx\argl\empty
+    \paramno=0
+    \let\hash\relax
+    \def\paramlist{\hash 1\endlinemacro}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\linegetparamlist\argl;%
+  \fi
+  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \usembodybackslash
+  \parselinemacrobody
+}
+
+% Build up \paramlist which will be used as the parameter text for the macro.
+% At the end it will be like "#1 #2 #3\endlinemacro".
+\def\linegetparamlist#1;{%
+  \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+  \let\hash\relax
+  \linegetparamlistxxx#1,;,%
+}
+\def\linegetparamlistxxx#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\linegetparamlistxxxx
+  \else \let\next=\linegetparamlistxxx
+    \advance\paramno by 1
+    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+        {\hash\the\paramno}%
+    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno\space}%
+  \fi\next}
+\def\linegetparamlistxxxx{%
+  \expandafter\fixparamlist\paramlist\fixparamlist
+}
+% Replace final space token
+\def\fixparamlist#1 \fixparamlist{%
+  \def\paramlist{#1\endlinemacro}%
+}
+
+% Read the body of the macro, replacing backslash-surrounded variables
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parselinemacrobody#1@end linemacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{#1}%
+\endgroup
+\linemacrodef
+}}
+
+% Make the definition
+\def\linemacrodef{%
+  \let\hash=##%
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+    \bgroup
+    \noexpand\parsearg
+    \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname
+  }
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+    \egroup
+    \expandafter\noexpand
+    \csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1\noexpand\endlinemacro
+  }
+  \expandafter\expandafter
+  \expandafter\xdef
+  \expandafter\expandafter\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+    \newlinechar=13 % split \macrobody into lines
+    \noexpand\scantokens{\macrobody}%
+  }
+}
+
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign.  Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+%
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+  {%
+    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+    \addtomacrolist{#1}%
+    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+  }%
+  \next
+}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
+  \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode}
+
+% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex
+% conditional.
+% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need
+% that here.
+\def\omittopnode{%
+   \ifx\lastnode\wordTop
+   \expandafter\ignorenode\fi
+}
+\def\wordTop{Top}
+
+% Until the next @node, @part or @bye command, divert output to a box that
+% is not output.
+\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup
+\def\part{\egroup\part}%
+\def\node{\egroup\node}%
+\ignorenodebye
+}
+
+{\let\bye\relax
+\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef}
+\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}}
+% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer
+
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection,
+%                 or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+%                 empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
+%
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+  \iflinks
+    {%
+      \requireauxfile
+      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+      % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
+      \def\value##1{##1}%
+      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+      }%
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+      \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
+% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
+% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
+% variable, now it's official.
+%
+\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+      = \empty
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword
+    \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+      = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
+                must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+%
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\ref{\xrefXX}
+
+\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
+\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
+%
+\newbox\toprefbox
+\newbox\printedrefnamebox
+\newbox\infofilenamebox
+\newbox\printedmanualbox
+%
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+  \unsepspaces
+  %
+  % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
+  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+  %
+  \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
+  \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
+  %
+  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+  \setbox\printedmanualbox  = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+  %
+  % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
+  % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
+  \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
+    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
+      % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
+      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+    \else
+      % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
+      % the square brackets if we have it.
+      \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
+        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+      \else
+        \ifhavexrefs
+          % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
+          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}%
+        \else
+          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+        \fi%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Make link in pdf output.
+  \ifpdf
+    % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+    {\indexnofonts
+     \makevalueexpandable
+     \turnoffactive
+     % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+     % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.  This ignores all spaces in
+     % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+     \getfilename{#4}%
+     %
+     % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+     % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+     \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+     %
+     \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+       \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+     \fi
+     %
+     \leavevmode
+     \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+       goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
+     \else
+       goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+    \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+  \else
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+    \else
+      % For XeTeX
+      {\indexnofonts
+       \makevalueexpandable
+       \turnoffactive
+       % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+       % etc. don't get their TeX definitions.  This ignores all spaces in
+       % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+       \getfilename{#4}%
+       %
+       % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+       % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+       \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+       %
+       \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+         \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+       \fi
+       %
+       \leavevmode
+       \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+         % With default settings,
+         % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
+         % In this case, the replaced destination names of
+         % remote PDFs are no longer known.  In order to avoid a replacement,
+         % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+         % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
+         % this command line option is no longer necessary
+         % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+         \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+           << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+       \else
+         \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+           << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+       \fi
+      }%
+      \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  {%
+    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \def\value##1{##1}%
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+  }%
+  %
+  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  \iffloat distinguishes them by
+  % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
+  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+    \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
+      \refx{#1-snt}%
+    \else
+      \printedrefname
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+    % "in MANUALNAME".
+    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+    %
+    % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
+    % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
+    % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
+    % this is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name
+    % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+    %
+    \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+      % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
+      %
+      \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
+    %
+    \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
+      % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
+      % printed manual name (arg 5).  This is essentially the same as
+      % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
+      %
+      \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
+    %
+    \else
+      % Reference within this manual.
+      %
+      % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref
+      % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor.
+      \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}%
+      \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+      %
+      % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
+      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+      %
+      \ifflagclear{txiomitxrefpg}{%
+        % We always want a comma
+        ,%
+        % output the `page 3'.
+        \turnoffactive \putpageref{#1}%
+        % Add a , if xref followed by a space
+        \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
+        \else\ifx\	\tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
+        \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,%   @*
+        \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,%   @SPACE
+        \else\ifx\
+                  \tokenafterxref ,%    @NL
+        \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
+        \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+      }{}%
+    \fi\fi
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% can be overridden in translation files
+\def\putpageref#1{%
+  \space\putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}}
+
+% Output a cross-manual xref to #1.  Used just above (twice).
+%
+% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
+% missing or Top.  Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
+% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
+%
+% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
+% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
+% the input.  By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
+% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
+% in a monospaced font).  Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
+%
+% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
+% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
+%
+\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
+  \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
+  \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
+  \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp  % nonempty?
+    \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else  % same as Top?
+      \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  #1%
+}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+  \ifnum\secno=0
+    \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+  \else
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+  \ifnum\secno=0
+     \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+     \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+  \else
+    \putwordSection@tie
+      @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+\def\refx#1{%
+  \requireauxfile
+  {%
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \def\value##1{##1}%
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+      \csname XR#1\endcsname
+  }%
+  \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+    % If not defined, say something at least.
+    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+    \iflinks
+      \ifhavexrefs
+        {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
+         \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
+      \else
+        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+          \global\warnedxrefstrue
+          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % It's defined, so just use it.
+    \thisrefX
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Define a control
+% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
+% name to avoid collisions).  The value is the page number.  If this is a float
+% type, we have more work to do.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+  {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
+   % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
+   % like @'e.  \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \def\value##1{##1}%
+    \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
+  }%
+  %
+  \bgroup
+    \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
+  \egroup
+  % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
+  % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
+  % thousands of lines.  \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
+  % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
+  %
+  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
+    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+    %
+    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+    \else
+      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+    % for later use in \listoffloats.
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
+      {\safexrefname}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
+\def\requireauxfile{%
+  \iflinks
+    \tryauxfile
+    % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+    \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+  \fi
+  \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax   % Only do this once.
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+  \ifeof 1 \else
+    \readdatafile{aux}%
+    \global\havexrefstrue
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
+  \catcode`\^^@=\other
+  \catcode`\^^A=\other
+  \catcode`\^^B=\other
+  \catcode`\^^C=\other
+  \catcode`\^^D=\other
+  \catcode`\^^E=\other
+  \catcode`\^^F=\other
+  \catcode`\^^G=\other
+  \catcode`\^^H=\other
+  \catcode`\^^K=\other
+  \catcode`\^^L=\other
+  \catcode`\^^N=\other
+  \catcode`\^^P=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+  \catcode`\^^R=\other
+  \catcode`\^^S=\other
+  \catcode`\^^T=\other
+  \catcode`\^^U=\other
+  \catcode`\^^V=\other
+  \catcode`\^^W=\other
+  \catcode`\^^X=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+  \catcode`\^^[=\other
+  \catcode`\^^\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^]=\other
+  \catcode`\^^^=\other
+  \catcode`\^^_=\other
+  \catcode`\^=\other
+  %
+  % Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+  \catcode`\[=\other
+  \catcode`\]=\other
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\|=\active
+  \catcode`\<=\active
+  \catcode`\>=\active
+  \catcode`\$=\other
+  \catcode`\#=\other
+  \catcode`\&=\other
+  \catcode`\%=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+  %
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+  %
+  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
+  \catcode`\{=1
+  \catcode`\}=2
+  \catcode`\@=0
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+  \setupdatafile
+  \input\jobname.#1
+\endgroup}
+
+
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+  %
+  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+  \let\@sf\empty
+  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+  %
+  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+  \unskip
+  \thisfootno\@sf
+  \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+  \insert\footins\bgroup
+  %
+  % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
+  % more work.  (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
+  \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
+  %
+  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+  % So reset some parameters.
+  \hsize=\txipagewidth
+  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+  \floatingpenalty\@MM
+  \leftskip\z@skip
+  \rightskip\z@skip
+  \spaceskip\z@skip
+  \xspaceskip\z@skip
+  \parindent\defaultparindent
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  %
+  % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+  % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
+  % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+  % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+  \let\noindent = \relax
+  %
+  % Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
+  % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+  \everypar = {\hang}%
+  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+  %
+  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
+  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+  \footstrut
+  %
+  % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
+  \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+\def\errfootnotenest{%
+  \errhelp=\EMsimple
+  \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
+    even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
+}
+
+\def\errfootnoteheading{%
+  \errhelp=\EMsimple
+  \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
+}
+
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
+%
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
+%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+    \let\insert\saveinsert
+  \else
+    \let\checkinserts\relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
+%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \afterassignment\next
+  % swallow the left brace
+  \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+    {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
+  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+    \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
+
+% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+  % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+  % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+  \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+\closein 1
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+  it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+  \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
+    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+      \global\warnednoepsftrue
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Approximate height of a line in the standard text font.
+\newdimen\capheight
+\setbox0=\vbox{\tenrm H}
+\capheight=\ht0
+
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
+  \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
+  \makevalueexpandable
+  \ifvmode
+    \imagevmodetrue
+    \medskip
+    % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+    % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+    % above and below.
+    \vskip\parskip
+    %
+    % Place image in a \vtop for a top page margin that is (close to) correct,
+    % as \topskip glue is relative to the first baseline.
+    \vtop\bgroup \kern -\capheight \vskip-\parskip
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifx\centersub\centerV
+    % For @center @image, enter vertical mode and add vertical space
+    % Enter an extra \parskip because @center doesn't add space itself.
+    \vbox\bgroup\vskip\parskip\medskip\vskip\parskip
+  \else
+    % Enter horizontal mode so that indentation from an enclosing
+    %  environment such as @quotation is respected.
+    % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
+    %  normal paragraph indentation.
+    \imageindent
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Output the image.
+  \ifpdf
+    % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
+    \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \else
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+      % For epsf.tex
+      % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+        \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+        \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+      \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+    \else
+      % For XeTeX
+      \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifimagevmode
+    \egroup
+    \medskip  % space after a standalone image
+  \fi
+  \ifx\centersub\centerV % @center @image
+    \medskip
+    \egroup % close \vbox
+  \fi
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+  \let\thiscaption=\empty
+  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+  %
+  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+  %
+  % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+  % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+  %
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  \vtop\bgroup
+    \def\floattype{#1}%
+    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+    %
+    \ifx\floattype\empty
+      \let\safefloattype=\empty
+    \else
+      {%
+        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+        \indexnofonts
+        \turnoffactive
+        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
+      %
+      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+      \global\advance\floatno by 1
+      %
+      {%
+        % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the
+        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+        % lists of floats.
+        %
+        \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+    \vskip\parskip
+    %
+    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+    \let\floatident = \empty
+    %
+    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+    %
+    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
+      \fi
+      % the number.
+      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+    \let\captionline = \floatident
+    %
+    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+        \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+      \fi
+      %
+      % caption text.
+      \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+      \vskip.5\parskip
+      \captionline
+      %
+      % Space below caption.
+      \vskip\parskip
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
+    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
+      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+      {%
+        \requireauxfile
+        \atdummies
+        %
+        \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+          \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
+        \else
+          \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
+        \fi
+        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+          \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \egroup  % end of \vtop
+  %
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanctxt\docaptionz}
+\def\docaptionz#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+      %
+      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+  \fi
+  \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
+% \currentsection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+  {%
+    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+    \ifhavexrefs
+      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
+      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
+  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+  % in pdf output.
+  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+  %
+  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+  \writeentry
+}}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+
+% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
+% early, just after @documentencoding.  Single argument is the language
+% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
+%
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \globaldefs=1
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
+  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+    % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+    \let_ = \normalunderscore  % normal _ character for filename test
+    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+    \ifeof 1
+      \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
+    \else
+      \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
+      \input txi-#1.tex
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup % end raw TeX
+}
+%
+% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
+% try txi-de.tex.
+%
+\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
+  \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+  \ifeof 1
+    \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+    \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+  \else
+    \globaldefs = 1  % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
+    \input txi-#1.tex
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+}
+}% end of special _ catcode
+%
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  Putting it in the current
+directory should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
+% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
+% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
+%
+% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
+% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
+% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
+%
+% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
+% available languages.  This means we can support hyphenation in
+% Texinfo, at least to some extent.  (This still doesn't solve the
+% accented characters problem.)
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
+  % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
+    \message{no patterns for #1}%
+  \else
+    \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+  % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
+  \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
+  \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
+}
+
+% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
+% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
+% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
+%
+\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+  \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+    \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
+    \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+  \else
+    \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+    \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+  \fi
+\else
+  \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+  \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+\fi
+
+% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
+% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
+%
+\def\setbytewiseio{%
+  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+  \else
+    \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes"  % For subsequent files to be read
+    \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes"  % For document root file
+    % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
+    % output encoding.  This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
+    % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
+    % place of non-ASCII characters.
+  \fi
+
+  \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+  \else
+    \directlua{
+    local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
+    local function convert_char (char)
+      return utf8_char(byte(char))
+    end
+
+    local function convert_line (line)
+      return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
+    end
+
+    callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
+
+    local function convert_line_out (line)
+      local line_out = ""
+      for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
+         line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
+      end
+      return line_out
+    end
+
+    callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
+    }
+  \fi
+
+  \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+}
+
+
+% Helpers for encodings.
+% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
+%
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
+   \count255=128
+   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+      \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
+      \advance\count255 by 1
+   \repeat
+}
+
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
+   \count255=128
+   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+      \catcode\count255=#1\relax
+      \advance\count255 by 1
+   \repeat
+}
+
+% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
+% according to the specified encoding.
+%
+\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
+\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
+  %
+  % Encoding being declared for the document.
+  \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
+  %
+  % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
+  % to compare them with \ifx.
+  \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
+  %
+  \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+     \asciichardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       \setbytewiseio
+     \fi
+     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \lattwochardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       \setbytewiseio
+     \fi
+     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \latonechardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       \setbytewiseio
+     \fi
+     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \latninechardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+     \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+       % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
+       \nativeunicodechardefs
+     \else
+       % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX).
+       % Since we already invoke \utfeightchardefs at the top level,
+       % making non-ascii chars active is sufficient.
+       \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \fi
+  %
+  \else
+    \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
+  %
+  \fi % utfeight
+  \fi % latnine
+  \fi % latone
+  \fi % lattwo
+  \fi % ascii
+  %
+  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+  \else
+    \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+    \else
+      \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+      \else
+        \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
+        non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
+% the default font encoding (OT1).
+%
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
+
+% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
+\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
+
+\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
+\gdef#1{%
+   \ifpassthroughchars
+     \string#1%
+   \else
+     #2%
+   \fi
+}}
+
+\begingroup
+
+% Make non-ASCII characters active for defining the character definition
+% macros.
+\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+
+% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
+\gdef\latonechardefs{%
+  \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+  \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
+  \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
+  \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
+  \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
+  \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
+  \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+  \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
+  \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
+  \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
+  \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
+  \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+  \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
+  \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+  \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
+  \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
+  \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
+  \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+  \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
+  \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
+  \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
+  \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+  \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
+  \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
+  \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
+  \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
+  \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
+  \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
+  \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
+  \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+  \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+  \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
+  \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+  \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+  \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
+  \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+  \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
+  \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+  \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
+  \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+  \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
+  \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+  \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+  \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+  \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
+  \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
+  \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+  \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+  \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
+  \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
+  \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
+  \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+  \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
+  \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+  \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+  \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
+  \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
+  \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+  \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+  \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
+  \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+  \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+  \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
+  \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+  \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
+  \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+  \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
+  \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+  \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+  \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+  \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+  \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+  \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
+  \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
+  \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+  \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+  \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
+  \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
+  \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
+  \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+  \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
+  \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+  \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+  \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
+  \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
+}
+
+% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
+\gdef\latninechardefs{%
+  % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
+  \latonechardefs
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
+  \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
+  \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
+  \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
+  \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
+  \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
+  \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
+}
+
+% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
+\gdef\lattwochardefs{%
+  \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+  \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
+  \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
+  \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+  \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
+  \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
+  \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+  \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+  \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
+  \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
+  \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
+  \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
+  \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+  \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
+  \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+  \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
+  \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
+  \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
+  \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+  \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
+  \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
+  \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
+  \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+  \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
+  \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
+  \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
+  \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
+  \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
+  \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
+  \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
+  \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+  \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+  \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
+  \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+  \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
+  \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
+  \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+  \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
+  \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+  \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
+  \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+  \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
+  \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+  \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+  \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+  \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
+  \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
+  \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+  \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+  \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
+  \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+  \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
+  \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+  \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+  \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
+  \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+  \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+  \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
+  \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
+  \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+  \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+  \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
+  \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+  \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
+  \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
+  \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+  \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
+  \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+  \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
+  \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+  \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
+  \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+  \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+  \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
+  %
+  \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+  \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
+  \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
+  \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+  \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+  \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
+  \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+  \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
+  \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+  \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+  \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
+  \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+  \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+  \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
+  \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+}
+
+\endgroup % active chars
+
+% UTF-8 character definitions.
+%
+% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
+% changes for Texinfo conventions.  It is included here under the GPL by
+% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
+%
+\newcount\countUTFx
+\newcount\countUTFy
+\newcount\countUTFz
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
+   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
+   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
+   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
+  \ifx #1\relax
+    \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter #1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\~13
+  \catcode`\$12
+  \catcode`\"12
+
+  % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
+  % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
+  \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
+    \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
+    \uccode`\~\countUTFx
+    \uccode`\$\countUTFx
+    \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
+    \advance\countUTFx by 1
+    \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
+      \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
+    \fi}
+
+  % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence.  Not expected to
+  % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
+  \countUTFx = "80
+  \countUTFy = "C2
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+
+  \countUTFx = "C2
+  \countUTFy = "E0
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $%
+        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+
+  \countUTFx = "E0
+  \countUTFy = "F0
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $%
+        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+
+  \countUTFx = "F0
+  \countUTFy = "F4
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \gdef~{%
+        \ifpassthroughchars $%
+        \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
+        }}%
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+\endgroup
+
+\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
+
+% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
+\def\U#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
+    \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+      % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
+      % active.  However, if the font does not have the glyph,
+      % letters are missing.
+      \begingroup
+        \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+        \uppercase{.}
+      \endgroup
+    \else
+      \errhelp = \EMsimple
+      \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \csname uni:#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
+% sequence to be defined.
+\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
+  \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
+  \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
+  \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
+
+% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
+% this gets used by the @U command
+%
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\"=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\.=12
+  \catcode`\,=12
+  \catcode`\;=12
+  \catcode`\!=12
+  \catcode`\~=13
+  \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
+    \countUTFz = "#1\relax
+    \begingroup
+      \parseXMLCharref
+
+      % Give \u8:... its definition.  The sequence of seven \expandafter's
+      % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
+      %
+      % 1.  \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
+      % 2.  \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
+      % 3.  \u8: B1 B2  (a single control sequence token)
+      %
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\gdef       \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+      %
+      \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
+       \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
+      \fi
+      %
+      % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
+      \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
+    \endgroup}
+  %
+  % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
+  % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
+  \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
+    \ifnum\countUTFz < "20\relax
+      \errhelp = \EMsimple
+      \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 0020}%
+    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
+      \parseUTFviiiA,%
+      \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
+    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
+      \parseUTFviiiA;%
+      \parseUTFviiiA,%
+      \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
+    \else
+      \parseUTFviiiA;%
+      \parseUTFviiiA,%
+      \parseUTFviiiA!%
+      \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+  }
+
+  % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
+  % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
+  % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
+  % of the bytes.
+  \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
+    \countUTFx = \countUTFz
+    \divide\countUTFz by 64
+    \countUTFy = \countUTFz  % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
+    \multiply\countUTFz by 64
+
+    % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared.  Subtract
+    % in order to get the last five bits.
+    \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+
+    % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
+    \advance\countUTFx by 128
+    \uccode `#1\countUTFx
+    \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+
+  % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
+  % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
+  %    sequence.
+  % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
+  % #3 is always a full stop (.)
+  % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence.  The values for these
+  %    bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
+  \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
+    \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
+    \uccode `#3\countUTFz
+    \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
+\endgroup
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
+  \catcode"#1=\other
+}
+
+% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
+% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
+% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
+%
+% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
+% characters are available somewhere.  Loading the necessary fonts
+% awaits user request.  We can't truly support Unicode without
+% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
+% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
+% We won't be doing that here in this simple file.  But we can try to at
+% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
+%
+\def\unicodechardefs{%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0020}{ } % space
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0021}{\char"21 }% % space to terminate number
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0022}{\char"22 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0023}{\char"23 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0024}{\char"24 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0025}{\char"25 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0026}{\char"26 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0027}{\char"27 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0028}{\char"28 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0029}{\char"29 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002A}{\char"2A }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002B}{\char"2B }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002C}{\char"2C }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002D}{\char"2D }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002E}{\char"2E }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002F}{\char"2F }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0030}{0}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0031}{1}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0032}{2}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0033}{3}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0034}{4}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0035}{5}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0036}{6}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0037}{7}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0038}{8}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0039}{9}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003A}{\char"3A }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003B}{\char"3B }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003C}{\char"3C }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003D}{\char"3D }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003E}{\char"3E }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003F}{\char"3F }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0040}{\char"40 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0041}{A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0042}{B}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0043}{C}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0044}{D}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0045}{E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0046}{F}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0047}{G}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0048}{H}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0049}{I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004A}{J}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004B}{K}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004C}{L}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004D}{M}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004E}{N}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004F}{O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0050}{P}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0051}{Q}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0052}{R}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0053}{S}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0054}{T}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0055}{U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0056}{V}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0057}{W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0058}{X}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0059}{Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005A}{Z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005B}{\char"5B }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005C}{\char"5C }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005D}{\char"5D }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005E}{\char"5E }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005F}{\char"5F }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0060}{\char"60 }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0061}{a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0062}{b}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0063}{c}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0064}{d}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0065}{e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0066}{f}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0067}{g}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0068}{h}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0069}{i}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006A}{j}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006B}{k}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006C}{l}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006D}{m}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006E}{n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006F}{o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0070}{p}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0071}{q}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0072}{r}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0073}{s}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0074}{t}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0075}{u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0076}{v}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0077}{w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0078}{x}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0079}{y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007A}{z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007B}{\char"7B }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007C}{\char"7C }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007D}{\char"7D }%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007E}{\char"7E }%
+  % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007F}{} % DEL
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\textdegree}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
+  %
+  % Greek letters upper case
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
+  %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
+  %
+  % Vowels with accents
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
+  %
+  % Standalone accent
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
+  %
+  % Greek letters lower case
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
+  %
+  % More Greek vowels with accents
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
+  %
+  % Variant Greek letters
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
+  %
+  % Exotic spaces
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2007}{\hphantom{0}}%
+  %
+  % Punctuation
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\arrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
+  %
+  % Mathematical symbols
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
+  %
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
+  %
+  \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
+}% end of \unicodechardefs
+
+% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
+% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
+\def\utfeightchardefs{%
+  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
+  \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
+% non-active tokens with the same character code.  This is used to
+% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
+% printing the correct glyphs.
+\newif\ifpassthroughchars
+\passthroughcharsfalse
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
+  \ifnum"#1>"7F % only make non-ASCII chars active
+    \catcode"#1=\active
+    \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
+      \begingroup
+        \uccode`\~="##2\relax
+        \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
+          \ifpassthroughchars
+            ##1%
+          \else
+            ##3%
+          \fi
+        }
+      \endgroup
+    }
+    \begingroup
+      \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+      \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
+      \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
+% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
+\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
+  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
+  \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% make the character token expand
+% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
+  \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
+  \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
+}
+
+% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
+\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
+  \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
+  \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% US-ASCII character definitions.
+\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
+   \relax
+}
+
+% Define all Unicode characters we know about
+\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+  \nativeunicodechardefsatu
+\else
+  \utfeightchardefs
+\fi
+
+
+\message{formatting,}
+
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 6666
+
+% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+  \else
+    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+  \voffset = #3\relax
+  \topskip = #6\relax
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  %
+  \vsize = #1\relax
+  \advance\vsize by \topskip
+  \txipageheight = \vsize
+  %
+  \hsize = #2\relax
+  \txipagewidth = \hsize
+  %
+  \normaloffset = #4\relax
+  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+  %
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+    \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+    % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
+    % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
+    \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
+    \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
+  \else
+    \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+      \special{papersize=#8,#7}%
+    \else
+      \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+      \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+      % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  \setleading{\textleading}
+  %
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+  \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \textleading = 13.2pt
+  %
+  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+  \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
+                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+                    {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+  \textleading = 12pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+                    {-.2in}{0in}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+                    {9.25in}{7in}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \textleading = 13.2pt
+  %
+  % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+  % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+  % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+  % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
+  % do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
+  % your texinfo source file like this:
+  % @tex
+  % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+  % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+  % @end tex
+  \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
+                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  %
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+  \textleading = 12.5pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{-11.4mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+                    {210mm}{148mm}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+  \tolerance = 800
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 2mm
+  \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  %
+  % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}%
+                    {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{14pt}%
+                    {176mm}{125mm}%
+  \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+  \globaldefs = 1
+  %
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \setleading{\textleading}%
+  %
+  \dimen0 = #1\relax
+  \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line
+                           % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and
+                           % bottom margin
+  %
+  \dimen2 = \hsize
+  \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+                    {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+                    {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
+\hfuzz = 1pt
+
+
+\message{microtype,}
+
+% protrusion, from Thanh's protcode.tex.
+\def\mtsetprotcode#1{%
+  \rpcode#1`\!=200  \rpcode#1`\,=700  \rpcode#1`\-=700  \rpcode#1`\.=700
+  \rpcode#1`\;=500  \rpcode#1`\:=500  \rpcode#1`\?=200
+  \rpcode#1`\'=700
+  \rpcode#1 34=500  % ''
+  \rpcode#1 123=300 % --
+  \rpcode#1 124=200 % ---
+  \rpcode#1`\)=50   \rpcode#1`\A=50   \rpcode#1`\F=50   \rpcode#1`\K=50
+  \rpcode#1`\L=50   \rpcode#1`\T=50   \rpcode#1`\V=50   \rpcode#1`\W=50
+  \rpcode#1`\X=50   \rpcode#1`\Y=50   \rpcode#1`\k=50   \rpcode#1`\r=50
+  \rpcode#1`\t=50   \rpcode#1`\v=50   \rpcode#1`\w=50   \rpcode#1`\x=50
+  \rpcode#1`\y=50
+  %
+  \lpcode#1`\`=700
+  \lpcode#1 92=500  % ``
+  \lpcode#1`\(=50   \lpcode#1`\A=50   \lpcode#1`\J=50   \lpcode#1`\T=50
+  \lpcode#1`\V=50   \lpcode#1`\W=50   \lpcode#1`\X=50   \lpcode#1`\Y=50
+  \lpcode#1`\v=50   \lpcode#1`\w=50   \lpcode#1`\x=50   \lpcode#1`\y=0
+  %
+  \mtadjustprotcode#1\relax
+}
+
+\newcount\countC
+\def\mtadjustprotcode#1{%
+  \countC=0
+  \loop
+    \ifcase\lpcode#1\countC\else
+      \mtadjustcp\lpcode#1\countC
+    \fi
+    \ifcase\rpcode#1\countC\else
+      \mtadjustcp\rpcode#1\countC
+    \fi
+    \advance\countC 1
+  \ifnum\countC < 256 \repeat
+}
+
+\newcount\countB
+\def\mtadjustcp#1#2#3{%
+  \setbox\boxA=\hbox{%
+    \ifx#2\font\else#2\fi
+    \char#3}%
+  \countB=\wd\boxA
+  \multiply\countB #1#2#3\relax
+  \divide\countB \fontdimen6 #2\relax
+  #1#2#3=\countB\relax
+}
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+  \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+    \ifpdf % pdfTeX
+      \mtsetprotcode\textrm
+      \def\mtfontexpand#1{\pdffontexpand#1 20 20 1 autoexpand\relax}
+    \else % TeX
+      \def\mtfontexpand#1{}
+    \fi
+  \else % LuaTeX
+    \mtsetprotcode\textrm
+    \def\mtfontexpand#1{\expandglyphsinfont#1 20 20 1\relax}
+  \fi
+\else % XeTeX
+  \mtsetprotcode\textrm
+  \def\mtfontexpand#1{}
+\fi
+
+
+\newif\ifmicrotype
+
+\def\microtypeON{%
+  \microtypetrue
+  %
+  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+    \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+      \ifpdf % pdfTeX
+        \pdfadjustspacing=2
+        \pdfprotrudechars=2
+      \fi
+    \else % LuaTeX
+      \adjustspacing=2
+      \protrudechars=2
+    \fi
+  \else % XeTeX
+    \XeTeXprotrudechars=2
+  \fi
+  %
+  \mtfontexpand\textrm
+  \mtfontexpand\textsl
+  \mtfontexpand\textbf
+}
+
+\def\microtypeOFF{%
+  \microtypefalse
+  %
+  \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+    \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+      \ifpdf % pdfTeX
+        \pdfadjustspacing=0
+        \pdfprotrudechars=0
+      \fi
+    \else % LuaTeX
+      \adjustspacing=0
+      \protrudechars=0
+    \fi
+  \else % XeTeX
+    \XeTeXprotrudechars=0
+  \fi
+}
+
+\microtypeOFF
+
+\parseargdef\microtype{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\onword
+    \microtypeON
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\offword
+    \microtypeOFF
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @microtype option `\txiarg', must be on|off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Make UTF-8 the default encoding.
+\documentencodingzzz{UTF-8}
+
+\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
+\catcode`\^^K = 10 % treat vertical tab as whitespace
+
+% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
+\catcode`\^^? = 14
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
+\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
+\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
+\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
+\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
+\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
+
+% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
+
+% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+%
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
+\chardef\hatchar=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+\let\realunder=_
+
+\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
+
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
+\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
+
+
+% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
+% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
+\def\texinfochars{%
+  \let< = \activeless
+  \let> = \activegtr
+  \let~ = \activetilde
+  \let^ = \activehat
+  \setregularquotes
+  \let\b = \strong
+  \let\i = \smartitalic
+  % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
+}
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+  \passthroughcharstrue
+  \let-=\normaldash
+  \let"=\normaldoublequote
+  \let$=\normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+  \let+=\normalplus
+  \let<=\normalless
+  \let>=\normalgreater
+  \let^=\normalcaret
+  \let_=\normalunderscore
+  \let|=\normalverticalbar
+  \let~=\normaltilde
+  \otherbackslash
+  \setregularquotes
+  \unsepspaces
+}
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \loadconf turn them back on.
+\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+
+
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+
+% Print a typewriter backslash.  For math mode, we can't simply use
+% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
+% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
+% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
+% sets \mathcode`\\="026E).  Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
+% ignored family value; char position "5C).  We can't use " for the
+% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
+
+\def\ttbackslash{{\tt \ifmmode \mathchar29020 \else \backslashcurfont \fi}}
+\let\backslashchar = \ttbackslash % \backslashchar{} is for user documents.
+
+% These are made active for url-breaking, so need
+% active definitions as the normal characters.
+\def\normaldot{.}
+\def\normalquest{?}
+\def\normalslash{/}
+
+% \newlinesloadsconf - call \loadconf as soon as possible in the
+% file, e.g. at the first newline.
+%
+{\catcode`\^=7
+\catcode`\^^M=13
+\gdef\newlineloadsconf{%
+  \catcode`\^^M=13 %
+  \newlineloadsconfzz%
+}
+\gdef\newlineloadsconfzz#1^^M{%
+  \def\c{\loadconf\c}%
+  % Definition for the first newline read in the file
+  \def ^^M{\loadconf}%
+  % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
+  \let\originalparsearg\parsearg%
+  \def\parsearg{\loadconf\originalparsearg}%
+}}
+
+
+% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
+% appears by mistake.
+{\catcode`\^=7 \catcode13=13%
+\gdef\enableemergencynewline{%
+  \gdef^^M{%
+    \par%
+    %<warning: active newline>\par%
+}}}
+
+
+% \loadconf gets called at the beginning of every Texinfo file.
+% If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.  Useful for site-wide
+% @afourpaper, etc.  Not opening texinfo.cnf directly in texinfo.tex
+% makes it possible to make a format file for Texinfo.
+%
+\gdef\loadconf{%
+  \relax  % Terminate the filename if running as "tex '&texinfo' FILE.texi".
+  %
+  % Turn off the definitions that trigger \loadconf
+  \everyjobreset
+  \catcode13=5 % regular end of line
+  \enableemergencynewline
+  \let\c=\comment
+  \let\parsearg\originalparsearg
+  %
+  % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+  % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+  \catcode`+=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  %
+  \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+  \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+  \closein 1
+}
+
+% Redefine some control sequences to be controlled by the \ifdummies
+% and \ifindexnofonts switches.  Do this at the end so that the control
+% sequences are all defined.
+\definedummies
+
+
+
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
+\catcode`\\=\active  % @ for escape char from now on.
+
+@let\ = @ttbackslash
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number.
+% \eatinput stops the `\input texinfo' from showing up.
+% After that, `\' should revert to printing a backslash.
+% Turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+%
+@everyjob{@message{[Texinfo version @texinfoversion]}%
+  @global@let\ = @eatinput
+  @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
+
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@loadconf}}
+
+@def@everyjobreset{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi}
+
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+%
+{@catcode`- = @active
+ @gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
+   @turnoffactive
+   @let\=@ttbackslash
+ }
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
+@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
+@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
+@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
+
+@let @hashchar = @normalhash
+
+@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
+@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}.  If we
+@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
+@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
+@catcode`@'=@active
+@catcode`@`=@active
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp nil t)
+@c time-stamp-pattern: "texinfoversion{%Y-%02m-%02d.%02H}"
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c End:
+
+@newlineloadsconf
diff --git a/build-aux/update-copyright b/build-aux/update-copyright
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..99196fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/update-copyright
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Update an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering and Joel E. Denny
+
+# This script updates an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
+# Usage: update-copyright [FILE...]
+#
+# The arguments to this script should be names of files that contain
+# copyright statements to be updated.  The copyright holder's name
+# defaults to "Free Software Foundation, Inc." but may be changed to
+# any other name by using the "UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER" environment
+# variable.
+#
+# For example, you might wish to use the update-copyright target rule
+# in maint.mk from gnulib's maintainer-makefile module.
+#
+# Iff a copyright statement is recognized in a file and the final
+# year is not the current year, then the statement is updated for the
+# new year and it is reformatted to:
+#
+#   1. Fit within 72 columns.
+#   2. Convert 2-digit years to 4-digit years by prepending "19".
+#   3. Expand copyright year intervals.  (See "Environment variables"
+#      below.)
+#
+# A warning is printed for every file for which no copyright
+# statement is recognized.
+#
+# Each file's copyright statement must be formatted correctly in
+# order to be recognized.  For example, each of these is fine:
+#
+#   Copyright @copyright{} 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   # Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
+#   # Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   /*
+#    * Copyright &copy; 90,2005,2007-2009
+#    * Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#    */
+#
+# However, the following format is not recognized because the line
+# prefix changes after the first line:
+#
+#   ## Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
+#   #  Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# However, any correctly formatted copyright statement following
+# a non-matching copyright statements would be recognized.
+#
+# The exact conditions that a file's copyright statement must meet
+# to be recognized are:
+#
+#   1. It is the first copyright statement that meets all of the
+#      following conditions.  Subsequent copyright statements are
+#      ignored.
+#   2. Its format is "Copyright (C)", then a list of copyright years,
+#      and then the name of the copyright holder.
+#   3. The "(C)" takes one of the following forms or is omitted
+#      entirely:
+#
+#        A. (C)
+#        B. (c)
+#        C. @copyright{}
+#        D. &copy;
+#        E. ©
+#
+#   4. The "Copyright" appears at the beginning of a line, except that it
+#      may be prefixed by any sequence (e.g., a comment) of no more than
+#      5 characters -- including white space.
+#   5. Iff such a prefix is present, the same prefix appears at the
+#      beginning of each remaining line within the FSF copyright
+#      statement.  There is one exception in order to support C-style
+#      comments: if the first line's prefix contains nothing but
+#      whitespace surrounding a "/*", then the prefix for all subsequent
+#      lines is the same as the first line's prefix except with each of
+#      "/" and possibly "*" replaced by a " ".  The replacement of "*"
+#      by " " is consistent throughout all subsequent lines.
+#   6. Blank lines, even if preceded by the prefix, do not appear
+#      within the FSF copyright statement.
+#   7. Each copyright year is 2 or 4 digits, and years are separated by
+#      commas, "-", or "--".  Whitespace may appear after commas.
+#
+# Environment variables:
+#
+#   1. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE=1, a recognized FSF copyright statement
+#      is reformatted even if it does not need updating for the new
+#      year.  If unset or set to 0, only updated FSF copyright
+#      statements are reformatted.
+#   2. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=1, every series of consecutive
+#      copyright years (such as 90, 1991, 1992-2007, 2008) in a
+#      reformatted FSF copyright statement is collapsed to a single
+#      interval (such as 1990-2008).  If unset or set to 0, all existing
+#      copyright year intervals in a reformatted FSF copyright statement
+#      are expanded instead.
+#      If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=2, convert a sequence with gaps
+#      to the minimal containing range.  For example, convert
+#      2000, 2004-2007, 2009 to 2000-2009.
+#   3. For testing purposes, you can set the assumed current year in
+#      UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR.
+#   4. The default maximum line length for a copyright line is 72.
+#      Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH to use a different length.
+#   5. Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER if the copyright holder is other
+#      than "Free Software Foundation, Inc.".
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line.  The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name.  The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs.  The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl.  When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH.  The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh.  When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx -0777 -pi "$0" "$@"'
+     if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2023-01-11.04:24'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job.  Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+my $copyright_re = 'Copyright';
+my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright\{}|\\\\\(co|&copy;|©)';
+my $holder = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER};
+$holder ||= 'Free Software Foundation, Inc.';
+my $prefix_max = 5;
+my $margin = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH};
+!$margin || $margin !~ m/^\d+$/
+  and $margin = 72;
+
+my $tab_width = 8;
+
+my $this_year = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR};
+if (!$this_year || $this_year !~ m/^\d{4}$/)
+  {
+    my ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $month, $year) = localtime (time ());
+    $this_year = $year + 1900;
+  }
+
+# Unless the file consistently uses "\r\n" as the EOL, use "\n" instead.
+my $eol = /(?:^|[^\r])\n/ ? "\n" : "\r\n";
+
+my $leading;
+my $prefix;
+my $ws_re;
+my $stmt_re;
+while (/(^|\n)(.{0,$prefix_max})$copyright_re/g)
+  {
+    $leading = "$1$2";
+    $prefix = $2;
+    if ($prefix =~ /^(\s*\/)\*(\s*)$/)
+      {
+        $prefix =~ s,/, ,;
+        my $prefix_ws = $prefix;
+        $prefix_ws =~ s/\*/ /; # Only whitespace.
+        if (/\G(?:[^*\n]|\*[^\/\n])*\*?\n$prefix_ws/)
+          {
+            $prefix = $prefix_ws;
+          }
+      }
+    $ws_re = '[ \t\r\f]'; # \s without \n
+    $ws_re =
+      "(?:$ws_re*(?:$ws_re|\\n" . quotemeta($prefix) . ")$ws_re*)";
+    my $holder_re = $holder;
+    $holder_re =~ s/\s/$ws_re/g;
+    my $stmt_remainder_re =
+      "(?:$ws_re$circle_c_re)?"
+      . "$ws_re(?:(?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d(?:,$ws_re?|--?))*"
+      . "((?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d)$ws_re$holder_re";
+    if (/\G$stmt_remainder_re/)
+      {
+        $stmt_re =
+          quotemeta($leading) . "($copyright_re$stmt_remainder_re)";
+        last;
+      }
+  }
+if (defined $stmt_re)
+  {
+    /$stmt_re/ or die; # Should never die.
+    my $stmt = $1;
+    my $final_year_orig = $2;
+
+    # Handle two-digit year numbers like "98" and "99".
+    my $final_year = $final_year_orig;
+    $final_year <= 99
+      and $final_year += 1900;
+
+    if ($final_year != $this_year)
+      {
+        # Update the year.
+        $stmt =~ s/\b$final_year_orig\b/$final_year, $this_year/;
+      }
+    if ($final_year != $this_year || $ENV{'UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE'})
+      {
+        # Normalize all whitespace including newline-prefix sequences.
+        $stmt =~ s/$ws_re/ /g;
+
+        # Put spaces after commas.
+        $stmt =~ s/, ?/, /g;
+
+        # Convert 2-digit to 4-digit years.
+        $stmt =~ s/(\b\d\d\b)/19$1/g;
+
+        # Make the use of intervals consistent.
+        if (!$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS})
+          {
+            $stmt =~ s/(\d{4})--?(\d{4})/join(', ', $1..$2)/eg;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            my $ndash = $ARGV =~ /\.tex(i(nfo)?)?$/ ? "--" : "-";
+
+            $stmt =~
+              s/
+                (\d{4})
+                (?:
+                  (,\ |--?)
+                  ((??{
+                    if   ($2 ne ', ') { '\d{4}'; }
+                    elsif (!$3)       { $1 + 1;  }
+                    else              { $3 + 1;  }
+                  }))
+                )+
+              /$1$ndash$3/gx;
+
+            # When it's 2, emit a single range encompassing all year numbers.
+            $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS} == 2
+              and $stmt =~ s/\b(\d{4})\b.*\b(\d{4})\b/$1$ndash$2/;
+          }
+
+        # Format within margin.
+        my $stmt_wrapped;
+        my $text_margin = $margin - length($prefix);
+        if ($prefix =~ /^(\t+)/)
+          {
+            $text_margin -= length($1) * ($tab_width - 1);
+          }
+        while (length $stmt)
+          {
+            if (($stmt =~ s/^(.{1,$text_margin})(?: |$)//)
+                || ($stmt =~ s/^([\S]+)(?: |$)//))
+              {
+                my $line = $1;
+                $stmt_wrapped .= $stmt_wrapped ? "$eol$prefix" : $leading;
+                $stmt_wrapped .= $line;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                # Should be unreachable, but we don't want an infinite
+                # loop if it can be reached.
+                die;
+              }
+          }
+
+        # Replace the old copyright statement.
+        s/$stmt_re/$stmt_wrapped/g;
+      }
+  }
+else
+  {
+    print STDERR "$ARGV: warning: copyright statement not found\n";
+  }
+
+# Hey Emacs!
+# Local variables:
+# coding: utf-8
+# mode: perl
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-line-limit: 200
+# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H:%02M"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/useless-if-before-free b/build-aux/useless-if-before-free
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f4908ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/useless-if-before-free
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Detect instances of "if (p) free (p);".
+# Likewise "if (p != 0)", "if (0 != p)", or with NULL; and with braces.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line.  The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name.  The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs.  The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl.  When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH.  The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh.  When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
+     if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2022-01-27 18:51'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job.  Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+my $copyright_year = '2022';
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
+END {
+  defined fileno STDOUT or return;
+  close STDOUT and return;
+  warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
+  $? ||= 1;
+}
+
+sub usage ($)
+{
+  my ($exit_code) = @_;
+  my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
+  if ($exit_code != 0)
+    {
+      print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      print $STREAM <<EOF;
+Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] FILE...
+
+Detect any instance in FILE of a useless "if" test before a free call, e.g.,
+"if (p) free (p);".  Any such test may be safely removed without affecting
+the semantics of the C code in FILE.  Use --name=FOO --name=BAR to also
+detect free-like functions named FOO and BAR.
+
+OPTIONS:
+
+   --list       print only the name of each matching FILE (\\0-terminated)
+   --name=N     add name N to the list of \'free\'-like functions to detect;
+                  may be repeated
+
+   --help       display this help and exit
+   --version    output version information and exit
+
+Exit status:
+
+  0   one or more matches
+  1   no match
+  2   an error
+
+EXAMPLE:
+
+For example, this command prints all removable "if" tests before "free"
+and "kfree" calls in the linux kernel sources:
+
+    git ls-files -z |xargs -0 $ME --name=kfree
+
+EOF
+    }
+  exit $exit_code;
+}
+
+sub is_NULL ($)
+{
+  my ($expr) = @_;
+  return ($expr eq 'NULL' || $expr eq '0');
+}
+
+{
+  sub EXIT_MATCH {0}
+  sub EXIT_NO_MATCH {1}
+  sub EXIT_ERROR {2}
+  my $err = EXIT_NO_MATCH;
+
+  my $list;
+  my @name = qw(free);
+  GetOptions
+    (
+     help => sub { usage 0 },
+     version =>
+       sub
+       {
+         print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
+         print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
+         print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+             . "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+             . "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
+         print "\n";
+         my $author = "Jim Meyering";
+         print "Written by $author.\n";
+         exit
+       },
+     list => \$list,
+     'name=s@' => \@name,
+    ) or usage 1;
+
+  # Make sure we have the right number of non-option arguments.
+  # Always tell the user why we fail.
+  @ARGV < 1
+    and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), usage EXIT_ERROR;
+
+  my $or = join '|', @name;
+  my $regexp = qr/(?:$or)/;
+
+  # Set the input record separator.
+  # Note: this makes it impractical to print line numbers.
+  $/ = '"';
+
+  my $found_match = 0;
+ FILE:
+  foreach my $file (@ARGV)
+    {
+      open FH, '<', $file
+        or (warn "$ME: can't open '$file' for reading: $!\n"),
+          $err = EXIT_ERROR, next;
+      while (defined (my $line = <FH>))
+        {
+          # Skip non-matching lines early to save time
+          $line =~ /\bif\b/
+            or next;
+          while ($line =~
+              /\b(if\s*\(\s*([^)]+?)(?:\s*!=\s*([^)]+?))?\s*\)
+              #  1          2                  3
+               (?:   \s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;|
+                \s*\{\s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;\s*\}))/sxg)
+            {
+              my $all = $1;
+              my ($lhs, $rhs) = ($2, $3);
+              my ($free_opnd, $braced_free_opnd) = ($4, $5);
+              my $non_NULL;
+              if (!defined $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
+              elsif (is_NULL $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
+              elsif (is_NULL $lhs) { $non_NULL = $rhs }
+              else { next }
+
+              # Compare the non-NULL part of the "if" expression and the
+              # free'd expression, without regard to white space.
+              $non_NULL =~ tr/ \t//d;
+              my $e2 = defined $free_opnd ? $free_opnd : $braced_free_opnd;
+              $e2 =~ tr/ \t//d;
+              if ($non_NULL eq $e2)
+                {
+                  $found_match = 1;
+                  $list
+                    and (print "$file\0"), next FILE;
+                  print "$file: $all\n";
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  continue
+    {
+      close FH;
+    }
+
+  $found_match && $err == EXIT_NO_MATCH
+    and $err = EXIT_MATCH;
+
+  exit $err;
+}
+
+my $foo = <<'EOF';
+# The above is to *find* them.
+# This adjusts them, removing the unnecessary "if (p)" part.
+
+# FIXME: do something like this as an option (doesn't do braces):
+free=xfree
+git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
+  | xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
+  | xargs -0 perl -0x3b -pi -e \
+   's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s+('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\)\s*;)/$2/s'
+
+# Use the following to remove redundant uses of kfree inside braces.
+# Note that -0777 puts perl in slurp-whole-file mode;
+# but we have plenty of memory, these days...
+free=kfree
+git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
+  | xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
+  | xargs -0 perl -0777 -pi -e \
+     's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s*\{\s*('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\);)\s*\}[^\n]*$/$2/gms'
+
+Be careful that the result of the above transformation is valid.
+If the matched string is followed by "else", then obviously, it won't be.
+
+When modifying files, refuse to process anything other than a regular file.
+EOF
+
+## Local Variables:
+## mode: perl
+## indent-tabs-mode: nil
+## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
+## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
+## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+## End:
diff --git a/build-aux/vc-list-files b/build-aux/vc-list-files
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5ed2b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/vc-list-files
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# List version-controlled file names.
+
+# Print a version string.
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# List the specified version-controlled files.
+# With no argument, list them all.  With a single DIRECTORY argument,
+# list the version-controlled files in that directory.
+
+# If there's an argument, it must be a single, "."-relative directory name.
+# cvsu is part of the cvsutils package: https://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/
+
+postprocess=
+case $1 in
+  --help) cat <<EOF
+Usage: $0 [-C SRCDIR] [DIR...]
+
+Output a list of version-controlled files in DIR (default .), relative to
+SRCDIR (default .).  SRCDIR must be the top directory of a checkout.
+
+Options:
+  --help     print this help, then exit
+  --version  print version number, then exit
+  -C SRCDIR  change directory to SRCDIR before generating list
+
+Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit ;;
+
+  --version)
+    year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//'`
+    cat <<EOF
+vc-list-files $scriptversion
+Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+EOF
+    exit ;;
+
+  -C)
+    test "$2" = . || postprocess="| sed 's|^|$2/|'"
+    cd "$2" || exit 1
+    shift; shift ;;
+esac
+
+test $# = 0 && set .
+
+for dir
+do
+  if test -d .git || test -f .git; then
+    test "x$dir" = x. \
+      && dir= sed_esc= \
+      || { dir="$dir/"; sed_esc=`echo "$dir"|env sed 's,\([\\/]\),\\\\\1,g'`; }
+    # Ignore git symlinks - either they point into the tree, in which case
+    # we don't need to visit the target twice, or they point somewhere
+    # else (often into a submodule), in which case the content does not
+    # belong to this package.
+    eval exec git ls-tree -r 'HEAD:"$dir"' \
+      \| sed -n '"s/^100[^	]*./$sed_esc/p"' $postprocess
+  elif test -d .hg; then
+    eval exec hg locate '"$dir/*"' $postprocess
+  elif test -d .bzr; then
+    test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
+    eval exec bzr ls -R --versioned '"$dir"' $postprocess
+  elif test -d CVS; then
+    test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
+    if test -x build-aux/cvsu; then
+      eval build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
+    elif (cvsu --help) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+      eval cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
+    else
+      eval awk -F/ \''{			\
+          if (!$1 && $3 !~ /^-/) {	\
+            f=FILENAME;			\
+            if (f ~ /CVS\/Entries$/)	\
+              f = substr(f, 1, length(f)-11); \
+            print f $2;			\
+          }}'\''				\
+        `find "$dir" -name Entries -print` /dev/null' $postprocess
+    fi
+  elif test -d .svn; then
+    eval exec svn list -R '"$dir"' $postprocess
+  else
+    echo "$0: Failed to determine type of version control used in `pwd`" 1>&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End: